+ All Categories
Home > Documents > An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

Date post: 11-Jan-2016
Category:
Upload: awreath
View: 193 times
Download: 43 times
Share this document with a friend
Description:
Huffman writes, "The purpose of this study will be to present a description of the principal structural features of Cambodian grammar, at all grammatical levels, including phonology, morphology, and syntax."
Popular Tags:
264
Negative microfilm received from university 67-17,239 HUFFMAN, Franklin Eugene, 1934- AN OUTLINE OF CAMBODIAN GRAMMAR. Cornell University, Ph.D., 1967 Language and Literature, linguistics University Microfilms, Inc., Ann Arbor, Michigan PLEASE NOTE: The negative microfilm copy of this dissertation was prepared and inspected by the school granting the degree. We are using this film without further inspection or change. If there are any questions about the film content, please write directly to the school. - UNIVERSITY MICROFILMS Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Transcript
Page 1: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

Negative microfilm received from university 67-17,239

HUFFMAN, Franklin Eugene, 1934- AN OUTLINE OF CAMBODIAN GRAMMAR.

Cornell University, Ph.D., 1967 Language and Literature, linguistics

University Microfilms, Inc., Ann Arbor, Michigan

PLEASE NOTE:

The negative microfilm copy of this dissertation was prepared and inspected by the school granting the degree. We are using this film without further inspection or change. If there are any questions about the film content, please write directly to the school.

- UNIVERSITY MICROFILMS

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 2: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

AN OUTLINE OF CAMBODIAN GRAMMAR

A T h e s i s

P r e s e n t e d t o t h e F a c u l t y o f t h e G ra d u a te S c h o o l

o f C o r n e l l U n i v e r s i t y f o r t h e D egree o f

D o c to r o f P h i lo s o p h y

by

F r a n k l i n Eugene Huffman

1967

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 3: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCH

F r a n k l i n Eugene Huffman was b o rn in H a r r i s o n b u r g ,

V i r g i n i a , on J a n u a ry 2 8 , 193!+. In Ju n e , 1955 b e r e c e i v e d

t h e d e g re e o f B a c h e lo r o f A r ts from B r id g e w a te r C o l l e g e ,

B r id g e w a te r , V i r g i n i a , i n t h e f i e l d o f Romance L anguages

and L i t e r a t u r e s . He was em ployed by I n t e r n a t i o n a l V o lu n ta r y

S e r v i c e s , I n c . , W ash in g to n , D.C. a s a F re n c h i n t e r p r e t e r i n

Laos from 1956 t o 1958 . From 1958 t o I9 6 0 h e t a u g h t F re n c h

and h i s t o r y a t M idd le R iv e r H igh S c h o o l , A u g u s ta C oun ty ,

V i r g i n i a . I n S ep tem ber I9 6 0 h e e n r o l l e d i n t h e g r a d u a t e

s c h o o l o f C o r n e l l U n i v e r s i t y i n t h e f i e l d s o f g e n e r a l

l i n g u i s t i c s , s o c i a l a n th r o p o lo g y , and A sian s t u d i e s . From

June t o December 1961+. h e s t u d i e d t h e Cambodian la n g u a g e

a t t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f London S ch o o l o f O r i e n t a l and A f r i c a n¥

S t u d i e s , and from J a n u a r y 1965 t o J u l y 1966 h e g a t h e r e d

f i e l d d a t a on Cambodian i n T h a i la n d and Cam bodia. He i s a

member o f t h e L i n g u i s t i c S o c i e t y o f A m erica , t h e A s s o c i a t i o n

f o r A i s i a n S t u d i e s , and t h e Siam S o c i e t y .

i i

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 4: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I w ould l i k e t o e x p r e s s my g r a t i t u d e t o my s p e c i a l

co m m ittee a t C o r n e l l — P r o f e s s o r s R o b e r t B. J o n e s , John

M. E c h o l s , and L a u r i s t o n S h a rp — f o r t h e i r en co u rag e m en t

and a d v ic e o v e r t h e e n t i r e p e r i o d o f my g r a d u a t e s t u d y .

Thanks a r e e s p e c i a l l y due t o my co m m ittee c h a irm a n and

t h e s i s a d v i s o r , P r o f e s s o r R o b e r t B, J o n e s , who g a v e u n ­

s t i n t i n g l y o f h i s t im e and c o u n s e l a t a l l s t a g e s o f my

w ork on t h i s s t u d y .

I am a l s o i n d e b t e d t o P r o f e s s o r F a n g - k u e i L i o f t h e

U n i v e r s i t y o f W ash in g to n f o r t h e s u g g e s t i o n w h ich l e d to

t h e c h o ic e o f Cambodian a s t h e s u b j e c t o f t h i s s t u d y .

I owe a d e b t o f g r a t i t u d e t o M rs. J u d i t h M. Ja c o b o f

t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f London S ch o o l o f O r i e n t a l and A f r i c a n

S t u d i e s , f o r h e r p a t i e n t i n s t r u c t i o n d u r i n g s i x m onths o f

i n t e n s i v e s t u d y o f Cam bodian, and f o r many i n s i g h t s i n t o

t h e s t r u c t u r e o f t h e l a n g u a g e , a s w e l l a s t o P r o f e s s o r

E u g e n ie J . A. H e n d e rso n , whose work on Cambodian p h o n o lo g y

i s t h e t o u c h s to n e o f l a t e r s t u d i e s i n t h e f i e l d .

I w ould l i k e t o e x p r e s s my th a n k s t o t h e N D E A -re la ted

F u l b r i g h t - H a y s R e s e a r c h F e l lo w s h ip Program and t h e L ondon-

C o r n e l l P r o j e c t f o r t h e i r s u p p o r t d u r i n g two y e a r s o f f i e l d

r e s e a r c h in L ondon, T h a i l a n d , and Cam bodia, and t o t h e

C o r n e l l S o u t h e a s t A s ia P rogram and t h e L o n d o n -C o rn e l l

i i i

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 5: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

P r o j e c t f o r s u p p o r t d u r in g t h e acad em ic y e a r 1 9 6 6 -6 7 f o r

t h e p r e p a r a t i o n o f t h i s t h e s i s . .

T hanks a r e a l s o due t o t h e N a t i o n a l R e s e a r c h C o u n c i l

o f T h a i l a n d f o r t h e i r a s s i s t a n c e and s p o n s o r s h i p d u r i n g

t h e p e r i o d o f r e s e a r c h i n T h a i l a n d .

F i n a l l y , I m u s t ack n ow ledg e my d e b t t o some t h i r t y -

f i v e C am bodians who s e r v e d a s i n f o r m a n t s o v e r t h e p e r i o d o f

my r e s e a r c h i n L ondon, T h a i l a n d , an d Cambodia, and

e s p e c i a l l y t o ray p r i n c i p a l i n f o r m a n t f o r t h e Takeo d i a l e c t ,

Mr. C h a ran P rom chan , who, f o r f o u r h o u r s a day o v e r a

p e r i o d o f f i f t e e n m o n th s , p a t i e n t l y s u b j e c t e d h i m s e l f t o

t h e m y s t i f y i n g game o f l i n g u i s t i c i n v e s t i g a t i o n .

i v

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 6: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

TABLE OP CONTENTS

0 . 0 I n t r o d u c t i o n .................... .................................................... ..................... • 1

0 .1 G e n e ra l ............ 1

0 .2 C l a s s i f i c a t i o n .................................... 1

0 . 3 H i s t o r y ...................................................................................................... 1+

. 0 . I|. R eview o f s o u r c e s ........................................................................ 8

0 . 5 P u rp o se an d sc o p e ................................................ 11

0 . 6 B a c k g r o u n d ....................................................................................................... 12

1 . 0 P h o n o l o g y ................................................................................................ 11+

1 . 1 Phonemes ............................................................................................... 11+

1 .1 1 S e g m en ta l phonemes ............ XI4.

1 .1 1 1 C la s s C-̂ phonemes ( c o n s o n a n t s ) ................... 15

1 .1 1 2 C la s s C2 phonemes ......................... 21

1 .1 1 3 C la s s C^ phonemes ................................................. 26

1.111+ C la s s and Y2 phonemes (v o w e ls ) ................. 27

1 .1 1 5 C la s s C^ phonemes ( f i n a l c o n s o n a n t s ) . . . . 35

1 .1 2 S u p ra s e g m e n ta l phonemes .............. 37

1 .1 2 1 S t r e s s phonemes ........................................................... 37

1 .1 2 2 J u n c t u r e phonemes ........................................... 38

1 .1 2 3 P h ra s e c o n to u r phonemes .............. 1+0%

1.121+ I n t o n a t i o n a l phonemes .................................. 1+3

1 . 2 P h o n o lo g ic a l w ords ............ .............................................................. .. • 1+1+

1 .2 1 M o n o s y l la b ic words ............................... 1+1+

1 .2 2 D i s y l l a b i c words .......................... 1+5

1 .2 3 P o l y s y l l a b i c words ................................. 1+6

v

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 7: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

2 . 0 M o rp h o p h o n e m ic s ........................................... lj.8

2 . 1 F re e v a r i a t i o n .................................. lj-8

2 .1 1 F r e e v a r i a t i o n in u n s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e s . . . . . . . l+S

2 .1 2 S t r e s s a l t e r n a t i o n s . ................................................... 5>1

2 .1 3 F re e v a r i a t i o n i n s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e s .................... 52

2 .2 P h o n o l b g i c a l l y ^ c o n d i t i o n e d . a l t e r n a t i o n . , ...............................52

2 .3 M o r p h o lo g ld a l ly '1 c o n d i t i o n e d , a l t e r n a t i o n .............................. 53

2 . 141 Vowel a b l a u t ..................... 56

2 . Ill S p o r a d ic a b l a u t ...................................................... 57

2 , 142 A u to m a tic a b l a u t ..................................... .. • 57

2 ,!i3 Vowel harm ony .......................... 58

3 .0 M o r p h o lo g y ................... 63

3 .1 M o r p h o lo g ic a l u n i t s ......................................... 63

3 .1 1 Morphemes ........... 63

3 .1 2 Lexemes .............................................. 6I4.

3*2 D e r i v a t i o n ............ 66

3 .2 1 P r e f i x e s . ....................................................................................... 69

3 .2 2 I n f i x e s .......... 91

■ 3 .2 3 S u f f i x e s .............................................................................. 106

3 .3 Compounds ........................ 107

3 .3 1 G o v e rn in g le x e m ic c o n s t i t u e n t s .............................. 107

3 .3 2 C e n te r e d compounds ................................................. 110

' 3 .3 3 C o o r d in a te compounds ..................................... l l l i

3 . 3U- U n c e n te re d c o m p o u n d s ............... 115

3 .3 5 A p p o s i t i v e compounds ....................................................... 117

3 .3 6 A s y n ta c t i c compounds ....................... 117

v i

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 8: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

3 .3 7 I d i o m a t i c c o m p o u n d s ' . . ................................................. 118

3 .3 8 N u m e r ic a l compounds ............ 119

3 . L+ Pseudo-com pounds .............. 120

3.1»1 Bo.und c o n s t i t u e n t s ......................... 120

3.1*2 F r e e c o n s t i t u e n t s .............................. 125

3 . 5 R e d u p l i c a t i v e s ............................................ 129

3 .5 1 C om plete r e d u p l i c a t i o n ........................... 129

3*511 R e p e t i t i v e r e d u p l i c a t i v e s ................. 129

3 .5 2 P a r t i a l r e d u p l i c a t i o n ....................................... 132

3 .5 2 1 A b la u te d r e d u p l i c a t i v e s ................... 132

3 .5 2 2 Rhyming r e d u p l i c a t i v e s ................................ 131+

3 .5 2 3 A l l i t e r a t i v e r e d u p l i c a t i v e s ....................... 135

3 .5 3 In c o m p le te r e d u p l i c a t i v e s ................................... 137

3.51*- P s e u d o - r e d u p l i c a t i v e s .............................. 138

3 . 8 Sound s y m b o l i s m ................................................................................ 139

l+.O Lexeme c l a s s e s ................... 11*1

l+ .l I s o l a t i v e s ................ 11+2

l + . l l I n t e r j e c t i o n s .......................... 11+2

’ 1+.12 R e s p o n s iv e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11+3

1+.2 S u b s t a n t i v e s ........................ 11+1+

1+.21 Nouns .................................. 11+1+

1+.22 S p e c i f i e r s ............... . . . .................................................... 11+7

1+.23 P ronouns ........................................................................... l 5 l

i+. 21+ Q u a n t i f i e r s ........................................................... 157

1+.25 D e m o n s t r a t iv e s ................................. 163

v i i

V

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 9: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

lj.,3 P r e d i c a t i v e s .................................... I 6I4.

1+.31 A d j e c t i v a l v e r b s ..................................................................... 161+

14..32 A c t iv e v e r b s ..................... . ........................................... . . . . 16$

ij..321 T r a n s i t i v e v e r b s ...................................... 16$

1+.322 I n t r a n s i t i v e v e rb s ..................... 166

l+.33 Modal v e rb s ........................................... 166

14..3U- D i r e c t i o n a l v e r b s ....................................................... 170

14.. 3$ C o m p le t iv e v e r b s ................................. 171

l+. I4. A d v e r b i a l s ................ 175

l+.l+l G e n e r a l a d v e r b i a l s ............................................................... 175

i|..1)2 I n t e r r o g a t i v e a d v e r b i a l s ................................... 177

1+.1+3 I n d e f i n i t e a d v e r b i a l s ......................................................... 178

lj.,$ A d j e c t i v e s ........................................... 179

14. . $1 G e n e r a l a d j e c t i v e s ................ 179

1+.52 I m i t a t i v e a d j e c t i v e s ........................................................... 181

14. . 53 O r d i n a l n u m e ra l a d j e c t i v e s .......................... l 8l

I4.,6 A u x i l i a r i e s ............................... 182

lj..6 l G e n e ra l a u x i l i a r i e s ................................................ 183

14. .62 P r e v e r b a l a u x i l i a r i e s ............ 181}.

1^,63 I n c i p i e n t a u x i l i a r y .................................................................18$

1|.,6I4. N e g a t iv e a u x i l i a r i e s ..................... 185

I4.*7 R e l a t o r s ............................. 186

1^.71 P r e p o s i t i o n a l r e l a t o r s ................ 186

14.. 72 S u b o r d i n a t i n g c o n j u n c t i o n a l r e l a t o r s .................... 189

1+. 73 G e n e ra l r e l a t o r s ................... 192

14.. 7I4. C o o r d i n a t i n g c o n j u n c t i o n a l r e l a t o r s ............. 193

l+, 75 C o p u la t i v e r e l a t o r s ................................. 195

v i i i

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 10: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

[(-.8 P a r t i c l e s .................................... 196

1+.81 P i n a l s e n t e n c e p a r t i c l e s ..................... 196

1+.82 P a u se p a r t i c l e s .................................................................. 197

5 . 0 S y n t a x ........... . 1 9 8

5 . 1 U n c e n te re d c o n s t r u c t i o n s ................................................................ 200

5 .1 1 S u b j e c t - p r e d i c a t e c o n s t r u c t i o n s ..................... 200

5 .1 2 P a r a t a c t i c c o n s t r u c t i o n s ..................... 201

5*121 E q u a t i o n a l c o n s t r u c t i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

5 .1 2 2 Topic-com m ent c o n s t r u c t i o n s ........... 202

5 .1 2 3 E x c la m a to ry c o n s t r u c t i o n s ............................. 203

5.121+ R e s p o n s iv e c o n s t r u c t i o n s .................................. 20L+

5 .1 2 5 V o c a t iv e c o n s t r u c t i o n s ....................................... 20I+.

5 .1 2 6 T e r m in a t iv e c o n s t r u c t i o n s ...................... 205

5 .1 2 7 Embedded p a r a t a c t i c c o n s t r u c t i o n s ........... 206

5 .1 3 O b j e c t i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n s ..............206

5 . l i t - R e l a t i o n a l c o n s t r u c t i o n s ..................... 207

5 .1 ! |1 P r e p o s i t i o n a l c o n s t r u c t i o n s .................. 207

5 .1 I t2 S u b o r d in a te c o n s t r u c t i o n s .............. 208

1 5*15 C o m p le t iv e c o n s t r u c t i o n s .................................. 209

5 .2 C e n te r e d c o n s t r u c t i o n s .................................................................... 210

5 .2 1 P o s t - p o s e d a t t r i b u t e s .................. 210

5 .2 1 1 Noun p h r a s e s .................................... 210

5 .2 1 2 R e l a t i v e p ro n o u n p h r a s e s ..................... 216

5 .2 1 3 V erb p h r a s e s ............................... 217

5.211+ P o s t - p o s e d s u b o r d i n a t e c l a u s e s 221

i x

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 11: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

5*22 P ro p o se d a t t r i b u t e s ................................ 221

5*221 A u x i l i a r y c o n s t r u c t i o n s ................... 221.

5 .2 2 2 Modal v e r b c o n s t r u c t i o n s .................... 222

5*223 A t t r i b u t e - c l a u s . e c o n s t r u c t i o n s . . . . 223

5.221+ S p e c i f i e r p h r a s e s ............................ 225

5*3 C o o r d in a te c o n s t r u c t i o n s ................................................................ 227

5 .3 1 C u m u la t iv e c o n s t r u c t i o n s .................................. 227

5 .3 2 A l t e r n a t i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n s .............................. 230

5*33 A p p o s i t i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n s ............................. 231

5.31+ I n c l u s i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n s ..................................................... 232

5.1+ N u m e ric a l c o n s t r u c t i o n s ........................ 233

5.1+1 A d d i t iv e c o n s t r u c t i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

5.1+2 M u l t i p l i c a t i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n s ............................ 233

5 . 5 Im m edia te c o n s t i t u e n t a n a l y s i s ................................................ 231+

6 . 0 S e n te n c e t y p e s .................................. 236

6 .1 M ajor s e n t e n c e s .............................................................. 236

6 .1 1 S im p le s e n t e n c e s ..................................................................... 236

6 .1 2 Complex s e n t e n c e s .......................................................... 237

■ 6 ,1 3 Compound s e n t e n c e s ................................................ 238

6 . 2 M inor s e n t e n c e s ........................................................... 238

6 . 3 S e n te n c e f r a g m e n ts .......................... 239

A ppend ix A* C om parison o f t h e Takeo D i a l e c t w i th S ta n d a r dC a m b o d ia n .......................... 21+0

B i b l i o g r a p h y .......................... 250

x

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 12: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

0 .0 I n t r o d u c t i o n

0 .1 G e n e r a l

Cam bodian, a l s o known a s Khmer, i s sp o k e n by some

5 ,0 0 0 ,0 0 0 * p e o p le i n t h e Kingdom o f Cam bodia, and m u tu a l ly .?i n t e l l i g i b l e d i a l e c t s a r e spoken by a p p r o x im a te ly Lj.0 0 ,0 0 0

i n h a b i t a n t s o f t h e p r o v i n c e s o f B u r ira m , S u r i n , and S r i s a k e t

i n n o r t h e a s t e r n T h a i l a n d , and by a p p r o x im a te ly lj.50,000^

p e o p le i n t h e Mekong D e l t a r e g i o n o f S o u th V ie tn a m . T h ese

f i g u r e s e x c lu d e t h e h u n d re d s o f r e l a t e d d i a l e c t s s c a t t e r e d

o v e r m o st o f m a in la n d S o u t h e a s t A s i a , an’d r e p r e s e n t t h e

r e l a t i v e l y homogeneous l a n g u a g e c o m m u n ity .o f Cambodian

p r o p e r .

0 .2 C l a s s i f i c a t i o n

Cambodian i s t h e m a jo r m odern r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f t h e

e a s t e r n b r a n c h o f the--Mon-Khmer l a n g u a g e f a m i l y . U s u a l l y

i n c l u d e d w i t h Cambodian i n t h e Cambodian s u b - g r o u p o f

1 . D av id J . S t e i n b e r g , Cam bodia? I t s P e o p l e , I t s S o c i e t y , I t s C u l t u r e (New H aven, Human R e l a t i o n s A rea F i l e s , 1 9 5 9 ) .

2 . F o r t h i s f i g u r e I am i n d e b t e d t o W il l ia m A, S m a lle y , who v e r y k i n d l y g a v e me a p r e - p u b l i c a t i o n d r a f t o f h i s E t h n o l i n g u l s t i c S u rv e y o f N o r th e r n K hm er-S peak ing P e o p lein' N o r t h e a s t ‘T h a i la n d (F e b r u a r y ," 1 96I4. ) .

3 . B e rn a rd F a l l , Le p ro b le m s de l 1a d m i n i s t r a t i o n des m i n o r i t e s e t h n i q u e s • au Cambodge, au L a o s , . e t d a n s l e s deux zon es du Viet-Nani' (P a r 1 s ' 1961)* p . 10 .

1

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 13: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

2

n

E a s t e r n Mon-Khmer a r e P e a r ( P o r ) , Sam re, S t i e n g , an d Chong,

a l l spo ken w i t h i n o r on t h e b o r d e r s o f C am bodia .^ S h o r t o ^

d i v i d e s S e b e o k 's 'Mon-Khmer p r o p e r ' i n t o Mon and E a s t e r n

Mon-Khmer, and r e d e s i g n a t e s S e b e o k 's Sa lw een B a s in Group

( P a la u n g , Wa, R ia n g , e t c . ) N o r th e r n Mon-Khmer.^

1 . H. L c S h o r t o , J u d i t h M. J a c o b , and E . H. S. Simmonds, B i b l i o g r a p h i e s . o f Mon-Khmer and T a l L i n g u i s t i c s (London, O xfo rd U n i v e r s i t y P r e s s , 196 'jj""p.3*

2 . To t h e f o r e g o i n g g ro u p , M aspero [ H e n r i M asp ero , * 'L e pay s e t s e s h a b i t a n t s * l a n g u e s 5 ' i n Un e m p ire c o l o n i a lf r a n g a i s : 1 ' In do c h i n e . O uvrage p u b l ie " ” so u s l a d i r e c t i o n deM.""Georges M aspero ( P a r i s e t B r u x e l l e s , G, v an O e s t , 1929) Tome I , p . 61j.) a d d s A ngrak and Budeh, and P innow [H e in z - J u r g e n Pinnow , V e rsu c h e i n e r h i s t o r i s c h e n L a u t l e h r e d e r K h a r l a - S p ra c h e (W iesbaden ,- O t to H a r r a s s o w i t z , ’ 19^9)3 T n c lu d e s t h e l a t t e r two a s w e l l as Saoc and D ip . Thomas [D a v id D. Thomas, ' 'M on-K hm er S u b g ro u p in g s i n V i e t n a m ' ' , i n Norman H. Z id e , S t u d i e s i n C o m p ara tiv e A u s t r o a s i a t l c L i n g u i s t i c s (The Hague, Mouton and. C o. , 1 9 6 6 ) p , I 9 7 J in c lu d e s ' Budeh a n d -B u d lp [D ip ? ) u n d e r S t i e n g . A. G. H a u d r i c o u r t [ i n p r i v a t e c o n v e r s a t i o n s i n 1965) e x p r e s s e d t h e o p i n io n t h a t P e a r , Chong, and Saoc a r e a l l d i a l e c t s o fSam re. T h is p o i n t o f v iew i s s u p p o r t e d by P .̂ T a i l l a r d[ ' *Les S a o c h ' ' , I n s t i t u t I n d o c h i n o i s p o u r 1 ' E tu d e de 1 ' Homme. B u l l e t i n s e t T rav a u x 5 (1914-2) pp . 'li3-i4-£T.

3 . S h o r t o , J a c o b , and Simmonds, 0£ . c i t . t p . 5 .

Thomas A. S eb eo k , ' 'A n E x a m in a t io n o f t h e A u s t r o a s i a t l c L anguage F a m i l y '1 , Language 18 (191+2) 3s 2 0 6 -1 7 .

5>. Thomas [o p . c i t . . p . 198] s u g g e s t s t h a t B a h n a r ic [ c o m p r i s in g B ahnaran and S t i e n g a n ] and K a tu ic [ c o m p r i s in g Brouan and K a tu an ] s h o u ld be p l a c e d on a l e v e l w i t h Mon and Khmer a s m a jo r s u b - d i v i s i o n s o f t h e Mon-Khmer f a m i l y ,

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 14: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

3

S c h m id t ’ s h y p o t h e s i s o f an A u s t r o a s i a t l c la n g u a g e f a m i ly

on th e S o u th e a s t A s ia n m a in l a n d ,^ i n c l u d i n g , b e s i d e s Mon,

E a s t e r n Mon-Khmer, and N o r th e r n Mon-Khmer, a l s o t h e Munda

l a n g u a g e s o f n o r t h e a s t e r n I n d i a , K h a s i i n Assam, t h e Cham

g ro u p i n S o u th V ie tnam and- Cambodia, N ic o b a r e s e , and Semang

and S a k a i i n t h e M alay p e n i n s u l a , i s u n w a r r a n te d by p r e s e n t

e v id e n c e , and h i s f u r t h e r g ro u p in g o f A u s t r o a s i a t l c w i th

t h e A u s t r o n e s i a n l a n g u a g e s o f i s l a n d S o u th e a s t A s ia t o form

an A u s t r l c s u p e r s t o c k i s even more s p e c u l a t i v e . ^

B e n e d ic t i n 191^7 ^ p ro p o s e d a d d in g Annamese-Muong t o

t h e I . . 'A u s t r o a s i a t l c 11 f a m i l y , and l i n g u i s t s a t t e n d i n g t h e

s p e c i a l A u s t r o a s i a t l c l a n g u a g e s s e c t i o n o f t h e C o n fe re n c e

on I n d o - P a c i f i c L anguages a t t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f London

S c h o o l o f O r i e n t a l and A f r i c a n S t u d i e s i n J a n u a r y , 19 6 £ ,

g e n e r a l l y a g r e e d t h a t V ie tn a m e se s h o u ld b e i n c l u d e d i n t h e

1 . P . W. S c h m id t , *’ Les p e u p le s mon-khmerj t r a i t d 'u n i o n e n t r e l e s p e u p le s de 1 ’A s ie c 'e n t r a l e e t de 1 ’A u s t r o n l s i e ’ 1, B u l l e t i n de l ’E c o le F r a n p a i s e d 1E x tr e m e - O r ie n t 7 (1907)■■■ A*! ** ...—— - »■ ■ ■■ »>■■" - — —————p p . 2 1 3 - 6 3 .

2 . On t h i s p o i n t s e e ¥ . F . H evesy , 11 On W. S c h m id t’ s Munda-Mon-Khmer Com parisons.- Does an A u s t r i c f a m i ly o f l a n g u a g e s e x i s t ? ’ ' , B u l l e t i n o f t h e S ch o o l o f O r i e n t a l and A f r i c a n S t u d i e s 6 (1 9 3 0 ) p p . "”1 6 7 -2 0 0 , and Sebeok ,Xc~c. c i t .

3 . P . K. B e n e d ic t , ’ ’ L anguages and L i t e r a t u r e o f I n d o c h in a ’ ’ F a r E a s t e r n Q u a r t e r l y 6 J19I4.7 ) pp . 3 7 9 -8 9 .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 15: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

Wl.

A u s t r o a s i a t l c f a m i l y . How ever, t o p ro p o s e any w id e r a f ­

f i l i a t i o n f o r Mon-Khmer th a n S h o r t o 1s n u c l e a r Mon, E a s t e r n

Mon-Khmer, an d N o r th e r n Mon-Khmer g r o u p in g s i s p r o b a b ly

p r e m a tu r e , and m u s t a w a i t f u r t h e r d e s c r i p t i v e work;*-

0 . 3 H i s t o r y

• S in c e Cambodian i s spoken i n t h e g e n e r a l r e g i o n o f

Funan , t h e f i r s t known I n d i a n i z e d kingdom i n S o u th e a s t

A s ia ( 1 s t c e n t u r y A.D, t o c . $$0 A .D . ) ^ , i t may w e l l be

a m odern r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f one o f t h e e a r l i e s t l a n g u a g e s

o f m a in la n d S o u t h e a s t A s ia . Cambodian i n s c r i p t i o n s a r e

among t h e e a r l i e s t n o n - I n d i c i n s c r i p t i o n s fo u n d i n S o u th ­

e a s t A s ia , and t h e o n ly v e r n a c u l a r i n s c r i p t i o n s fo u n d i n

t h e a r e a o f Funan a r e Cambodian. The e a r l i e s t Cambodian

i n s c r i p t i o n was fo u n d a t Angkor B o r e i i n T akeo p r o v i n c e i n

w h a t w ould h a v e been s o u t h e r n F unan , and i s d a t e d 611 A .D .3

The o n ly e a r l i e r v e r n a c u l a r i n s c r i p t i o n fo u n d i n S o u t h e a s t

A s ia i s t h e Cham i n s c r i p t i o n fo u n d a t T r a - k i e n i n t h e a r e a

1 . F o r f u r t h e r d i s c u s s i o n s o f l i n g u i s t i c a f f i l i a t i o n i n S o u t h e a s t A s ia , s e e Thomas A. S eb eo k , 11 The L anguages o f S o u t h e a s t A s i a 1 1, F a r E a s t e r n Q u a r t e r l y 2 (191+37 pp., 3U-9 G eorge C o edes , * *Les l a n g u e s de l 1I n d o c h i n e 1’ , C o n fe re n c e s de 1* I n s t i t u t de L i n g u i s t i q u e de l ^ n i v e r s i t e de P a r i s V I I I Tl9l+0-l+ti) p p . 5 3 - B l j H e n r i Mas p e r o^ ' 'L e s l a n g u e s mon-lchmer*1, i n L es l a n g u e s du mondo, A. M e i l l e t e t M. Cohen, ed . ( P a r i s , 1 9 5 2 ) pp . 6 0 9 -2 5 7 and J o s e p h H. G re e n b e rg , ' « H i s t o r i c a l L i n g u i s t i c s and U n w r i t t e n L a n g u a g e s11 in A. L. K ro e b e r , A n th ro p o lo g y Today (C h ic a g o , U n i v e r s i t y o f C h icago P r e s s ,19J3L2 . D. G. E, H a l l , A H i s t o r y o f S o u th - E a s t A s ia (London*, M acM illan and Co. L t d . , 19ol+T~p.33.3 . L . P. B r i g g s , The A n c ie n t Khmer Empir e ( P h i l a d e l p h i a ,The Am erican P h i l o s o p h i c a l S o c i e t y , 19^17 p . lf?> f n . 1 8 .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 16: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

o f t h e fo rm e r k ingdom o f Champa, and d a t i n g from t h e f o u r t h

c e n t u r y A .D ,'1’ The t r a d i t i o n a l v ie w i s t h a t t h e i n h a b i t a n t s

o f Funan w ere o f t h e g e n e r a l A u s t r o n e s i a n o r M alay e t h n i c

s t o c k whose m i g r a t i o n from s o u th w e s t e r n C h in a p e o p le d m o s tP

o f S o u t h e a s t A s ia d u r i n g N e o l i t h i c t i m e s . But t h e d a n g e r s

o f a ssu m in g c o in c id e n c e o f e t h n i c and l i n g u i s t i c a r e a s a r e

w e l l known. ' C a d y ,^ w r i t i n g on F u n an , s a y s t h a t 11 t h e

l i t e r a t e e l i t e was- a p p a r e n t l y I n d o n e s i a n , an d la n g u a g e •

m o d u la t in g i n t im e i n t h e d i r e c t i o n o f O ld Khmer. The

p o p u l a t i o n a s a w hole was I n d o n e s ia n and N e g r i t o o r M e la -

n e s o i d . *1 The f i r s t s t a t e m e n t i s , o f c o u r s e , l i n g u i s t i c a l l y

u n t e n a b l e , and t h e s e c o n d i s b a s e d on t h e r e p o r t o f a C h in ­

e s e t r a v e l e r o f 2$0 A.D. t h a t d e s c r i b e d t h e F u n a n e se a s

• u g ly and b l a c k , t h e i r h a i r f r i z z y , t h e i r b o d i e s n a k e d above

t h e w a i s t , t h e i r f e e t b a r e . 1 The d e s c r i p t i o n c o u ld j u s t a s

w e l l be i n t e r p r e t e d a s s u p p o r t i n g H e i n e - G e ld e r n 1s t h e o r y o f

a p r e - M a la y m e s o l i t h i c A u s t r o lo id - V e d d o id e t h n i c s u b s t r a t u mII 9i n S o u t h e a s t A s i a . 4, H a l l^ s t a t e s c a t e g o r i c a l l y t h a t

1.# G. C o ed es , L es e t a t s h i n d o u l s e s de 1* In d o c h in e e t d* In d o ­n e s i a ( P a r i s . E c i i t io n s E. de B o card , 19614.) p . 96,'

2 . See B r ia n H a r r i s o n , S o u th - E a s t A s i a ? A. S h o r t H i s t o r y (London, M acM illan and Co. " L t d , , 1957") p . 5 , and H a l l , o p * c i t . . p . 7 .

3* John F . Cady, S o u t h e a s t A s i a ? I t s H i s t o r i c a l D evelopm en t (New Y ork , M cG raw -H ill, I 96I4) p . *>3"'•

I4, H a l l , o £ . c i t . , p . 6 - 7 .

5 . H a l l , o £ , c i t . . p . 25.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 17: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

6

• oc • - .

11 t h e F u n a n e se were* o f M alay r a t e ’ 1, b u t q u a l i f i e s t h i s i n•a . .

t h e f o o t n o t e : **> The word i s u s e d h e r e i n i t s w i d e s t e t h n i c1 - ' 2 s e n s e 11 . B o th B r ig g s . and H a r r i s o n assum e t h a t Cambodian

was t h e l a n g u a g e o f F unan , b u t t h e m ost u n e q u iv o c a l s t a t e ­

m ent comes from C o e d e s

11 The a b s e n c e o f any t e x t s i n t h e v e r n a c u l a r d a t i n g , f rom t h e F u -n an p e r i o d means t h a t we a r e u n f o r t u n a t e l y

l e f t i n ig n o r a n c e a s t o w hat l a n g u a g e was spo ken by i t s p e o p l e , and h e n c e we do n o t know t o w hat e t h n o - l i n g u i s - t i c g ro u p th e y b e lo n g e d , n e v e r t h e l e s s , we can assum e i t t o be h i g h l y p r o b a b le t h a t t h e F u n a n e se b e lo n g e d i n t h e m ain t o t h e Mon-Khmer g r o u p . The v e r y name o f t h e c o u n t r y g iv e n in th„e C h in e s e t e x t s ^ w o u l d seem t o i n d i ­c a t e t h i s , i f i t does in d e e d r e p r e s e n t t h e word bnam ’ m o u n ta in ’ , w h ich i s t y p i c a l l y Mo'n-Khmer. I t h a s m o reo v e r been* e s t a b l i s h e d th a t? t h $ Khmer la n g u a g e s p r e a d a lo n g t h e r o u t e s t h a t must h a v e b e e n f o l lo w e d by t h e c o n q u e r o r s o f Funan i n t h e s i x t h c e n t u r y . As a r e s u l t o f t h i s d i f f u s i o n , v a r i o u s r e l a t e d d i a l e c t s a r e d i s p e r s e d a ro u n d t h e p e r i p h e r y o f p r e s e n t Cam bodia. T h ese d i a l e c t s show g r e a t s i m i l a r i t i e s , and a l s o h a v e f e a t u r e s i n common d i f f e r e h t i l t i n g them fro m Khmer, w h ich l e a d s t o t h e s u p p o s i t i o n t h a t t h e y a r e m odern v e r s i o n s p f the* .spoken la n g u a g e o f t h e p e o p le o f F u - n a n . ’ ’ -

However t h a t may b e , t h e f a c t t h a t Cambodian was t h e l a n g ­

u a g e o f Chen-La (550-802 A .D , ) , F u n a n ’ s s u c c e s s o r in t h e

Mekong V a l l e y , and o f t h e g r e a t k ingdom o f Angkor (80 2 -

11+31 A .D , ) , whose s u z e r a i n t y a t i t s h e i g h t e x te n d e d e a s t ­

w ard t o t h e s e a , n o r th w a rd t o T ong k ing and n o r t h e r n L a o s ,

w e s tw a rd t o Burma, and so u th w a rd t o M alay a , i s a t t e s t e d by

1 . B r i g g s , op . c i t . . p . 15 .

2 . H a r r i s o n , op . c i t . , p . 1 7 .

3 . G. C o ed es , The Making o f S o u th E a s t A s ia (London, R o u t». l e d g e an d .K eg an P a u l , 196(57 p . 62 .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 18: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

an abundance o f s t o n e i n s c r i p t i o n s c o v e r in g t h e p e r i o d from

.the 7 th t o t h e 1 8 th c e n t u r i e s . F u r t h e r m o r e , t h e f a c t t h a t

p o c k e t s o f s p e a k e r s o f M o n -K h m e r-re la te d d i a l e c t s a r e fo u n d

a l l o v e r m a in la n d S o u th e a s t A s ia , s u c h a s t h e B ahn ar , Mnong

G ar , H a la n g , and S re o f Vietnam} t h e S t i e n g , B i e t , B rao ,

and Samre o f Cambodia^. the .K hm u?, L am et, S o u e i , and So o f

Laos} t h e Kuy, So, Chong, and Lawa o f T h a i la n d } t h e Mon,

P a la u n g , Wa, and R ian g o f Burma; and p o s s i b l y t h e SeraangP

and S a k a i o f M a la y s ia , seems t o i n d i c a t e t h a t Mon-Khmer i n

f a c t . r e p r e s e n t s a much o l d e r l i n g u i s t i c s u b s t r a tu m w hich

was l a t e r e n g u l f e d , p a r t i a l l y a s s i m i l a t e d , and p u sh e d i n t o

t h e h i l l s b y s u c c e e d in g m i g r a t i o n s o f V ie tn a m e se , T a i , and

Burm ese, A t any r a t e , t h e im p o r ta n c e o f Cambodian f o r t h e

l i n g u i s t i c h i s t o r y o f S o u th e a s t A s ia seems o b v io u s .

As f o r f o r e i g n i n f l u e n c e on t h e l a n g u a g e , t h e Cam­

b o d ia n s h a v e bo rrow ed much o f t h e i r a d m i n i s t r a t i v e , j u d i c i a l ,

and l i t e r a r y v o c a b u la r y from S a n s k r i t . 3 W ith t h e a d v e n t o f

T h e ra v ad a Buddhism a t t h e b e g in n in g o f t h e 1 5 t h c e n t u r y ,

Cambodian began t o b o rrow P a l i w o rd s , and c o n t i n u e s t o u s e

1 . G eo rges M aspero , Grammaire de l a l a n g u e khmere ( P a r i s , I ra p r im e r ie N a t i o n a l e 7 191f?J p . 23 .

2 . F r a n k .M .L e B a r , G e r a ld D. H ic k e y , and John K. M usgrave , E th n i c G roups o f M ain lan d S o u th e a s t A s ia (New Haven,Human R e l a t i o n s A rea Files"," 196^ ) "pp7 2B'7-8.

3 . F. M a r t i n i , '* L a la n g u e cam bodgienne* *, F r a n c e - A s ie L|. (19U-9) p p . 9 0 1 -9 .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 19: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

P a l i a s a m a jo r s o u r c e o f n e o lo g is m s t o d a y . * D u r in g t h e

p e r i o d o f F re n c h d o m in a t io n , many F r e n c h words w ere b o r ­

row ed i n t o t h e l a n g u a g e arid , h a v e become an i n t e g r a l p a r t

o f t h e c o l l o q u i a l l a n g u a g e , e s p e c i a l l y i n u r b a n a r e a s .

Review o f s o u r c e s

S in c e a c c u r a t e d e s c r i p t i o n o f m odern d i a l e c t s i s a

p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a c c u r a t e h i s t o r i c a l r e c o n s t r u c t i o n , i t i s

s u r p r i s i n g t h a t no modern s t r u c t u r a l grammar o f Cambodian,2su c h a s t h a t o f R ic h a r d B. Noss f o r T h a i , R o b e r t B. Jo n e s

f o r K a r e n ,^ and L a u re n c e Thompson f o r V ie tn a m e se ^ h a s b e en

p u b l i s h e d . The few s t u d i e s done by t r a i n e d l i n g u i s t s h a v e

b een c o n c e rn e d o n ly w i th p h o n o lo g y o f t h e l a n g u a g e , and

p a r t i c u l a r l y w i t h t h e ' ' r e g i s t e r ' ' p ro b le m i n t h e Cambodian

vow el s y s te m , a s f i r s t d e l i n e a t e d by H en derson i n 1952 .

1 . On t h i s s u b j e c t , s e e F e M a r t i n i , ' 'D e l a c r e a t i o n a c t u e l l e d e s m ots en c am b o d g ien 1' , B u l l e t i n de l a S o c i e t e L l n g u i s t i q u e de P a r i s 57 (1962) p p . 161-71+j

2 . R i c h a r d B. N o ss , An O u t l i n e o f S iam ese Grammar (Ph.D . T h e s i s , Y a le U n i v e r s i t y ' , 1951+7 u n p u b l i s h e d ) . An expand ed v e r s i o n i s a v a i l a b l e i n h i s l a t e r T h a i R e f e r e n c e Grammar (W a sh in g to n , D .C . , F o r e ig n S e r v i c e I n s t i t u t e , 1961+71

3 . R o b e r t B. J o n e s , K aren L i n g u i s t i c S t u d i e s , U n i v e r s i t y o f C a l i f o r n i a P u b l i c a t i o n s i n ’X i n g u i s t i ' c s 25 ( B e rk e le y and Los A n g e le s , U n i v e r s i t y o f C a l i f o r n i a P r e s s , 1 9 6 1 ) . .

1}., L a u re n c e C. Thompson, A V ie tn a m e se Grammar ( S e a t t l e , U n i v e r s i t y o f W ash ing ton P re s s ' , 1 9 6 5 ) .

5 . E u g e n ie ’ J . A. H en d e rso n , ' 'T h e Main F e a t u r e s o f Cambodian P r o n u n c i a t i o n ' ' , B u l l e t i n o f t h e S c h o o l o f O r i e n t a l and A f r i c a n S t u d i e s ll+ (1952) p p . **11+9-W e

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 20: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

9

The f i r s t o f t h e s e t o a p p e a r was t h a t o f M a r t i n i in 1 9 l |9 ,^

w h ic h i s a c o m p le te t r e a t m e n t o f t h e n o n - i n t o n a t i o n a l f e a ­

t u r e s o f Cambodian p h o n o lo g y , b u t whose p h o n e t i c s l e a d on e '

t o s u s p e c t t h a t h e was d e a l i n g w i t h a r a t h e r v a r i a n t d i a ­

l e c t . The m ost w id e ly q u o te d i s . H e n d e rso n * s a r t i c l e , w h ich

i s e x c e l l e n t d e s c r i p t i v e l y , b u t w h ich d e a l s w i t h a h i g h l y

fo r m a l and i d e a l i z e d v a r i e t y o f s p e e c h .^ The a r t i c l e a l s o

i n c l u d e s an i n t e r e s t i n g t h e o r y o f t h e p h o n o l o g i c a l s t r u c - - -

t u r e o f Cambodian w o rd s . The s t u d y i s c a s t i n t h e te rm s o f

t h e P i r t h i a n s c h o o l o f l i n g u i s t i c s , and d o e s n o t p u r p o r t

t o be a phonem ic a n a l y s i s . P innow ’ s two p a p e r s ^ a r e n o t

b a s e d on p r im a r y i n f o r m a t i o n o b t a i n e d f ro m n a t i v e infor*-. •

m a n t s , b u t a r e r a t h e r a c o m p a r iso n and s y n t h e s i s o f t h e

M a r t i n i and H en d erso n a n a l y s e s , on t h e b a s i s o f w h ic h , a lo n g

w i th i n f o r m a t i o n f ro m t h e w r i t i n g s y s te m , h e r e c o n s t r u c t s

an e a r l i e r s t a g e o f t h e l a n g u a g e . ^ The o n l y more o r l e s s

1 . F . M a r t i n i , * ’ A pergu p h o n o lo g iq u e du c am b o d g ie n * 1, B u l l e t i n de l a S o c i e t e L l n g u i s t i q u e de P a r i s lj2 (19l|2~i^>) p p . 1 1 2 -3 1 .2 . The t r e a t m e n t s o f b o t h M a r t i n i and H e n d e rso n w i l l be d i s c u s s e d i n A ppend ix A.3 . H e in z - J u r g e n P innow , 1’ S p r a c h g e s c h i c h t l i c h e Erw agungen zum Phonem system d es Khmer*' , Z e i t s c h r i f t f u r P h o n e t ik und & .llgem eine S p r a c h w is s e n s o n a f t 10 (19$7} )£; “ 3T 8 - 9 1 , and* *B em erkungen^zur S i l b e n - u nd W o r t s t r u k t u r d e s Khmer11, Z e i t s c h r i f t f u r P h o n e t i k und a l l g e m e in e S p r a c h w is s e n s c h a f t I I (1958T”pp.I}.. I am i n d e b t e d t o P h i l i p N. J e n n e r o f t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f H aw a ii f o r E n g l i s h t r a n s l a t i o n s o f t h e s e two a r t i c l e s .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 21: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

c o m p le te grammar o f t h e Cambodian la n g u a g e so^faj? p u b l i s h e d

i s t h a t o f G eo rges M aspero^ . T h is r a t h e r th o r o u g h gram m ar,// u

p u b l i s h e d i n 1915 , s u f f e r s f rom t h e l i n g u a - c e n t r i c b i a s

t y p i c a l o f e a r l i e r g ram m ars , a t t r i b u t i n g t o t h e la n g u a g e

In d o -E u ro p e a n g ra m m a t ic a l c a t e g o r i e s . M asp e ro 1s t r a n s c r i p ­

t i o n i s more a t r a n s l i t e r a t i o n th a n a p h o n e t i c r e p r e s e n t s ! - -

t i c n o f t h e so u n d s o f t h e l a n g u a g e , a s a c o n se q u e n c e o f

w h ich t h e work c o u ld a lm o s t be c a l l e d a g ra p h e m ic a n a l y s i s .

N e v e r t h e l e s s , t h e book i s a v a l u a b l e s o u r c e o f i n f o r m a t i o n

a b o u t t h e l a n g u a g e , and c o n t a i n s a u s e f u l - l i s t o f d e r i v a t -

t i o n a l l y - r e l a t e d fo rm s , w h e th e r o r n o t t h e m echanism s a r e

f u n c t i o n a l i n p r e s e n t - d a y s p e e c h . I n a d d i t i o n t o M a sp e ro 1s

w o rk , s e v e r a l a r t i c l e s d e a l i n g v r i th s p e c i f i c a s p e c t s o f

Cambodian grammar h a v e b een p u b l i s h e d i n r e c e n t y e a r s by

M a r t i n i . 2

V a r io u s m an u a ls and t e x tb o o k s o f Cambodian w ere p u b ­

l i s h e d th r o u g h o u t t h e p e r i o d o f F re n c h a d m i n i s t r a t i o n in

1 . G eo rges M aspero , o p . c i t .

2 . F . M a r t i n i , " L e s e x p r e s s i o n s de ‘ e t r e 1 en s i a m o is e t en c a m b o d g ie n 11, B u l l e t i n de l a S o c i e t e L i n g u i s t i q u e de P a r i 3 52 (19!?6) pp t 289-306* and 11 La d i s t i n c t i o n du p r e d i c a t de q u a l i t e e t de l ! e p i t h e t e en cam bodgien e t en s i a m o i s 11. B u l l e t i n de l a S o c i e t e L i n g u i s t i q u e de P a r i s 53 (1 9 5 7 -0 )PP. 295 - 3 0 5 .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 22: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

11

Cambodia.'*’ However, t h e o n ly Cambodian la n g u a g e t e a c h i n g

m a t e r i a l s p r e s e n t l y a v a i l a b l e w h ich a r e b a s e d on m odern

t e c h n iq u e s o f s t r u c t u r a l a n a l y s i s a r e t h o s e o f Noss i n

19592 and 1 9 6 6 .3

0 . 5 P u rp o se and Scope

The p u rp o s e o f t h i s s t u d y w i l l be t o p r e s e n t a d e s c r i p ­

t i o n o f t h e p r i n c i p a l s t r u c t u r a l f e a t u r e s o f Cambodian

gram m ar, a t a l l g r a m m a t ic a l l e v e l s , i n c l u d i n g p h o n o lo g y ,

m o rp h o lo g y , and s y n t a x . The t h e o r e t i c a l f ram ew ork w i l l b e

p r i n c i p a l l y t h a t o f t h e ’ ’ i te m and a r r a n g e m e n t ’ ’ ^ s c h o o l o f

c u r r e n t A m erican d e s c r i p t i v e l i n g u i s t i c s , b u t w i t h i n s i g h t s

g a in e d from o t h e r a p p r o a c h e s , su c h a s t h o s e deve loped , by t h e

L ondon, P r a g u ia n , t r a n s f o r m a t i o n a l , an d t r a d i t i o n a l s c h o o l s

o f d e s c r i p t i v e l i n g u i s t i c s .

1 . E t i e n n e F r a n g o i s A ym onier, Cours e l e m e n t a i r e de cambod­g i e n (S a ig o n , C o l le g e d es A d m i n i s t r a t e u r s s t a g i a r e s “, l"8'77}. J . T a u p in , Cours de l a n g u e cam bodgienne ( P r o f e s s e au C o l le g e d e s I n t e r p r e t e s p a r J . T a u p in , M ars, 1 8 8 7 ) .R o lan d M eyer, C ours de cam bodgien e t l e c t u r e s c a m b o d g ie n n e s» N o u v e l le e d i t i o n (Phnom Penh , A. P o r t a i l , 1929*17 L . M anipoud, C ours de l a n g u e cam bodgienne (Phnom Penh, Im p r im e r ie R o y a le , I 9I4I ) •G a s to n C a m b e fo r t , I n t r o d u c t i o n au cam bodgien ( P a r i s , M aiso nneuv e , 1 9 5 0 ) .

2 . R ic h a r d B. N o s s ,a n d V anphut H, Phan , Cam bodian: B a s ic C o u r s e , U n i t s 1 -1 2 (W ash ing ton , D .C . , F o r e ig n S e r v i c e I n s t i t u t e , 1 9 5 9 ) .

3 . R ic h a rd ' B. Noss and Im Proum, w i t h t h e a s s i s t a n c e o fD a le I . P u r t i e and Soraeth S u o s , Cambodian B a s ic C ourseVolume One, U n i t s 1-1^5 (W ash in g to n , D .C . , F o r e ig n S e r v i c eI n s t i t u t e , 1 9 6 6 ) .U-* See C h a r le s F. H o c k e t t , 11 Two M odels o f G ram m atica lD e s c r i p t i o n ’ ’ , Word. 10 (19 5^ ) pp. 2 1 0 -3 l | .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 23: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

1 2

0 .6 B ackground

The p r e s e n t w ork i s b a s e d on d a t a c o l l e c t e d from 3l\.

i n f o r m a n ts i n t h e c o u r s e o f two y e a r s 1 r e s e a r c h i n I t h a c a ,

London, Bangkok, and Phnom Penh .

A l th o u g h th e g r e a t e r p a r t o f t h e d a t a was c o l l e c t e d

i n Bangkok, d u r i n g s e v e r a l t r i p s t o Cambodia a d i a l e c t

s u r v e y was c a r r i e d o u t , b a se d on d a t a c o l l e c t e d from i n f o r - -

m ants from a l l o f t h e C a m b o d ian -sp ea k in g p r o v i n c e s o f t h e

c o u n t r y . In a d d i t i o n , t a p e r e c o r d i n g s w ere made o f c o n ­

v e r s a t i o n s i n s t a n d a r d Cam bodian, w h ich p r o v i d e d an im p or-~

t a n t means o f v e r i f y i n g t h e d a t a o b t a i n e d from t h e p r i n c i p a l

i n f o r m a n t , a s w e l l a s an i n v a l u a b l e s o u r c e o f i n f o r m a t i o n

on i n t o n a t i o n a l f e a t u r e s . F u r t h e r d a t a w ere p r o v i d e d by

m o n ito M p g r a d i o b r o a d c a s t s from Phnom P en h , and from

Cambodian la n g u a g e n e w s p a p e r s , b o o k s , and d i c t i o n a r i e s

p u rc h a s e d i n Cambodia.

S in c e t h e p r i n c i p a l i n f o r m a n t f o r t h e p r e s e n t work

was a n a t i v e o f Takeo p r o v i n c e i n s o u t h e r n Cam bodia, r e s i ­

d e n t i n Bangkok, t h i s w i l l be e s s e n t i a l l y a d e s c r i p t i o n o f

t h e Takeo d i a l e c t o f Cambodian. However, t h e Takeo d i a l e c t

d i f f e r s from s t a n d a r d spoken Cambodian o n ly on t h e phono­

l o g i c a l l e v e l , and t h e s e d i f f e r e n c e s a r e d i s c u s s e d in

A ppend ix A, S ta n d a r d spoken Cambodian in t h i s work r e f e r s

t o t h e m ost w id e s p re a d spoken form o f t h e n a t i o n a l w r i t t e n

l a n g u a g e , and i s p r o b a b l y b e s t r e p r e s e n t e d by t h e d i a l e c t s

sp ok en in t h e p r o v i n c e s s u r r o u n d in g th e .p r o v in c e o f •

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 24: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

13

1K an d a l , and a ro u n d t h e s o u t h e r n end o f t h e T o n le Sap*

1 . The d i a l e c t sp o k e n i n Phnom Penh and t h e im m e d ia te ly s u r r o u n d i n g a r e a o f K an d a l P r o v in c e d i f f e r s p h o n o l o g i c a l l y f ro m b o th t h e s t a n d a r d c o l l o q u i a l and t h e T akeo d i a l e c t d e s c r i b e d i n t h e f o l l o w in g work - s e e A ppend ix A. See a l s o R ic h a r d B. N o ss , 11 The T re a tm e n t o f *-/R/ i n Two Modern Khmer D i a l e c t s ’ 1, i n Norman H, Z id e , e d „ , S t u d i e s i n C o m p a ra t iv e A u s t r o a s l a t i c L i n g u i s t i c s (The H ague, Mouton and C o . , 1966)- p p . &9-95.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 25: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

1 . 0 P h o n o log y

1 . 1 Phonemes

Cambodian u t t e r a n c e s a r e composed o f c o m b in a t io n s o f

m u t u a l l y c o n t r a s t i v e so u n d u n i t s , o r phonem es. 3. These '

phonemes f a l l i n t o two c l a s s e s :

1 . s e g m e n ta l phonem es, w h ich o c c u r in a te m p o ra l : ,

s e q u e n c e , and

2 . s u p r a s e g m e n ta l phonem es, w h ich o c c u r s i m u l t a n e o u s l y

w i t h , and may v a r y w i t h , d i f f e r e n t o c c u r r e n c e s o f

t h e same s e g m e n ta l phonem es,

1 .1 1 S e g m en ta l phonemes

S e g m e n ta l phonemes a r e d e f i n e d i n t h e c o n t e x t o f t h e

s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e , w h ich i s t h e minimum p h o n o l o g i c a l u n i t

w h ich o c c u r s a s t h e s e g m e n ta l c o n s t i t u e n t o f a c o m p le te

u t t e r a n c e . The s t r u c t u r e o f t h e s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e can be

r e p r e s e n t e d . b y t h e fo r m u la (0^5 w i t h t h e .

l i m i t a t i o n t h a t i f Vg d o e s n o t o c c u r , t h e n Cj ̂ m ust o c c u r . ^

r e p r e s e n t s any c o n so n a n t , w h ich o c c u r s a s t h e i n i t i a l

phoneme o f a s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e .

Cg r e p r e s e n t s any one o f a s u b - c l a s s o f C-̂ w h ich o c c u r

1 . Phonemes a r e d i s t r i b u t i o n a l l y d e f i n e d . F o r a d i s c u s s i o n o f t h i s a p p ro a c h s e e t h e I n t r o d u c t i o n t o W il l ia m A. S m a lle y , O u t l i n e o f Khmu9 S t r u c t u r e , A m erican O r i e n t a l S e r i e s E ssa y s ¥ 2 ( B a l t im o r e , A m erican O r i e n t a l S o c i e t y , I 9 6 0 ) .

2 , The s t r u c t u r e o f t h e u n s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e i s d i s c u s s e d in t h e s e c t i o n on P h o n o lo g ic a l words ( 1 , 2 ) ,

Ik

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 26: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

I

IS

a f t e r c e r t a i n phonemes ( fo rm in g tw o - p la c e i n i t i a l

c o n s o n a n t s e q u e n c e s ) .

r e p r e s e n t s t h e phoneme / h / w hich may o c c u r a f t e r

c e r t a i n C-^Cg se q u e n c e s ( fo rm in g t h r e e - p l a c e i n i t i a l c o n ­

s o n a n t s e q u e n c e s ) .

r e p r e s e n t s any vow el w hich may o c c u r a f t e r C-̂

phonem es.

V2 r e p r e s e n t s any one o f a s u b - c l a s s o f V-̂ w h ich may

o c c u r a f t e r c e r t a i n phonem es.

r e p r e s e n t s any one o f a s u b - c l a s s o f w h ich may

o c c u r a f t e r V^ phonem es, o r a f t e r a se q u e n c e o f V^Vg.

1 .1 1 1 C la s s phonemes (c o n s o n a n t s )

Cambodian h a s 18 c o n s o n a n t phonem es, w h ich can be

a r r a n g e d d i a g r a m m a t i c a l l y a s f o l l o w s :

L a b i a l D e n ta l P a l a t a l V e la r G l o t t a l

S to p s

V o ic e l e s s u n a s p . P t c k V

V o ic ed u n a s p . b d

S p i r a n t s

V o i c e l e s s ( f ) s h

C o n t in u a n t s

N a sa l ra n A#n 5

S e m iv o c a l ic w yL a t e r a l 1

T r i l l e d r

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 27: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

16

Of th e above i n i t i a l c o n s o n a n t s , / f / i s r a r e ( o c c u r ­

r i n g o n ly i n a . f e w l o a n - w o r d s ) . A l l i n i t i a l c o n s o n a n ts a r e

i l l u s t r a t e d i n t h e f o l l o w i n g exam ples*

1 .1 1 1 1 P h o n e t ic d e s c r i p t i o n o f c o n s o n a n ts

A l l p o s i t i o n a l a l l o p h o n e s a r e d e s c r i b e d f o r e a c h

c o n s o n a n t . D i s t r i b u t i o n w i l l be d i s c u s s e d u n d e r s u c c e e d in g

c l a s s h e a d i n g s .

1 . V o i c e l e s s s t o p s

/ p t c k / fo rm an a l l o p h o n i c s e t . They a r e n o r m a l ly

f o r t i s i n i n i t i a l p o s i t i o n , w i t h / c / h a v in g f r i c a t i v e r e ­

l e a s e i n i t i a l l y b u t n o t f i n a l l y . They a r e s l i g h t l y a s ­

p i r a t e d b e f o r e o t h e r v o i c e l e s s s t o p s ( e x c e p t / q / ) and

s o n o r a n t s ( e x c e p t / r / } . They a r e l e n i s b e f o r e / r s h / , .

and f o r t i s and r e l e a s e d b e f o r e / b d q / . They a r e l a b i a l ­

i z e d b e f o r e t h e v o w e ls / u e o e / . They a r e l e n i s and u n r e ­

l e a s e d a f t e r lo n g vov re ls , and f o r t i s and u n r e l e a s e d a f t e r

s h o r t v o w e ls , P i n a l s t o p a l l o p h o n e s f r e q u e n t l y i n v o lv e

/ p u u / • u n c l e ’

/ c u u / ’ t o be s o u r ’

/ b 8 y / ’ t h r e e '

/ q o o / ' O h!1

/ s o o / ' so u n d '

/ m e e t / ' s i z e '

/ f 3 e e t / ' r e l a t i v e '

/ w e e / ' 3 r d p e r s o n p ro n o u n '

/ l u e c / ' t o s t e a l '

/ t u u / 'c u p b o a r d '

/ k u u / ' p a i r '

/ d e y / ' e a r t h '

/ f o o i 3/ ' f l o c k , h e r d '

/ h o o / ' t o f lo w '

/ n e e t / 1 c h i e f

A ) e e y / ' t o be e a s y '

/ y a e y / 'g r a n d m o th e r '

/ r u e c / ' a l r e a d y '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 28: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

17

h o m o rg an ic p o s t - n a s a l i z a t i o n , a s in / s r o k / [ s r o ^ k S ] ‘ c o u n t r y ’ .

The p o s i t i o n a l v a r i a n t s may be s y m b o l iz e d a s f o l l o w s ,

u s i n g / k / a s t h e r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f t h e g ro u p

[ k ‘ 3 ( s l i g h t l y a s p i r a t e d ) b e f o r e o t h e r v o i c e l e s s s t o p s

( e x c e p t / q / ) and s o n o r a n t s ( e x c e p t / r / ) .

[£ , 3 ( l e n i s ) b e f o r e / r s h / .

[k^3 ( f o r t i s r e l e a s e d ) b e f o r e / b d q / .

[k « ] ( l a b i a l i z e d ) b e f o r e / u e o e / ,

( l e n i s u n r e l e a s e d ) ~ [k$3 a f t e r lo n g v o w e ls .

[ 1c*13 ( f o r t i s u n r e l e a s e d ) ~ [kS3 a f t e r s h o r t v o v je ls ,

[ k 3 e l s e w h e r e .nI n a d d i t i o n , / k / h a s s t r o n g l y f r o n t e d a r t i c u l a t i o n [k<]

a f t e r t h e v o w e ls / i i ee a e / .

/ q / i s a g l o t t a l s t o p w h ic h i s f o r t i s [£3 i n i n i t i a l

p o s i t i o n and a f t e r s h o r t v o w e ls , and l e n i s b e f o r e / w / i n

/ q w e y / ’w h a t1 an d a f t e r lo n g v o w e ls .

2 , V o ic e d s t o p s

/ b d / a r e p r e v o i c e d f o r t i s v o i c e d s t o p s [& b], [A d ] ,

/ d / h a s a l v e o l a r a r t i c u l a t i o n .

3 . V o i c e l e s s s p i r a n t s

/ f / i s a l a b i a l i z e d v o i c e l e s s l a b i o - d e n t a l s p i r a n t [ f ^ 3 .

r i The p h o n e t i c sym bo ls u s e d h e r e a r e t h o s e o f G eorge L. T r a g e r , P h o n e t i c s t G l o s s a r y and T a b le s t S t u d i e s i n L i n g u i s t i c s O c c a s io n a l P a p e rs #6’ ( B u f f a l o , t J n i v e r s i t y o f B u f f a l o , 195>8).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 29: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

18

/ s / i s a f r i c t i o n l e s s v o i c e l e s s p o s t - d e n t a l g ro o v e

s p i r a n t [ s * 3 .

/ h / i s a . v o i c e l e s s s p i r a n t w h ich h a s p h a ry n g e a l

a r t i c u l a t i o n i n i t i a l l y , g l o t t a l a r t i c u l a t i o n a s se c o n d

member o f a s e q u e n c e , and p o s t - v e l a r a r t i c u l a t i o n f i n a l l y .

I t i s l e n i s a f t e r l o n g v o w e ls , f o r t i s e l s e w h e r e . The

a l l o p h o n e s may be r e p r e s e n t e d a s f o l l o w s :

[h ] ( f o r t i s p h a r y n g e a l s p i r a n t ) i n i t i a l l y .P\

[h ] ( f o r t i s g l o t t a l s p i r a n t ) a s Cg.

[^x] ( l e n i s p o s t - v e l a r s p i r a n t ) a f t e r lo n g v o w e ls .

[x ] ( f o r t i s p o s t - v e l a r s p i r a n t ) a f t e r s h o r t v o w e ls , n

ij.. N a s a ls

/m n n g / fo rm an a l l o p h o n l c s e t . They a r e f o r t i s ,

w i t h v o c a l i c o n s e t i n i t i a l l y , l e n i s and s h o r t a f t e r lo n g

v o w e ls , and f o r t i s and r e l a t i v e l y l o n g e r a f t e r s h o r t v o w e ls .

T hey a r e f r e q u e n t l y p r e c e d e d by h o m o rg an ic p l o s i o n i n f i n a l

p o s i t i o n , e s p e c i a l l y / m / , a s i n / r o o m / [ r o : ^ m ] * t o s u r r o u n d 1.

They h a v e v o i c e l e s s o n s e t a s Cg a f t e r i n i t i a l v o i c e l e s s

s t o p s . The common a l l o p h o n e s o f t h e c l a s s may be shown a s

f o l l o w s , u s i n g / m / a s r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f t h e c l a s s :

[Jvrn] ( v o i c e l e s s o n s e t ) a s Cg a f t e r v o i c e l e s s s t o p s ,

l^n ] ~ [£m] ( l e n i s ) a f t e r lo n g v o w e ls .

lm ] ~ [£ra] ( f o r t i s ) a f t e r s h o r t v o w e ls .r~ i t—. .

[™m] ( v o c a l i c o n s e t ) e l s e w h e r e .

In a d d i t i o n , / jo/ , l i k e / k / , i s s t r o n g l y f r o n t e d a f t e r / i i / ,

/ e e / , and / a e / .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 30: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

19

Sem ivow els

/ w / i s a l a b i a l sem ivow el w i th s l i g h t l a b i o - d e n t a l

c o n t a c t i n i t i a l l y , w i t h c o n s e q u e n t s p i r a n t i z a t i o n , and

p r o g r e s s i v e l a b i a l i z a t i o n . I t may be d e l a b i a l i z e d i n

f i n a l p o s i t i o n , e s p e c i a l l y a f t e r / o f o r / a / , a s i n / t o w /

[ t o <u|j 3 ! t o g o ’ and / q a a w / [ ’ a j ^ ] ' s h i r t 1, w i t h f i n a l

l a b i o - d e n t a l c o n t a c t i n e x tre m e c a s e s . ^ / w / , l i k e a l l

c o n t i n u a n t s w h ich o c c u r f i n a l l y , h a s c o m p e n sa to ry l e n g t h e n ­

in g a f t e r s h o r t v o w e ls . L ik e a l l c o n t i n u a n t s e x c e p t / r /

t h a t o c c u r a s Cg# i t h a s v o i c e l e s s o n s e t a f t e r v o i c e l e s s

c o n s o n a n t s . The a l l o p h o n e s can be shown as f o l l o w s :

[ aw] ( v o i c e l e s s o n s e t ) a s Cg a f t e r v o i c e l e s s c o n s o n a n t s ,

[u ^ ] ( d e l a b i a l i z e d ) a f t e r lo n g v o w e ls .

[uj: ] ( l e n g th e n e d and d e l a b i a l i z e d ) a f t e r s h o r t v o w e ls .

[v £ ] ( l a b i o - d e n t a l c o n t a c t ) e l s e w h e r e .

/ y / i s a p a l a t a l sem ivow el w i t h s l i g h t a f f r i c a t i o n

i n i t i a l l y , e s p e c i a l l y a f t e r h i g h v o w e ls , a s i n / y i - t t /

[;ly&*jL3 ' s l o w , s l u g g i s h ' , / y / t e n d s to w a rd l a b i a l i z a t i o n

f i n a l l y a f t e r b a ck v o w e ls , a s i n /q o Q k u y / [ ’ ogkuySf] ' t o s i t ' ,** Hnand / k r a o y / [Jk r a >o vy)!() ' b e h i n d ' . I t s a l l o p h o n e s can be

shown a s f o l lo w s :

1 . My in f o r m a n t a c t u a l l y ' ' t h o u g h t 1 ' h e was u s i n g a p a l a t a l sem iv o w el, su c h a s [ y ] , and w hich h e u s e d in d e s c r i b i n g t h e sound t o me, b u t w h ich n e v e r o c c u r r e d in h i s a c t u a l s p e e c h .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 31: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

2 0

[ j |y 3 ( a f f r i c a t e d ) i n i t i a l l y .

[jify) ( v o i c e l e s s o n s e t ) a s Cg.

[y ^ ] a f t e r b a c k v o w e ls .

[ y ] a f t e r n o n -b a c k lo n g v o w e ls .

[ y :3 a f t e r n o n -b a c k s h o r t v o w e ls .

6 . L a t e r a l

/ l / i s an a l v e o l a r l a t e r a l w i t h t h e f o l lo w in g

a l l o p h o n e s *

[1 ] i n i t i a l l y .

[ ^ 1 ] ( v o i c e l e s s o n s e t ) a s C£.

[1 ] ( r e t r o f l e x e d ) , a f t e r lo n g v o w e ls .

[ 1*3 ( r e t r o f l e x e d and l e n g t h e n e d ) a f t e r s h o r t v o w e ls .

7 . T r i l l

/ r / i s an a l v e o l a r t r i l l w i th t h e a l l o p h o n e s :

tx*1 3 ( s i n g l e f l a p ) a s Gg,

[ f ! r 3 ( t r i l l w i t h v o c a l i c o n s e t ) ~ [® r '3 i n i t i a l l y .

1 .1 1 1 2 P rob lem s o f i n t e r p r e t a t i o n

As m e n t io n e d a b o v e , t h e v e l a r c o n s o n a n ts / 13/ and / k /

h a v e s t r o n g l y f r o n t e d a l l p p h o n e s [^<3 and [k<] a f t e r

/ i i e e a e / . S in c e t h e /nsX) / and / c * k / c o n t r a s t s a r e

n e u t r a l i z e d a f t e r t h e s e t h r e e v ow els ( t h e a r t i c u l a t i o n i s

p h o n e t i c a l l y i n t e r m e d i a t e ) , one c o u ld a n a ly z e them a s / n /

and / c / j u s t a s w e l l . ’*’ However, s i n c e / n / and / c / do n o t

1 , As Noss i n f a c t does i n h i s C am bodian: B a s ic C o u r s e , 19f?9.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 32: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

2 1

o c c u r a f t e r num erous o t h e r v o w e ls ( s e e 1 . 1 2 5 ) , t h e y a p p e a r

t o b e g e n e r a l l y d e f e c t i v e i n d i s t r i b u t i o n . On t h e o t h e r

h a n d , i f on e a s s i g n s t h e n a s a l a l l o p h o n e w h ich o c c u r s a f t e r

/ i i ee a e / t o / g / (and t h e h o m o rg an ic s t o p a l l o p h o n e t o

/ k / ) , t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n o f / g / i s r e l a t i v e l y c o m p le te .

T h is a n a l y s i s i s f u r t h e r s u p p o r te d . by t h e f a c t t h a t when

[k< ] a f t e r / a e / u n d e rg o e s d o u b l in g in p o l y s y l l a b i c fo rm s ,

t h e d o u b le d a l l o p h o n e i s p h o n e t i c a l l y [k ] r a t h e r t h a n [ c ] ,

a s i n / q a e k k e r e e c / [ ’ a* e£k<k© re•©££,] 1 in d ep en d en ce* .*•

1 .1 1 2 C l a s s Cg phonemes

1 ,1 1 2 1 P ro b le m s o f i n t e r p r e t a t i o n

s e q u e n c e s f a l l i n t o t h r e e p h o n e t i c c a t e g o r i e s

on t h e b a s i s o f t h e k i n d o f t r a n s i t i o n w h ich o c c u r s b e ­

tw een them*

1 ) R e l a t i v e l y c l o s e t r a n s i t i o n [C C ], w i th o n s e t o f

s t r e s s on t h e i n i t i a l c o n s o n a n t . T h is k i n d o f t r a n s i t i o n

o c c u r s i n s e q u e n c e s w here i s / p t c k / and Cg i s / r s h / ,

and i n s e q u e n c e s w here C^ i s / s / and Cg i s / p t k m n g

w 1 r / .

2 ) S l i g h t a s p i r a t i o n o f . [C 'C ] and i n i t i a l d e v o ic in g

o f a f o l l o w i n g c o n t i n u a n t ( e x c e p t / r / ) a s Cg, T h is k in d o f

t r a n s i t i o n o c c u r s i n s e q u e n c e s w here C^ i s a v o i c e l e s s s t o p

1 . A p u r e l y p r a c t i c a l c o n s i d e r a t i o n i s t h e f a c t t h a t t h e g r e a t m a j o r i t y o f t h e fo rm s i n q u e s t i o n a r e s p e l l e d |g k |i n t h e w r i t i n g s y s te m , so t h a t t o a n a ly z e them a s b e in gp h o n e m ic a l ly / n c / w ould p ro d u c e u n n e c e s s a r y c o n f u s i o n .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 33: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

22

/ p t c k / and Cg i s a n o th e r v o i c e l e s s s t o p o r a c o n t i n u a n t

o t h e r t h a n / r / , e x c e p t f o r t h e se q u e n c e / k g - / *

3 ) Weak i n t r u d e d v o c a l i s m o f a r a i d - c e n t r a l q u a l i t y

[C£C] b e tw een and Cg. T h is k in d o f t r a n s i t i o n o c c u r s

i n any s e q u e n c e w here Cg i s / b d q / , any s e q u e n c e w here

C>|_ i s /m 1 / , and i n t h e s e q u e n c e s / k g - / and / s n - / .

I t w ould seera p o s s i b l e (an d , i n some s c h o o l s o f

l i n g u i s t i c s , p r e f e r a b l e ) t o a n a ly z e c l a s s 1 s e q u e n c e s a s

/CC/ , c l a s s 2 s e q u e n c e s a s /C h C /, and c l a s s 3 s e q u e n c e s as

/C e C / . The d e c i s i o n t o a n a ly z e a l l t h r e e c l a s s e s a s b e in g

s t r u c t u r a l l y /C C / i s b a s e d on t h e f o l l o w i n g c o n s i d e r a t i o n s :

1 ) The t r a n s i t i o n a l a l l o p h o n e s o f t h e t h r e e c l a s s e s

n e v e r c o n t r a s t p h o n e ra ic a l ly . Thus t h e y c a n be a n a ly z e d as

t h r e e a l l o p h o n e s o f C-j_ i n c o m p lem e n ta ry d i s t r i b u t i o n w i th

r e g a r d t o Cg* [C] i n c l a s s 1

[C * 3 ( a s p i r a t e d ) i n c l a s s 2

[Cg) ( r e l e a s e d w i th v o c a l i s m ) i n c l a s s 3 .

2 ) The a l l o p h o n e s t h a t c h a r a c t e r i z e c l a s s e s 2 and 3 a r e

i n f r e e v a r i a t i o n in some i d i o l e c t s ; f o r exam ple , /k m e e g /

t k ’/Jm ejigc ) - tk^5^ne:^g<3 ’ c h i l d ’ . F u r th e r m o r e , t h e r e seems

t o b e a c o n tin u u m o f c l o s e n e s s o f t r a n s i t i o n from c l a s s 1

t o c l a s s 3 . - F o r exam ple , t h o s e s e q u e n c e s o f c l a s s 1 i n

w h ic h C^ i s / s / a r e n o t a s c l o s e i n t r a n s i t i o n a s t h e o t h e r

members o f t h e c l a s s , w h i l e t h e c l a s s 3 s e q u e n c e s / p i k l tw

k w / a r e c l o s e r i n t r a n s i t i o n th a n t h e o t h e r members o f t h e

c l a s s . T h ese f a c t s seem, t o i n d i c a t e t h a t t h e d i f f e r e n c e s

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 34: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

23

h a v e no s t r u c t u r a l s i g n i f i c a n c e .

3 ) [ C* 3 i n c l a s s 2 s e q u e n c e s d i f f e r s from t h e . / C h /

s e q u e n c e s i n c l a s s 1 i n t h a t t h e d e g re e o f a s p i r a t i o n i s

w e a k e r , and t h e p o s i t i o n o f a r t i c u l a t i o n i a f r o n t e r , t h a n

i n / C h / s e q u e n c e s . F u r th e r m o r e , when a / C h / se q u e n c e i s

s p l i t by a d e r i v a t i o n a l i n f i x , / h / i s r e t a i n e d i n t h e

d e r i v a t i v e , e .g .*

/ k h e g / ' a n g r y ' > /koraheiQ/ ' a n g e r '

By c o n t r a s t , when c l a s s 2 s e q u e n c e s a r e s p l i t by an i n f i x ,

p h o n e t i c a s p i r a t i o n i s l o s t , e . g . ?

/ k l a g / [ k ' ^ l a ^ ] ' s t r o n g ' > / k o m l a g / [ k o m l a ^ ] ' s t r e n g t h *

I4.) A l th o u g h t h e v o c a l i s m w h ic h o c c u r s i n s e q u e n c e s o f

c l a s s 3 i s p h o n e t i c a l l y s i m i l a r t o t h e r e d u c e d shwa / © / ( [ £ ] )

w h ich o c c u r s i n u n s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e s , [®3 i n u n s t r e s s e d

s y l l a b l e s i s a lw ays e x p a n d a b le i n c a r e f u l s p e e c h t o a f u l l

vow el /g/, / o/, /o /, o r / a / , and i n a r e a d i n g p r o n u n c i a t i o n

even t o / o o / , /o g /, o r / a a / , w h i l e t h e [£ ] o f c l a s s 3 s e ­

q u e n ce s i s n o t e x p a n d a b le t o a f u l l v o w e l . F o r ex am p le ,

t h e i n i t i a l s e q u e n c e s o f t h e fo rm s / i b o o g / ' t e s t ' and

/ l e b o o g / ' f e n c e ' a r e p h o n e t i c a l l y s i m i l a r , b u t t h e y c o n t r a s t

s t r u c t u r a l l y . The u n s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e / i s - / f u r t h e r a l t e r ­

n a t e s w i th / r e - / and / t o - / i n more c a r e f u l s p e e c h ( s e e 2 . 1 ) . ^

1 . I t w ould be c o n v e n ie n t t o a n a ly z e [ rS C - ] se q u e n c e s a l s o a s . / C C - / , s i n c e no * / r C - / o th e r w i s e o c c u r s . However, a l l su c h s e q u e n c e s a p p e a r t o be e x p a n d a b le t o / r o C - / , and in f a c t c h a r a c t e r i s t i c a l l y o c c u r w i th / o / vow el q u a l i t y i n t h e s p e e c h o f my p r i n c i p a l i n f o r m a n t . T h is a d h e re n c e t o t h e c r i t e r i o n o f e x p a n d a b i l i t y n e c e s s i t a t e s some s p e c i a l m orphophonem ic r u l e s f o r / r / ( s e e 2 , 2 , i te m 3 ) .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 35: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

T h u s , w h i l e t h e a l lo m o rp h / l e b o o io / ’ fence* i s p h o n e t i c a l l y

s i m i l a r t o / l b q o g / on t h e p h o n e t i c l e v e l , t h e two fo rm s

c o n t r a s t on t h e phonem ic and m orphophonem ic l e v e l s *

P h o n e t ic l e v e l Phonem ic l e v e l M orphophonemic l e v e l

[ l f b o * ^ ] / l b o o g / / l b o o g / ' t e s t *

[ l S b o * ^ ] / l o b o o g / / r o b o o g / 'f e n c e *

F o r a l l o f t h e f o r e g o i n g r e a s o n s , a l l n o n -e x p a n d a b le

i n i t i a l s e q u e n c e s o f two c o n s o n a n ts a r e a n a ly z e d a s /C C / ,

How ever, i n v ie w o f t h e p e c u l i a r l y l o o s e t r a n s i t i p n i n a l l

s u c h s e q u e n c e s , t h e te r m ’ ’ s e q u e n c e * ' i s p r e f e r r e d t o

M c l u s t e r * ' , w h ich w ould im p ly c l o s e t r a n s i t i o n and r e l e a s e

o f C-̂ i n t o Cg i n a l l c a s e s ,

1 ,1 1 2 2 D i s t r i b u t i o n o f Cp phonemes

The m em bersh ip and d i s t r i b u t i o n o f C^ c an b e s t be

shown i n t h e f o l l o w i n g c h a r t :

°1 C2

P t c k q b d ra n n 43 w 7 1 r s h

/ p / 1 2 3 k 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

A / I k 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 2lf 25

A / 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 31+ 35 36 37 38

M 39 ko i+i 1+2 k l l4±l- 14-5 1̂ 6 k l W 1+9 50 51 52 53 51+

A / 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 61+ 65 66 67

/q / 68

A / 69

A / 70 71 72 73 7k 75 76 77 78 79

A / 80 81 82 83 814- 85 86 87

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 36: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

25

The num ber a s s i g n e d t o e a c h s e q u e n c e in t h e c h a r t c o r r e s ­

p o n d s w i t h t h e num ber o f i t s e x e m p l i f i c a t i o n i n t h e

f o l l o w i n g l i s t *

I . / p t e e h / ’house*

3 . / p k a a / ’ f l o w e r 1

5 . / p d e y / ’h u s b a n d ’

7 . / p n a e / ' t o s e n d '

9 . / p y u e / ' t o s u s p e n d ’

I I . / p r a e / ' t o u s e ’

1 3 . / p h o k / ’ t o d r i n k '

15> . / t k a e 33/ ’ i l l u s t r i o u s '

1 7 , / t b a a n / ’ t o w e av e ’

1 9 . / t n a m / 'm e d i c i n e '

2 1 . / t w e ©/ ’ do o r ’

2 3 . / t l e e q / ' t o f a l l '

25> . / t h a o k / ' t o be c h e a p '-

2 7 e / c k a e / 'd o g '

2 9 . / c b a h / ' t o be c l e a r '

3 1 . / c m a a / ' c a t '

3 3 . / c n a o / ' t o be w i l t e d ’

3 5 . / c w e e ia / ' l e f t ( s i d e ) '

3 7 . /c r» a © n / 'm u ch , m any’

3 9 « / k p u e h / ' t o be h i g h ' -

l p . , / k c 9y / ' t o b o r r o w 1

lj.3 , / k b a a l / ' h e a d '

l} 5 . /k m a e / 'K hm er'

l j .7 ./k n o m / ' I '

2 , / p c o e p / ' t o a t t a c h 1

I}., /p q a e m / ' t o b e s w e e t '

6 , /pnum/ 'mountain'

8 . /piQUut/ ' to bathe ( tr . )'

lO ./p le w / 'road, way'

12 ./p seeJ3/ ' to be d ifferen t*

l l | . . / t p o e l / 'cheek'

l6 . / t q o o n / ' t o whine, complain'

1 8 ,/tm e y / 'to be new'

2 0 . / t $ a y / 'day, sun'

2 2 . / t y u u $ / ' c h a r c o a l '

21}../ t r a y / ' f i s h '

2 6 , / c p u j o / ' t o i n h a l e ( v a p o r s ) '

2 8 . / c q o i3/ 'b o n e '

30. /c d a o / ' l in g o t '

. 3 2 ,/c n a ^ / 'p o t'

3 l + . / c g a a y / ’ t o b e f a r '

3 6 . / c lo o 3 o / ' t o c r o s s '

3 8 . / c h a a / ' t o f r y '

^ l+ O ./k te e h / ' s k i l l e t '

lj2 . / k q o o q / ' t o c o u g h '

Ij-ll,/kdaw/ ' t o be h o t '

l|.6 , / k n o g / ' i n '

lj.8 , / k ^ j a a / 'g o o s e '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 37: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

26

l j .9 . /k w a q / ‘ t o be b l i n d '

£ l , / k l e o n / ' t o be h u n g r y '

5 > 3 . /k s a c / ' s a n d '

53> . / s p i y / 'c a b b a g e '

f ? 7 . / s k o a l / ' a c q u a i n t e d w i t h '

5>9./sb©w/ ' t h a t c h *

6 1 , / s m a w / ' g r a s s , h a y '

6 3 . / s n a e n / ' t o f e a r , r e s p e c t '

65 > ./sw aa / 'm onkey '

6 7 . / s r © y / 'woman'

6 9 . / d b © t / ' s i n c e , b e c a u s e '

7 i . / m c u l / ' n e e d l e '

7 3 . /m d a a y / ' m o th e r '

75>./mnoom/ ' a s h e s '

7 7 . /mre©m/ ' f i n g e r '

7 9 . /m h o o p / ' f o o d '

8 l f / i k 4 k / ' n o i s i l y '

8 3 . / l b a e x ) / 'g a m e '

S ^ . / l g e e c / ' a f t e r n o o n '

8 7 , / l h o i a / 'p a p a y a '

1 .1 1 3 C la s s Cq phoneme

C^ i s / h / . I t o c c u r s

E x am p le s :

/ s t h a a n / ' p l a c e '

/ l k h a o n / 'd r a m a '

£ 0 . / k y o l / 'w in d , a i r '

5 2 , / k r a w / 'o u t s i d e *

5 1 | . / k h a e / 'm o n th '

5 6 , / s t i i o / ' r i v e r '

£ 8 . / s q a e k / 'tom orrow *

6 0 . / s d a p / ' t o l i s t e n '

6 2 , / s n a a / 'c ro ssb ow *

61| . / s ] 3i e m / ' s i l e n t , q u i e t '

6 6 . / s l a p / ' t o d i e '

6 8 , / q w e y / 'w h a t '

70, / m t e e h / *a pepper*

72, /m q o o p / ' a n h e r b '

7i4. /m n o 0h / 'p i n e a p p l e '

76 , / m l u p / ' s h a d e '

7 8 . /m s a w / ' f l o u r '

8 0 , / l p e n - l p o n / ' i r r e s p o n s i b l e '

8 2 , / l q o o / ' t o be good , p r e t t y '

8 lj../ lraoem / ' s u f f i c i e n t '

8 6 , / lw e e ^ ) / 'c o m p a r tm e n t '

o n ly a f t e r / s t - / and / l k - / .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 38: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

27

1 .11 'If. C la s s ^ and Vg phonemes (v o w e l s )

The vow el sy s te m o f t h e Takeo d i a l e c t o f Cambodian

can be shown s c h e m a t i c a l l y a s f o l lo w s * ^

Arrows r e p r e s e n t d i p h th o n g s . A l l s im p le v ow els o c c u r e i t h e r

l o n g o r s h o r t . The d ip h th o n g s / e 8 u e o e / o c c u r e i t h e r lo n g

o r s h o r t ? o t h e r d ip h th o n g s o c c u r o n ly l o n g .

l . l l i j l P rob lem s o f i n t e r p r e t a t i o n

The p h o n e t i c l e n g t h s o f vow el n u c l e i c a n be r e p r e s e n t e d

a s f o l l o w s :

[V]

[W ]

tv, 3[V.V]

S h o r t v o w els and s h o r t d ip h th o n g s a r e s t r u c t u r a l l y e q u i ­

v a l e n t i n l e n g t h . S h o r t d ip h th o n g s l i k e w i s e p a t t e r n w i t h

s h o r t vo w els i n o c c u r r i n g o n ly b e f o r e C^, w h i l e lo n g vow els

and lo n g d ip h th o n g s o c c u r in b o t h open and c l o s e d s y l l a b l e s ,

S h o r t vow els

S h o r t d ip h th o n g s

Long vow els

Long d ip h th o n g s

} S h o r t n u c l e i

Long n u c l e i

1 . See A ppend ix A f o r a c o m p a r iso n w i t h s t a n d a r d Cam bodian.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 39: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

S in c e e v e r y s h o r t vow el / V / h a s a l o n g vow el c o u n t e r -

S h o r t d ip h th o n g s can b e a n a l y z e d a s / V e / , and lo n g d ip h th o n g s

a s / V W / . The r e l a t i o n s h i p s c an be shown a s f o l l o w s :

T h is s o l u t i o n i s t h e m o st e l e g a n t , a s w e l l a s t h e m ost

e c o n o m ic a l , r e s u l t i n g i n an i n v e n t o r y o f o n ly e i g h t vow el

phonem es. T h is i s e s s e n t i a l l y t h e s o l u t i o n a d o p te d h e r e ,

b u t i n o r d e r t o e m p h a s ize t h e p a r a l l e l i s m i n l e n g t h and

d i s t r i b u t i o n be tw een t h e lo n g v o w els and l o n g - d i p h th o n g s ,

t h e l o n g d ip h th o n g s a r e r e w r i t t e n s im p ly / W / # S h o r t d i p h ­

th o n g s a r e th e n w r i t t e n w i t h a b re v e / t f e / t o d i s t i n g u i s h

them from t h e lo n g d i p h th o n g s , and a r e t r e a t e d a s o c c u r ­

r e n c e s o f V^. The fo llox-ring d i s t r i b u t i o n r e s u l t s :

An a l t e r n a t i v e s o l u t i o n w ould be t o a n a ly z e t h e e i g h t

lo n g v o w els a s n o rm a l v o w e ls / V / , w i t h a p a r a l l e l sy s te m o f

as s h o r t c o u n t e r p a r t s o f t h e lo n g d ip h th o n g s w ould t h e n be

c o n s i s t e n t w i t h t h e l o n g - s h o r t r e l a t i o n s h i p b e tw een t h e

p a r t , l o n g v ow els can b e a n a ly z e d a s g e m in a te c l u s t e r s ' / W / .

Long n u c l e i

S h o r t n u c lcs h o r t v o w e ls / V /

s h o r t d ip h th o n g s / V e /

lo n g v o w e ls / W /

lo n g d ip h th o n g s / V W /

’ > { v«{

s h o r t vow els / V /

s h o r t d ip h th o n g s / V e /

lo n g v o w e ls /V V /

lo n g d ip h th o n g s /V V /

e i g h t s h o r t v o w e ls / V / . The a n a l y s i s o f t h e s h o r t d ip h th o n g s

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 40: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

29

s im p le v o w e ls . Such an a n a l y s i s , h o w e v e r , w ou ld i n c r e a s e

t h e t o t a l i n v e n t o r y o f v o w e ls t o 1 9 , and w ould n o t r e f l e c t

t h e s t a t i c t . u r a l e q u iv a l e n c e i n l e n g t h be tw een t h e l o n g

v o w e ls and l o n g d ip h th o n g s , s i n c e t h e y would be r e p r e s e n t e d

r e s p e c t i v e l y / V / and /VV/.'*’

A t h i r d p o s s i b l e a n a l y s i s w ould be t o p o s t u l a t e e i g h t

c a r d i n a l vow el .phonemes and a phoneme o f l e n g t h / * / . S h o r t

v o w e ls c o u ld t h e n be r e p r e s e n t e d / V / , s h o r t d ip h th o n g s /V V /,

l o n g v o w e ls / V * / , a n d lo n g d ip h th o n g s /V a V /. T h is s o l u t i o n

p o s e s t h e p ro b le m o f t h e phonem ic s t a t u s o f t h e phoneme / a / ,

1 .3X l|2 I l l u s t r a t i o n o f n u c l e i

The 2 ? n u c l e i w hich o c c u r a r e i l l u s t r a t e d i n t h e

f o l l o w i n g e x a m p le s : •

/ i / a / c i h / * t o r i d e ’ / i i / a / c i i k / ' t o d i g ’

/ e / a / c e h / ’ t o knovr' / e o / : / c e e h / ' t h r e a d '

/ i / a / r i t / . ' t o t i g h t e n ’ / i i / ; / r i i t / ' t o k n e a d '

/© /a / t e g / ’ t o be t a u t ’ / p p / a / c e e g / ' f o o t , l e g '

/ a / a / d a y / 'h a n d ' ■ / a a / ; / s d a a y / ’ t o p i t y ’

/ u / ; / l u h / 'w h en ' / u u / t /m u u h / ' a f l y '

/ o / a / k o n / ' f i l m ' / o o / a / k o o n / ' c h i l d '

/ o / a / c o g / ' t o w is h ' / o o / a / c o o g / ' t o t i e '

1 , T h is s o l u t i o n , ho w ever , i s p e rh a p s more s u i t a b l e f o r m ost o t h e r d i a l e c t s o f Cam bodian, i n w h ich t h e r e a r e l a r g e r i n v e n t o r i e s o f lo n g th a n o f s h o r t v o w e ls .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 41: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

30

/ i e / « / c i © h / • t o a v o i d 1

/ e © / : / p e e q / 1 t o wear* / e © / : /p e © q / •w ord '

A © / : / r& e io / ' s to ry *

/ a e / : / h a e t / • rea so n *

/ a © / : / h a e y / ' a lre a d y *

/ a o / s / d a o y / •b y , with*

/ u e / : / l u s h / • t o r e p a y 1 / u © / : / l u e h / ' w i r e '

/ o e / : /k o e m / ' t o s u p p o r t 1 /o © / : /k o e m / •hunchback*

X* 1X14-3 D i s t r i b u t i o n o f V-̂

C la s s V-̂ i s f i l l e d by any s h o r t vowel o r s h o r t d i p h ­

t h o n g . . Whan V-̂ i s n o t f o l l o w e d by, C^' m u s t o c c u r .

/e© u e o© / o c c u r o n ly b e f o r e Cj^, and do n o t o c c u r a f t e r

/ b d q f s h / . / £ 0 a u o 0/ havo f a i r l y g e n e r a l d i s ­

t r i b u t i o n b e f o r e Cj^, w h i l e / i e e© u e o©/ a r e s h a r p l y

l i m i t e d , / i e / o c c u r o n ly b e f o r e / q h / , w i t h one o c c u r ­

r e n c e o f / - e y / , / e e / an d / o © / c o n t r a s t o n ly b e f o r e / h / ,

/ e © / o c c u r r i n g b e f o r e / q 13 h / o n ly , and /o © / o n ly b e f o r e

/ p t m n 1 h / . / u © / o c c u r s o n ly b e f o r e / t q n 13 h / .

l .H 'l^ l - D i s t r i b u t i o n o f Vp

Any V , e x c e p t /V © / may f o l lo w i t s e l f a s V^.

I f Vg i s / © / , V1 i s n o t / o / .

I f V2 i s / e o / , i s / a / .

T h e re a r e few l i m i t a t i o n s on t h e o c c u r r e n c e o f lo n g

vo w e ls a f t e r c o n s o n a n t s , w i t h t h e f o l lo w in g e x c e p t i o n s :

/ i i / and / u u / do n o t o c c u r a f t e r / b d / .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 42: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

31

/ e a / d o e s n o t o c c u r a f t e r / b q s / ,

/ o a / does n o t o c c u r a f t e r / b q / .

W ith r e g a r d t o C[^, lo n g v o w e ls a r e g e n e r a l l y

c o m p a ra b le i n d i s t r i b u t i o n , w i t h / a a e a / h a v in g t h e w i d e s t

r a n g e o f o c c u r r e n c e , and / 4 4 4 a / t h e m ost l i m i t e d .

1 , 1114.^ P h o n e t i c d e s c r i p t i o n o f vow els

1 , A l lo p h o n ic s e t s

1 ) A l l h i g h and m id v o w els ( / i e 4 a u o / ) have lo w e r

a l l o p h o n e s a s s i n g l e v o w e ls t h a n as g e m in a te s .

2 ) A l l vow els h a v e a h i g h f r o n t g l i d e b e f o r e / c n / .

2 . S im ple vow els

/ i / H igh f r o n t u n ro u n d e d v o w e l.

S i n g l e : [ i ] b e f o r e / h / .

[ i v 3 b e f o r e / q / and i n u n s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e s .

D o u b le : [ i ; ] a s i n / m i i f l / [ J P ra i :^ ] ' a u n t 1.

As V i i n d ip h th o n g : [ i « ] b e f o r e / a / .

/ e / H ig h e r -m id f r o n t u n ro u n d e d v ow el.

S i n g l e : [ e] b e f o r e / h / ,

[ e v ] b e f o r e / q / and i n u n s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e s .

D o u b le : [ e : i l b e f o r e / k g / , a s i n / d e e k / ' [ ^ d e ; i k < ]

' t o l i e d o t m ' .

[ e « ] ( s h o r t e n e d ) b e f o r e / h / , a s i n / c e e h /

[S e* ^ ] ' t h r e a d ' , w h ich n e v e r t h e l e s s c o n t r a s t s w i t h t h e

lo w e r and s h o r t e r a l lo p h o n e o f s i n g l e / e / b e f o r e / h / , a s i n

/ c e h / [5 e x l ' t o k n o w ', n n[e : ;J e l s e w h e r e .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 43: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

As Y l i s d ip h th o n g : [ e A*3 b e f o r e /& /, a s in. / p e o q /

[ p e A«o?] 'w o r d 1.n

As Vg i n d ip h th o n g :

[ e ] a f t e r / a / , a s i n / k m a e / [k'JSJraae • e] ’Khmer*.

[ e ] a f t e r / a / and b e f o r e / k $ / , a s i n / q a e k /

[£ a e * e ik < ] ’ f i r s t ’ .

/ k / H igh b a c k u n ro u n d e d v o w e l.

S i n g l e ; [* « ] ( lo w e re d and f r o n t e d ) b e f o r e / c n / , a s i n

/ p i l e / [ p ' i l i ^ c s j ' t o f o r g e t * and / t m i n / [ t ’^ m ^ r p ’ t o o t h ' .

In t h e s e p o s i t i o n s i t a p p ro a c h e s t h e q u a l i t y o f / e / . The

a l l o p h o n e i s a s s i g n e d t o / k / b e c a u s e su c h an a n a l y s i s g i v e s

/ k / a d i s t r i b u t i o n p a r a l l e l w i t h o t h e r w id e ly d i s t r i b u t e d

v o w e ls , w h i l e / i / and / e / fo rm a s u b - s y s t e m from t h e s t a n d ­

p o i n t o f d i s t r i b u t i o n ,

[ 4 ] . e l s e w h e r e .

D o u b le : [4 :3

As V-l i n d ip h th o n g :

[4 » ] a s i n / r 4 o Q / [gr4*oi^3 ' s t o r y ' ,

/ e / M i d - c e n t r a l u n ro u n d e d v o w e l .

S i n g l e : [ ©< 3 b e f o r e / p n l / , a s i n / h e p / [ h a ^ ] ' b o x ’ .' A rn

[ o vi ] b e f o r e / c n / , a s i n / d o n / [<Jd9vi n |] 'c h a s e *

[0 3 e l s e w h e r e .

D o u b le : [ o : i 3 b e f o r e / c n / , a s i n / k h o o n / [ k h o j i n ] ’ s e e

[© •] b e f o r e / h / , a s i n / r a o h / [^roos^l ' s e a r c h * .

[ o : A] e l s e w h e r e , a s i n / c o o g / [ t f e :AQ3 ' f o o t ' .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 44: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

33

As Vg i n d i p h th o n g s :

[ e A3 a f t e r / a / , a s i n / k a e t / [ k a * © ^ ] ' t o h a p p e n ' ,

[e*^ a f t e r / i / , a s i n / t i © n / [ t i * © ^ ] ' c a n d l e ' .

[©I:] b e f o r e / c n / , a s i n / s a e c / [s= a»© £c3 ' t o l a u g h 1,

[ e ] e l s e w h e r e , a s i n / t e © n / [ t e A*©riJ ' g i f t ' .

/ a / H ig h e r - lo w f r o n t e d c e n t r a l u n ro u n d e d v o w e l .

S i n g l e ; [ a ^ ] b e f o r e / c n / , a s i n / b a n / [S b a<^ 3

' t o s h o o t ' .

la"1] e l s e w h e r e , a s i n / k a t / [k 'a 'H ] ' t o c u t ' .

D o u b le : Ca*<^3 b e f o r e / c n / , a s i n / t b a a n / [ t g b a i ^ n }

' t o w e a v e ' .

Ea*< 3 b e f o r e / h / t a s i n / c a a h / ' p o l i t e

r e s p o n s e u s e d by w om en', c o n t r a s t i n g w i t h t h e s h o r t e r a l l o ­

phone o f / a / i n / c a h / [ ^ a <x 3 ' t o b e o l d ' .

[a.s< 3 e l s e w h e r e , as i n / k a a t / t k a : ^ ! 'm a p ' .

As Vi i n d i p h t h o n g s :

[ae *] b e f o r e / e / , a s i n / k m a e / [k '^xnse*e3 'K hm er*,

[ a *3 b e f o r e / © / , a s i n / k a s t / [ka»©t,] ' t o h a p p e n ' .

[ a* > 3 b e f o r e / o / , a s i n /q & o y / [£ a » >ovy3 ' t o g i v e 1.

/ u / H igh b a c k ro u n d e d v o w e l .

S i n g l e t [ u i ] b e f o r e / c n / , a s i n / m u c / [ffmu^c;] ' t o d i v e ' .

[ u v3 e l s e w h e r e . ..r

D o u b le t t u t *3 b e f o r e / c n / , a s i n / i j u u c / [ SiDut^c,!

' t o b a t h e ' .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 45: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

t u . ] b e f o r e / h / , a s in /m u u h / [2?mu»4xi] ’h o u s e f l y ' ,

i n c o n t r a s t w i t h / n u h / [Snu^x] ' t h a t 1.r">

[u*.] e l s e w h e r e .

As Vi i n d i p h th o n g :

[u » ] b e f o r e / © / , a s in / l u e c / [ l u * e i c ,3 ' t o s t e a l ' .

/ o / Mid b a c k ro u n d e d vow el.

S i n g l e :

[ o l'*3 b e f o r e / c n / , a s i n / h o c / [h o v£ c 3 ' t o e x te n dA r>

[ 0*̂ 3 b e f o r e / w / , as i n / t o w / [ t o ^ : ] ' t o g o ' .

[ o ^ ] e l s e w h e r e , a s i n / t o k / [ t o v3ik] ' t a b l e ' .n r*a

D o u b le :

[5 * 1 ] b e f o r e / c n / , a s i n / t o o c / ' s m a l l ' .

[ o . ^ 3 b e f o r e / h / , a s i n / q o o h / [ ’ o ^ ^ x ] ' t o d r a g '*• lj

[ o : 3̂ ] e l s e w h e r e .

As ^ i n d ip h th o n g :

[ 0 • < 3 b e f o r e / © / , a s i n ./po©:g/ [ p p ^ e ^ } ' e g g ' .

As V2 i n d ip h th o n g :

[ o v 3 a f t e r / a / , a s i n / k r a o m / [ k r a » >ov nj] ' u n d e r ' .

/ o / Low f r o n t e d - b a c k h a l f - r o u n d e d v o w el.

S i n g l e :

i n ’u n s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e s .

[o"5] e l s e w h e r e , a s i n / k o t / [ k o ^ ] ' t o j o t d o w n '.

D o u b le :

[ o : < 3, a s i n / c o o t / [ < t ,3 ' t o m o o r ' ,9 t l L J

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 46: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

3 . S h o r t d i p h t h o n g

/ e © / i s a s h o r t f a l l i n g d ip h th o n g w h ich g l i d e s from a

lo w e r-m id f r o n t u n ro u n d e d p o s i t i o n t o a m id c e n t r a l

u n ro u n d e d p o s i t i o n [ e § ] , a s i n / n e e q / [S n e?£ ] ‘ p e r s o n 1,

/ u © / i s a s h o r t d ip h th o n g w h ich g l i d e s f rom a l o w e r - h i g h

b a c k ro u n d e d p o s i t i o n t o a m id c e n t r a l u n ro u n d e d

p o s i t i o n . I t i s som etim es f a l l i n g [t/ £ ] and som etim es

r i s i n g [Y©], w i th no a p p a r e n t c o n d i t i o n i n g f a c t o r .

B e fo re / h / t h e c e n t e r i n g g l i d e may d i s a p p e a r , so t h a t

/ p u e h / [p'Kvx] ‘ s n a k e ’ c o n t r a s t s w i t h / p u h / [ p u vx ] ' t o• m n ri r i

b o i l ' p r i m a r i l y i n te rm s o f vow el h e i g h t (a s w e l l a s ,

i n t h i s exam ple , in t e r m s o f t h e l a b i a l i z e d a l l o p h o n e

o f s t o p s b e f o r e / u © / and / o s / ) ,

/ o © / i s a s h o r t d ip h th o n g w h ich g l i d e s f rom a lo ty e r -m id

b a c k ro u n d e d p o s i t i o n t o a m id c e n t r a l p o s i t i o n . I t •

may be e i t h e r f a l l i n g [o£ ] o r r i s i n g [ 2 o ] , F o r ex am p le ,

in / k o a t / ' h e ' i t i s u s u a l l y f a l l i n g [k)?o® t], w h i le i n

/ t o o l / ' u n t i l ' i t i s u s u a l l y r i s i n g [ tJ ? S © lr ] , a l t h o u g h

e i t h e r s e q u e n c e may o c c u r i n e i t h e r fo rm ,

1 ,1 1 5 C la s s Cj ̂ phonemes ( f i n a l c o n s o n a n t s )

i s any c o n s o n a n t e x c e p t / b d f r / , w i th t h e f o l l o w ­

i n g r e s t r i c t i o n s *

1 ) / p t ra n 1 h / seem t o o c c u r a f t e r a l l v o w e ls . Such

random g aps as do o c c u r i n t h e d a t a a r e p r o b a b l y due t o

i n s u f f i c i e n t d a t a .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 47: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

36

2 ) / c n / fo rm a s e t i n t h a t t h e y do n o t o c c u r a f t e r

/ i e o ee u© o© i i e e 34 oo i© ae o© /.

3 ) / k / an d / q / c o n t r a s t o n ly a f t e r / u / , . / k / o c c u r r i n g

o n ly a f t e r / £ © u o ee ee u u oo a e a© ao o© /, and / q / o n ly

a f t e r / i e a u o ee u© aa oo i© e© 4© u e / ,

l\.) The sem ivow el / w / o c c u r s o n ly a f t e r /© a o i i e e a a

i© e© a e / ,

$ ) The sem iv o w el / y / d o e s n o t o c c u r a f t e r / i o e© u© oe

i i ee 34 u u i© a e / ,

6 ) / s / o c c u r s i n f i n a l p o s i t i o n o n ly i n a h i g h l y

p e d a n t i c r e a d i n g p r o n u n c i a t i o n , b e in g r e p l a c e d by / h / i n

a l l o t h e r l e v e l s o f fo r m a l and c o l l o q u i a l s p e e c h ,

P i n a l c o n t r a s t s a r e i l l u s t r a t e d i n t h e f o l l o w in g

e x a m p le s :

/ k o m / ’ d o n ’ t

/ k o n / ’ f i l m ’

/ k o n / ’ t o be d e n s e , t h i c k '

/koiQ/ ' t r i c k ’

/ t r © w / ' t o be c o r r e c t ’

/ t r e y / ’ f i s h ’

/ s e l / ' s k i l l '

/ k a p / ' t o h a c k ’ .

/ k a t / ' t o c u t ’

/ k a c / ' t o b r e a k '

/ c e k / ' t o b i t e '

/ c a q / ' t o p i e r c e '

/ b a r a Q s a e s /* ’ 'F r e n c h '

/ c a h / ' t o be o l d '

1 , / b a r a g s a o h / i n n o rm a l s p e e c h (a s o p p o se d t o t h e r e a d i n g p r o n u n c i a t i o n c i t e d a b o v e ) .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 48: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

37

1*12 S u p ra s e g m e n ta l phonemes

S u p ra s e g m e n ta l phonemes a r e phonemes w h ich o c c u r

s i m u l t a n e o u s l y w i t h , and may v a r y w i t h , d i f f e r e n t o c c u r r e n c e s

o f t h e same s e g m e n ta l phonem es. The s e q u e n c e o f s e g m e n ta l

phonemes w i th w h ich a c l a s s o f s u p r a s e g m e n ta l phonemes

o c c u r s , and t h e u n i t t h u s d e f i n e d , i s t h e dom ain o f t h e

c l a s s . The dom ain o f s t r e s s phonemes i s t h e s y l l a b l e

n u c l e u s . The dom ain o f j u n c t u r e phonemes i s t h e s y l l a b l e .

The dom ain o f p h r a s e c o n t o u r s i s t h e l a s t s y l l a b l e o f a

p h o n o l o g i c a l p h r a s e . The domain o f i n t o n a t i o n a l phonemes

i s t h e u t t e r a n c e .

1 ,1 2 1 S t r e s s phonemes

S t r e s s i s c o r r e l a t e d w i t h c o n t r a s t i v e d e g re e s o f

lo u d n e s s and p i t c h i n s y l l a b l e n u c l e i . F ou r d e g re e s o f

s t r e s s a r e p o s t u l a t e d .

1 , / / unm arked , o r z e r o , s t r e s s . I t c o - o c c u r s w i t h ,

and d e f i n e s , u n s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e s , a s / p i / i n / p i s a a / ' t o

e a t ' , / p r o / i n / p r o t e e h / ' c o u n t r y ' . I t i s c h a r a c t e r i z e d

b y lo w n u c l e u s volum e and p i t c h .

2 , / ' / s e c o n d a r y s t r e s s . I t i s c h a r a c t e r i z e d by

n u c l e u s volum e and p i t c h w hich i s h i g h e r t h a n z e r o s t r e s s ,

b u t lo w e r th a n p r im a r y s t r e s s . I t ' t y p i c a l l y o c c u r s i n

c o l l o q u i a l s p e e c h w i th f u n c t i o n w ords su c h a s p ronouns

and a u x i l i a r i e s . I t a l s o o c c u r s w i th t h e f i r s t c o n s t i t u e n t

o f many compounds whose se c o n d c o n s t i t u e n t c a r r i e s p r im a r y

s t r e s s , a s in /d a e m - c h o o / ' t r e e ' , and w i th t h e se co n d

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 49: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

38

1 c o n s t i t u e n t o f a s m a l l c l a s s o f compounds whose f i r s t

c o n s t i t u e n t c a r r i e s p r im a r y s t r e s s , a s i n / c e h - t a e / 'a lw a y s * .

3 , / ' / p r im a r y s t r e s s . P r im a ry s t r e s s i s t h e d e g re e o f

volume and p i t c h w hich c o - o c c u r s w i t h a l l p r im a r y o r c o n t e n t

words i n an u t t e r a n c e , su c h a s n o u n s , v e r b s , and a d j e c t i v e s ,

a s w e l l a s w i th s y l l a b l e s c i t e d i n i s o l a t i o n . I t i s th u s

r e g a r d e d a s n o rm a l o r c a r d i n a l s t r e s s .

I4.. / ' / c o n t r a s t i v e s t r e s s . I t i s c h a r a c t e r i z e d by

g r e a t e r volum e th a n p r im a r y s t r e s s , and u s u a l l y by e x t r e m e ­

l y h i g h o r f a l s e t t o p i t c h . I t t y p i c a l l y o c c u r s w i th i n t e r ­

j e c t i o n s , b u t i s d e f i n e d by i t s c o n t r a s t w i t h p r im a r y s t r e s s

i n c o n t r a s t i v e u t t e r a n c e s .

C o n t r a s t s !

/ / / p i s a a / ' t o e a t '

/ * / / d a e m - c h e e / . ' t r e e '

/ V / b a a t l . / ' y e s '

1 ,1 2 2 J u n c t u r e phonemes

J u n c t u r e phonemes a r e c o n t r a s t i n g m an ners o f t r a n s i t i o n

b e tw een s y l l a b l e s i n an u t t e r a n c e . The t r a n s i t i o n from one ■

s e g m e n ta l phoneme t o a n o th e r w i t h i n a s y l l a b l e i s d e f i n e d

■as n o rm a l t r a n s i t i o n , and i s n o t a phoneme. The f o u r

j u n c t u r e phonemes a r e c o r r e l a t e d w i t h , and d e f i n e d by , f o u r

c o n t r a s t i n g d e g r e e s o f s y l l a b l e d u r a t i o n . S y l l a b l e d u r a t i o n

i s d e f i n e d a s t h e t o t a l t im e e l a p s e d b e tw een t h e b e g in n in g

o f t h e s y l l a b l e i n q u e s t i o n and t h e b e g in n in g o f t h e

f o l lo w in g s y l l a b l e .

t / ' / / p l i - s a a / 'b e c a u se *

t / V / p t e e h ch e e / 'w ooden h o u s e '

t / * / / ' b a a t l . / ' o f c o u r s e ! '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 50: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

39

1 . / + / c lo .se - j u n c t u r e . The p r e c e d i n g s y l l a b l e h a s

s h o r t d u r a t i o n . I t t y p i c a l l y o c c u r s a f t e r bound s y l l a b l e s

w i t h z e ro o r / ' / s t r e s s .

2 . / - / medium j u n c t u r e . The p r e c e d i n g s y l l a b l e h a s

m e d iu m -s h o r t d u r a t i o n . The p r e c e d i n g s y l l a b l e may c a r r y

s e c o n d a r y / ' / o r p r im a r y / * / s t r e s s . T h is j u n c t u r e u s u a l l y

i n d i c a t e s ;a , c l o s e r g ra m m a t ic a l r e l a t i o n s h i p b e tw ee n s y l l a b l e s * —*»t h a n d o e s open j u n c t u r e / / (u n m a rk e d ) , t h u s f r e q u e n t l y

o c c u r r i n g in com pounds. I t may, h o w e v e r , o c c u r be tw een

bound s y l l a b l e s i n d e l i b e r a t e s p e e c h , a s i n / k a w - s u u /

( ~ /k a w + s u u / ) ‘r u b b e r 1 .

3 . / / open j u n c t u r e (u n m ark e d ) . The p r e c e d i n g s y l l a b l e

h a s medium d u r a t i o n , an d may c a r r y e i t h e r p r im a r y o r s e c o n d a r y

s t r e s s , b u t i s n e v e r u n s t r e s s e d . Any s e q u e n c e o f s e g m e n ta l

phonemes bounded b y a two s u c c e s s i v e o c c u r r e n c e s o f open

j u n c t u r e i s a p h o n o l o g ic a l w o rd .

ij.. / * / l o n g j u n c t u r e . The p r e c e d i n g s y l l a b l e h a s l o n g

d u r a t i o n , p r im a r y s t r e s s , and i s u s u a l l y acco m p an ied by

r a i s e d s u s t a i n e d p i t c h . T h is j u n c t u r e u s u a l l y I n d i c a t e s a

m a jo r im m e d ia te c o n s t i t u e n t c u t w i t h i n an u t t e r a n c e .

E x a m p le s t

/ + / * / s o Q + k h a a / ' p r o v i s i o n s ’

/ - / * / s o g - k h a a jo / ' b o t h s i d e s '

/ - / * /k o o c e h - t a e n i y e y b a r a g s a e h ^ . /

h e a lw ay s sp e a k F re n c h

'H e a lw ays sp e a k s F r e n c h . '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 51: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

fco

/ f t / k e e c e h t a e n l y e y b a r a ^ s a e h i , /

h e know -h ow -to s p e a k o n ly F re n c h

•He c an s p e a k o n ly F r e n c h . ’

/ / : /knom tw e o -k a a m in -b aan * t e e ) - . /

I w ork n e g a t i v e - a b l e e m p h a t i c - p a r t i c l e

’ I ’m n o t a b l e t o w o r k . '

/ t / t /knom tw o e -k a a* m ln -b a a n qey s o h i . /

I w ork n e g a t i v e - g e t a n y th i n g a t - a l l

'(W h en ) I w ork I d o n ' t make a t h i n g . '

1 .1 2 3 P h r a s e c o n t o u r phonemes

P h r a s e c o n to u r s a r e c o n t r a s t i n g p i t c h c o n to u r s whose

dom ain i s e i t h e r an i n t e r n a l o r a f i n a l s y l l a b l e . The

s y l l a b l e o f s e q u e n c e o f s y l l a b l e s be tw een any two o c c u r r e n c e s

o f p h r a s e c o n to u r i s d e f i n e d a s a p h o n o l o g i c a l p h r a s e .

I n t e r n a l l y , p h r a s e c o n to u r s s i g n a l a m a jo r im m ed ia te c o n ­

s t i t u e n t c u t . T e r m in a l ly , p h r a s e c o n to u r s com bine w i t h t h e

i n t o n a t i o n a l phoneme / . / ' e n d o f c o n s t r u c t i o n ' t o form

i n t o n a t i o n a l m orphem es.

1 . / f / The p r e c e d i n g s y l l a b l e h a s a r i s i n g p i t c h c o n to u r ,

2 . / \ / The p r e c e d i n g s y l l a b l e h a s a f a l l i n g p i t c h c o n to u r .

3 . / l / The p r e c e d i n g s y l l a b l e h a s a h i g h s u s t a i n e d p i t c h .

14-. / The p r e c e d i n g s y l l a b l e h a s a low s u s t a i n e d p i t c h .

R i s i n g c o n to u r i s n o r m a l ly a s s o c i a t e d w i th i n t e r ­

r o g a t i v e u t t e r a n c e s . However, f a l l i n g c o n to u r may a l s o

o c c u r w i th q u e s t i o n s . F a l l i n g c o n to u r w i t h a q u e s t i o n

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 52: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

10.

seem s t o c a r r y a s e c o n d a r y i m p l i c a t i o n o f s p e a k e r s t a t u s

e q u a l o r s u p e r i o r t o t h a t o f t h e a d d r e s s e e , w h i l e r i s i n g

c o n t,o u r r e f l e c t s d e f e r e n c e , p o l i t e n e s s , o r f o r m a l i t y . The

f o l l o w i n g e x am p les a r e t r a n s l a t e d f r e e l y i n o r d e r t o

i l l u s t r a t e t h e s e m a n t ic nuances*

/ l o o k tow n a a t . / (you ( r e s p e c t f u l ) go w h e re )

... 'W here a r e you g o i n g , s i r ? '

. / l o o k . t o w n a a l . / (you go w here)

'W here i n t h e w o r ld a r e you g o in g ? '

R i s i n g c o n to u r a l s o o c c u r s be tw een c l a u s e s , and be tw een

members o f a c o n c a t e n a t e d l i s t , e . g . :

/ba© l o o k k i t t o w t knom koo k i t tow: d a e J ' , /

i f you t h i n k g o t I t h e n t h i n k go to o

• I f y o u ' r e g o in g , t h e n I ' l l go t o o . '

/knom t ro w t i n s k o o t m r l c f h a e y - n l g qoqkoo •I',/

I m ust b uy su g a rf- p e p p e r f and r i c e

' I h a v e t o buy s u g a r , p e p p e r , and r i c e . '

P a l l i n g c o n to u r i n f i n a l p o s i t i o n i s n o r m a l ly a s s o c i a t e d

w i t h s t a t i v e u t t e r a n c e s . However, r i s i n g , c o n to u r may a l s o

o c c u r w i t h s t a t e m e n t s , i n w hich c a s e i t seems t o c a r r y t h e

s e c o n d a r y i m p l i c a t i o n t h a t t h e s t a t e m e n t i s o b v io u s o r

a n t i c i p a t e d , a s i n t h e f o l l o w i n g e x am p le s :

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 53: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

/k n o m 'to w p s a a i . / ( I go m a r k e t )

’ I ’m g o in g t o t h e m a r k e t . ’

/knom tow p s a a t . / ( I go m a rk e t)

’ I ’m g o in g t o t h e m a r k e t , o f c o u r s e ( o r , a s u s u a l ) . ’

F a l l i n g c o n to u r a l s o t y p i c a l l y f o l lo w s i n t e r j e c t i o n s and

r e s p o n s i v e s , e i t h e r i n i s o l a t i o n o r a t t h e b e g in n in g o f

l a r g e r c o n s t r u c t i o n s , as. f o l l o w s :

/ t a e l lo o k k i t tw ee q w e y f . /

t e l l - m e i you t h i n k do w hat

’ S ay , w hat a r e you p l a n n i n g t o d o ? ’

/ b a a t i knom k i t tow m oel k o n i , /

p o l i t e - r e s p o n s e I I t h i n k go s e e f i l m

’ W ell , I t h i n k [ I ' l l ] go s e e a f i l m . ’

I n a d d i t i o n , f a l l i n g c o n to u r t y p i c a l l y o c c u r s w i th t h e

c o n ju n c t i o n / t h a a / ' t h a t ' , e . g . :

/knom sogkhim t h a a i l o o k niiQ maok . /

I hope t h a t ^ you f u t u r e come

’ I hope t h a t y o u ’ l l co m e . '

H igh l e v e l c o n to u r / I / i s n o r m a l ly a s s o c i a t e d w i th

i m p e r a t i v e s t a t e m e n t s and w i th i n t e r j e c t i o n s and p a r t i c l e s

o f an e x h o r t a t i v e o r c a j o l i n g n a t u r e , a s i n t h e f o l l o w in g

e x am p le s :

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 54: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

/ ’ y i i ! knom m ln h e s n som* t e e ! , /

i n t e r j . - o f - p r o t e s t ! . I n e g a t i v e d a r e a s k e m p h a t i c - p a r t ,

•Oh n o , I d o n ’ t d a r e a s k ! !

/kom p h £ y : n e h ! . / (d o n ’ t b e - a f r a i d e x h o r t a t i v e - p a r t i c l e

’ D o n ' t w o r r y ! 1

H igh l e v e l c o n to u r may a l s o o c c u r a f t e r e m p h a tic o r d e ­

c la m a to r y s t a t e m e n t s , r e f l e c t i n g e m o t io n a l in v o lv e m e n t on

t h e p a r t o f t h e s p e a k e r , as f o l l o w s :

/ ' q o o ! k o n la e g nuh s r u o l : 1d a e i . /

OhJ p l a c e t h a t b e - a g r e e a b l e to o

'O h , t h a t p l a c e i s r e a l l y n i c e ! ( c o n t r a r y t o what you

b e l i e v e ) ’

Low l e v e l c o n to u r /_ _ / t y p i c a l l y o c c u r s w i th s t a t i v e

u t t e r a n c e s o f a n -u n e m o t io n a l o r s o l i l o q u i z i n g n a t u r e , e . g . :

/ q a e j raonuh y e o g t e e ^ q o h t r e w concern e i w £ t _ . /

r e s p o n s e ! human we a l l m ust s u p p o r t l i f e

’Y e s , we a l l h a v e t o e a r n a l i v i n g . ’

Low l e v e l c o n to u r a l s o o c c u r s w i th p o s t - p o s e d t o p i c s , e . g . :

/knom m in c o o l - c e t : , t e e m o n u h nuh__./

I n e g a t i v e l i k e e r a p h a t i c - p a r t i c l e ! p e r s o n t h a t

' I d o n ’ t l i k e [h im ] a t a l l , t h a t m a n . ’

I . I 2 I4. I n t o n a t i o n a l phoneme

I n t o n a t i o n s ( 5 . 0 ) a r e a n a ly z e d i n te rm s o f t h e f o u r

p h r a s e c o n to u r s d e s c r i b e d in t h e p r e c e d i n g s e c t i o n and th e

one i n t o n a t i o n a l phoneme / . / 'e n d o f c o n s t r u c t i o n ’ , whose

o n ly p h o n o l o g ic a l m a rk e r i s p a u se o r i n d e f i n i t e s i l e n c e .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 55: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

1 . 2 P h o n o l o g i c a l words

P h o n o l o g i c a l w o rd s , a s d e f i n e d i n 1 .1 3 2 , may c o n t a i n

from one t o s i x s y l l a b l e s , w i t h v a r i o u s s t r e s s p a t t e r n s and

s y l l a b l e s h a p e s . How ever, t h e g r e a t m a j o r i t y o f words i n

Cambodian a r e m o n o s y l l a b l e s , i n f r e q u e n c y i f n o t i n i n v e n ­

t o r y . The m in o r d i s y l l a b l e ( 1 .2 2 1 ) i s s e c o n d t o t h e mono­

s y l l a b l e i n t e rm s o f f r e q u e n c y , and a l t h o u g h no s tu d y h a s

been m ade, m ig h t a lm o s t e q u a l t h e m o n o s y l l a b l e i n te rm s o f

t o t a l i n v e n t o r y . P o ly s y l l a b ic - , words ( 1 .2 3 ) a r e i n f r e q u e n t

i n c o l l o q u i a l s p e e c h , and c a n u s u a l l y b e I d e n t i f i e d as

l o a n - w o r d s from P a l i , S a n s k r i t , o r F r e n c h s o u r c e s , th o u g h

n o t on s t r u c t u r a l g r o u n d s .

1 .2 1 M o n o s y l la b ic w ords

Any o c c u r r e n c e o f a s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e p r e c e d e d and

f o l lo w e d by open j u n c t u r e i s a m o n o s y l la b ic word / £ / .

M o n o s y l l a b le s c o n t a i n i n g a s i n g l e vow el o r s h o r t d ip h th o n g

o c c u r i n t h e f o l lo w in g t h r e e c a n o n i c a l s h a p e s :

1 . /C ^ C / / b e t / ’ t o c l o s e ’ ; / k i t / ’ t o th in k *

2 . /C C ^G / / s d a p / ' t o u n d e r s t a n d '} / p r o h / 'm a l e '

3 . /CCCVC/ / s t h e t / ' t o s t a n d , be l o c a t e d '

F re q u e n c y o f t h e above sh a p e s i s i n t h e o r d e r l i s t e d .

Only one exam ple o f # 3 i s r e c o r d e d .

M o n o s y l la b le s c o n t a i n i n g a d o u b le vow el o r lo n g d i p h ­

th o n g o c c u r i n t h e f o l l o w i n g f i v e c a n o n i c a l s h a p e s ;

1 . / C W / / k a a / 'work* / p u u / ’ u n c l e '

2 , /C W C / / b a a n / ’ t o have* /< ja o y / 1 g i v e '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 56: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

/ c h £ & / ’ t o be i l l ' / p s a a / ’m a r k e t ’

/ c r a e n / ’much’ / s q a a t / ’ t o be c l e a n 1

/ s t h a a n / ’ p l a c e ’ / l k h a o n / ’ d ram a’

A lth o u g h a f r e q u e n c y c o u n t h a s n o t been m ade, t h e

f r e q u e n c y o f t h e . a b o v e sh a p e s i s a p p r o x im a te ly i n t h e o r d e r

l i s t e d . The o n ly two r e c o r d e d exam ples o f # 5 a r e t h o s e

l i s t e d a b o v e .

1 .2 2 D i s y l l a b i c w o r d s . ’

1 .2 2 1 M inor d i s y l l a b l e s - *'

A m in o r d i s y l l a b l e i s any u n s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e f o l lo w e d

i n c l o s e j u n c t u r e by a s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e , S+S. The s t r u c t u r e

o f s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e s h a s a l r e a d y b een d e s c r i b e d (1 . 1 2 ) .

The s t r u c t u r e o f t h e u n s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e c an be shown by

t h e f o rm u la

1 . C-j_ i s any c o n s o n a n t e x c e p t / f / , b u t o n ly / p t c k s /

b e f o r e C2 .

2 . C2 i s / r / .

3 . V i s any s h o r t vow el ; a f t e r C-|_, b u t o n ly /© a o o /

a f t e r C2 .

I4.. i s any c o n s o n a n t e x c e p t / b d f r / .

5 . / + / c l o s e j u n c t u r e (and h e n c e ' a f o l l o w in g s t r e s s e d

s y l l a b l e ) o c c u r s a f t e r a l l u n s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e s .

1 . My u s e o f t h e te rm s ’m in o r 1 and ’m a j o r ’ d i s y l l a b l e d i f f e r s somewhat from t h a t o f H e n d erso n , op, c i t . , p . 150.

3 , /CGVV/

k . /CCVVC/

$. /cccvvc/

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 57: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

Thus t h e f o l l o w i n g f o u r m in o r d i s y l l a b i c ' p a t t e r n s

occu r*

1 . CV+S / k o + k a a y / ' t o s c r a t c h ' / r o + b o o g / ' f e n c e '

2 . CrV+S / s r o + l a n / ' t o l i k e 1 / c r e + m o h / ' n o s e '

3 . CVC+S / s o n + d a e k / 'b e a n s ' / s o p + b a a y / 'p l e a s a n t *

Ij.. CrVC+3 /p ra m + b o y / ' e i g h t '

1 .2 2 2 M ajor d i s y l l a b l e s

A m a jo r d i s y l l a b l e i s any s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e f o l lo w e d

i n c l o s e o r medium j u n c t u r e by a n o th e r s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e .

T h e re a r e no s i g n i f i c a n t l i m i t a t i o n s on t h e sh a p e o f t h e

f i r s t s y l l a b l e . The f o l lo w in g p a t t e r n s o c c u rs

1 . S+3 / s io w + p h o w / 'b o o k ' / p h e e + s a a / . ' lan g u ag e*

2 . S -3 / s m a o -m a a n / 'how much' / b u e g - s u © ^ / ' t o p r a y 1

3 . S -S / c e h - t a e / ' a l w a y s ' / h a a - s © p / ' f i f t y '

Ij.. / l u y - k a q / 'm o n ey ' / s d u o c - s d a o g / ' t o be t h i n '

M o r p h o lo g ic a l l y s im p le m a jo r d i s y l l a b l e s o c c u r o n ly i n

r e l a t i v e l y c a r e f u l s p e e c h , becom ing m in o r d i s y l l a b l e s i n

c o l l o q u i a l s p e e c h th r o u g h l o s s o f s t r e s s on t h e f i r s t s y l ­

l a b l e . T hose m a jo r d i s y l l a b l e s w hich o c c u r i n n o rm a l s p e e c h

a r e u s u a l l y com plex ( /sm a e -m a a r i / ) , r e d u p l i c a t i v e s ( / b u o g - s u o g / ) ,

o r compounds ( / l u y - k a q / ) . M ajor d i s y l l a b l e s o f t h e p a t t e r n

a r e i n v a r i a b l y compounds.

1 .2 3 P o l y s y l l a b i c w ord3

A p o l y s y l l a b i c word i s any s e q u e n c e o f more t h a n two

s y l l a b l e s b e tw een two s u c c e s s i v e o c c u r r e n c e s o f open j u n c t u r e .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 58: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

U-7

1 .2 3 1 T r i s y l l a b i c words

The f o l l o w i n g t r i s y l l a b i c words p a t t e r n s occu r*

1 . S+5+3 /p r o + p & y + n f i / ' c u s t o m 1 /p r o + c e e + c u o n / ' p e o p l e '

2 . S+S+S / thoe ra+ m o+ daa / ' u s u a l l y ' / s a t + t s + w o e t / ' c e n t u r y '

3 . 3+3+5 / k r £ h + s a h + s n a a / ' C h r i s t i a n i t y '

ij., 3 -S+3 / r o a t - m u e n + t r e y / ' m i n i s t e r '

/ k o o - k r o + b e y / 'o x e n and b u f f a l o , l i v e s t o c k '

£>. S+3-3 / w i + t h i i - b o n / 'c e re m o n y '

1 .2 3 2 Q u a d r i s y l l a b l e w ords

The f o l l o w i n g p a t t e r n s h a v e b e e n o b se rv ed *

1 . S+3+S+3 / q a + t h a a + t h i + b a a y / ' t o e x p l a i n '

2 . 3+S+3+3 / p h o o + c e + n i i + t h a a n / ' r e s t a u r a n t '

3 . 3+S+3+3 /p u t+ tG + s a h + s n a a / 'B ud dh ism '

14.. 3+3+S+3 /k r £ h + s a q + k 9+ r a a c / ' C h r i s t i a n e r a '

i>. 3+3+3+3 / r e © c + c e 9+ t h i p + p t a y / 'm o n a rc h y '

6 . S+3-S+3 /b o n + tG c - b o n + tu a c / 'so m e , a l i t t l e '

1 .2 3 3 P e n t a s y l l a b l e words

The f o l l o w i n g p a t t e r n s occu r*

1 . 3+S+3+S+3 / r a t + t e + n a q + k o + r i i / 'R a t a n a k i r i ( p r o v i n c e ) '

2 . S+3+3+S+3 /qa+ nuq+ saa+ w 9+ r f i / 'm onum ent, m e m o r ia l '

3 . S+3+3+3+3 /p ro + th e o + n e G + th lp + p d G y / ' p r e s i d e n t '

14., 3+3+3+S+3 / r e o c + c e G + th lp + p G + ta y / 'm o n a rc h y '

S+3~S+3+3 /p re© h + reac -> q a+ n aa+ caq / 'k in g d o m '

6 , '3 -3+3+S+3 / r e o c - r o o t + t h a a + p h i + b a a l / ' r o y a l g o v e rn m e n t '

1,23k- H e x a s y l l a b i c words

1 . S+3+S+3+S+3 /w i+ c a a + re + n a q + k G + th a a / ' f o r e w o r d '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 59: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

2*0 Mor phophon em1c s

M orphophonem ics i s t h e a n a l y s i s o f s t r u c t u r e b e tw een

t h e l e v e l s o f p h o n o lo g y and m o rp h o lo g y . I t d e a l s w i t h

n o n - c o n t r a s t i v e a l t e r n a t i o n b e tw e e n phonem es.

2 . 1 F r e e v a r i a t i o n

F r e e v a r i a t i o n i s n o n - c o n t r a s t i v e a l t e r n a t i o n b e tw ee n

two o r more phonemes i n t h e same p h o n o l o g ic a l e n v iro n m en t*

T h is t y p e o f a l t e r n a t i o n i s c o n d i t i o n e d p r i m a r i l y by t h e

s p e e d and d e g r e e o f f o r m a l i t y em ployed b y t h e s p e a k e r .

2 .1 1 F re e v a r i a t i o n i n u n s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e s

The l o c u s o f g r e a t e s t m orphophonem ic f r e e v a r i a t i o n i s

t h e u n s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e (1 . 2 2 1 ) . In t h e ex am ples t h a t

f o l l o w , t h e m ost f o r m a l a l t e r n a n t s a r e f o l lo w e d by t h e i r

s u c c e s s i v e l y m ore c o l l o q u i a l a l t e r n a n t s . I t w i l l be s e e n

t h a t a l l u n s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e s t e n d t o be l e v e l l e d in

c o l l o q u i a l s p e e c h t o |C e + |^ , a s f o l lo w s *

1 . |Co+, Co+| > |C 9+ |

/ k o + k a a y / > / k o + k a a y / ’ t o d i g , s c r a t c h about*

/ c o + c a e k / > / c o + c a e k / ’ t o a r g u e , s q u a b b l e '

/ rao + n u h / > / rao + n u h / ’human, man'

2 . V o iced s t o p s / b d / > v o i c e l e s s / p t / i n u n s t r e s s e d s y l l a b i

/ d o + d a e l / > / d o + d a e l / > / t e + d a e l / 's a m e '

1 . V e r t i c a l s l a s h e s ( | ) a r e u s e d t o i n d i c a t e m orphophonem ic s h a p e s , w h ich a r e a b s t r a c t i o n s , a s op p o sed t o m o rphs, w hich a r e r e p r e s e n t e d p h o n e m ic a l ly .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 60: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

/ b o + b u o l ' / > /b a + b u © l / > p©+bu©l/ ’ t o e n t r e a t 1

3 , / s o + / > / s 9 + / > / t 9 + /

/ s o + s e e / > / s o + s e e / > / t e + s e e / 1 t o w r i t e 1

I4.. / r o + / > / r a + / > / ! © + / > / q a + /

/ r o + b f a n / > / r a + b £ © n / > / l e + b £ e n / > /q a + .b lo n / ’m e th o d 1

/ r o + t e h / > / r a + t e h / > / l e + t e h / > / q a + t e h / ’ c a r t 1

5 . |CVq+| > |0V+1 > |C e+ |

/ p i q + b a a q / > / p i + b a a q / > / p e + b a a q / ’ d i f f i c u l t ’

/ q a q + r u n / > / q a + r u n / > / q a + r u n / ’ dawn’

6 . |C ro + , C ro+ | > jC re + | > jCa+j

/ p r o + t e a h / > / p r o + t e a h / > / p s + t e a h / ’ t o m e e t1^

/ s r o + n o k / > / s r a + n o k / > / s a + n o k / ’ p e a c e f u l ’

7 . |CVN+| > |CaN+| > |C 9+ j

/ k o n + l a e g / > / k a n + la e Q / > / k a + l a e $ / ’p l a c e ’

/d o m + n a a p / > /d a m + n a o p / > / t a + n a a p / ’ g l u t i n o u s ’

In a l t e r n a t i o n s 8 -1 2 b e low , u n s t r e s s e d , s y l l a b l e s o f

sh a p e |CVNJ a r e r e d u c e d i n r a p i d s p e e c h t o a s y l l a b i c n a s a l*

8 . jqol'T+| > jqeN+J > |N+| ( s y l l a b i c n a s a l )

/q o Q + k u y / > / q a i 3+ k u y / > / 13+ k u y / ’ t o s i t ’

/q o n + c © a n / > /q o n + c a o n / > / n + c e a n / ’ t o i n v i t e ’

9 . JCVN+J > JCoN+J > jN+j ( - | Co+J)

/ b o n + t a c - b o n + t u o c / > / b o n + t a c - b o n + t u a c / > / n + t o c - n + t u a c /

• a l i t t l e , som ew hat’

/d o n + d o p / > /d o n + d o p / > / n + d o p / ( - / t a + d o p / ) ’ - t e e n ’

1 . In c o n t r a s t w i t h / p t e a h / ’h o u s e ’ .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 61: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

5o

10 . The n e g a t i v e a u x i l i a r y / m i n / i s r e d u c e d t o a s y l l a b i c

n a s a l / m + / i n r a p i d s p e e c h , e . g . :

/ m i n - m e e n / > /ra+meen/ ' n o t r e a l l y '

/m & n- tow / > / ra+ tow / ' n o t g o '

1 1 . The i n c i p i e n t a u x i l i a r y / n i i a / i s r e d u c e d i n r a p i d s p e e c h

t o a n a s a l h o m o rg an ie w i t h a f o l l o w i n g consonant .*^

/ n i f l - m a o k / > /ra+maok/ ' w i l l come'

/ n i g - t o w / > / n + t o w / ' w i l l g o 1

12 .. / k h a a g / ' s i d e ' i n compounds i s s u b j e c t t o e x t re m e

r e d u c t i o n : / k h a a f l - k r a o y / > / k h a g - k r a o y / > / g + k r a o y / ' b e h i n d '

1 3 . / m u e y / ' o n e ' i s h i g h l y u n s t a b l e i n u n s t r e s s e d p o s i t i o n :

/ m u e y - d o o g / > / r a a a - d o o g / > /m s + d o o g / ' o n c e '

/ r a u e y - r o o y / > / r a a a - r o © y / > / m e + r o o y / ' o n e h u n d r e d '

111, / p r a m / ' f i v e * i s s u b j e c t t o e x t r e m e r e d u c t i o n when i t

does n o t c a r r y p r i m a r y s t r e s s :

/p ra ra -m u o y / > /pr&ra+muoy/ > /p s + m u o y / ' s i x '

/ p r a m - b o y / > / p r e m + b o y / > / ra+ b o y / ' e i g h t '

l £ . The p r e f i x / p r e o h / i s s u b j e c t t o l o s s o f s t r e s s , vowel

r e d u c t i o n , and l o s s o f f i n a l / - h / i n r a p i d s p e e c h , t h u s

a s s i m i l a t i n g t o t h e t y p i c a l / C r o + / u n s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e s h a p e ,

/ p r e o h - p u t / > / p r o + p u t / 'B ud d ha '

/ p r e o h - c a n / > / p r o + c a n / 'moon'

16 . / n i q + y e e y / > / n i + y e y / > / n + y e y / ' t o speak*

1 7 . / t u e n + l e e / > / t o + l e e / ' r i v e r , l o n g body o f w a t e r '

1 8 . / q o y + l o w / > / q a a + l o w / > / q a + l e w / > / q o + l e w / 'now '

1 . T h i s k i n d o f a l t e r n a t i o n i s d e s c r i b e d i n 2 , 3 .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 62: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

51

2 . 1 2 S t r e s s a l t e r n a t i o n

As h a s a l r e a d y b e en m e n t i o n e d i n 1 , 2 2 2 , t h e t e n d e n c y

i n m a jo r d i s y l l a b l e s i s t o move t o w a r d t h e p r e f e r r e d m in o r

s y l l a b l e s t r e s s p a t t e r n S+g i n c o l l o q u i a l s p e e c h , e . g . t -

/ p i i + s a a / > / p i + s a a / ' t o e a t '

/ k a w + q o y / > / k a w + q e y / ' c h a i r '

/ t e o + h e e n / > t e o + h e o n / ' s o l d i e r '

T h i s same p r e f e r e n c e f o r a l t e r n a t i o n b e tw ee n s t r e s s e d and

u n s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e s i n c o l l o q u i a l s p e e c h i s o p e r a t i v e i n

p o l y s y l l a b l e s . The c h a n g e s , a s w i t h m a j o r d i s y l l a b l e s ,

i n v o l v e , . b o t h s t r e s s and vowel r e d u c t i o n . The f o l l o w i n g

a l t e r n a t i o n s o c c u r , moving f rom f o r m a l t o c o l l o q u i a l fo rm s j

1, g+g+g > s+S+g/ q a a + n a a + k u e t / > / q a '+ n a s + k u s t / ' f u t u r e '

/ q a o + b a a + s o q / > / q o + b a a + s o q / ' l a y m a n '

I n t h e f o l l o w i n g e x a m p le s , l o s s o f s t r e s s is c o r r e l a t e d

w i t h l o s s o f f i n a l c o n s o n a n t i n u n s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e s ?

/ q a q + k h o o + s a q / > / q a + k h o o + s a q / ' t o be s i l e n t , v o i c e l e s s '

/ q u q + t e o + h o o / > / q u + t e o + h o o / ' e x a m p l e '

2 , g+g+g > g+S+g

/ k a q + r u q + n a a / > / k a q + r u + n a a / ( > / k o + n a a / ) 'm e r c y '

/ k e q + r £ q + y a a / > / k e q + r i + y a a / ' c o n d u c t '

3 , g+g+g+g > S+g+S+g

/ q a q + n u q + s e e + n a a / > / q a + n u q + s e + n a a / ' m i l i t a r y d i v i s i o n '

1|. g+g+g+g > g+S+g+g

/ q i h + s a q + r a q + p h e e p / > / q i h + s o + r a q + p h e o p / ' f r e e d o m '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 63: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

£2

2 . 1 3 F r e e v a r i a t i o n in s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e s

F r e e v a r i a t i o n w h ich i s c o r r e l a t e d w i t h d e g r e e o f

f o r m a l i t y t a k e s p l a c e i n c e r t a i n s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e s , b u t

seems t o be u n r e l a t e d t o r e d u c t i o n o f s t r e s s , e . g . *

/ t w e e / > / t h e e / ’ t o make, d o ’

/ k n o m / > / k y o m / *1’

/m e + d o o ^ / > /m e + ro o Q / ’ o n c e , a t o n c e ’

C e r t a i n f i n a l s e n t e n c e p a r t i c l e s a r e s u b j e c t t o

morphophonemic r e d u c t i o n i n r a p i d s p e e c h , e . g . *

/ t e e / > / t e h / > / t e h / ’ e m p h a t i c p a r t i c l e ’

/ n a a / > / n a h / > / n e h / ’ e x h o r t a t i v e f i n a l p a r t i c l e '

/ h a e y / > / h e y / > / q e y / > / q © h / ’ p e r f e c t i v e f i n a l p a r t . '

2 .2 P hon o log ica lly conditioned a lte r n a t io n

P h o n o l o g i c a l l y c o n d i t i o n e d a l t e r n a t i o n i s a l t e r n a t i o n

w h ic h i s c o n d i t i o n e d by t h e p h o n o t a c t i c r u l e s o f t h e l a n g u a g e ,

and i s t h u s i n v a r i a b l e . The f o l l o w i n g a l t e r n a t i o n s occur*

1. V o ic e d s t o p s / b d / > v o i c e l e s s / p t / b e f o r e n a s a l s .

/ b - / > / p - / b e f o r e / ~ n - / * ^

/ b a e k / ' t o b r e a k ’ > / p n a e k / ’ f r a g m e n t ’

/ d - / > / t ~ / b e f o r e / - n - / *

/ d a q / ’ t o p u t ' > / t n a q / ' c l a s s , p l a c e m e n t '

/ d - / > / t - / b e f o r e / - m ~ / t

/ d a o / ' t o w a lk ' > / t m a e / ' p e d e s t r i a n '

1 . The symbol / - / i s u s e d h e r e t o i n d i c a t e t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p o f a f f i x e s t o b a s e s , r a t h e r t h a n a s a phoneme o f j u n c t u r e .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 64: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

2 . V o i c e l e s s s t o p s / p t / > / b d / b e f o r e j-oDT-|

/ p V > A -/*/ p r a e / ’ t o u s e ’ > / b o m ra © / ’ s e r v a n t ’

/ p l a e / ' f r u i t ' > / b o n l a e / ' v e g e t a b l e s '

/ p q a e r a / ' b e s w e e t ' > / b o g q a e m / ' s t r e e t s '

/ t - / > / d - / *

/ t b a a n / ' t o weave ' > / d o m b a a n / 'w e a v in g '

/ t w a a y / ' t o g i v e ' > / d o ^ w a a y / ' g i f t '

/ t a e g / ' t o a p p o i n t ' > / d o m n a e g / ' p o s i t i o n '

3 . A l t e r n a t i o n . o f / r - / and / r o - /

/ r * r / > / r o - / b e f o r e | - C - j j

/ r o o h / ' t o r a k e ' > / r o n o e h / ' a r a k e '

/ r i e n / ' t o s t u d y ' > / r o b i e n / 'k n o w le d g e '

/ r o - / > / r - / b e f o r e / - u m - / j

/ r o l i i g / ' b e s h i n y ' > / r u m l i i f l / ' t o p o l i s h ’

/ r o d o h / ' f r e e d ' > / r u m d o h / ' t o f r e e '

2 , 3 M o r p h o l o g i c a l l y c o n d i t i o n e d a l t e r n a t i o n

The f o l l o w i n g a l t e r n a t i o n s a r e m o r p h o l o g i c a l l y c o n ­

d i t i o n e d ,

1 , I n c e r t a i n morphemes, su c h as

V^N-/ ' i n c i p i e n t a u x i l i a r y ' ( r a p i d s p e e c h a l l o m o r p h )

< / - o N - / ' n o m i n a l i z a t i o n '

< /boN -/ ' c a u s a t i o n 1

i / s o N - / ' n o m i n a l i z a t i o n ' , t h e morphophoneme j-N~|

a s s i m i l a t e s t o t h e f o l l o w i n g c o n s o n a n t a c c o r d i n g t o

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 65: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

$k

t h e f o l l o w i n g p a t t e r n s

/ m / b e f o r e / b p a n q /

/ n / b e f o r e / d t 1 y s /

/ n / b e f o r e / o n /

/ $ / b e f o r e / k r h w q f /

The f o l l o w i n g exam ples i n v o l v e t h e morpheme / b o N - / ' c a u s a t i o n * ,

/ b a e k / ' t o b r e a k ' ( i n t r . ) > / b o m b a e k / ' t o c a u s e t o b r e a k '

/ d a o / ' t o w a lk ' > / b o n d a e / ' t o w a lk (a dog , e t c . ) '

/ c o n / ' t o l e a v e ' > / b o n c o n / ' t o e x p e l '

/ k a o t / ' t o be b o r n ' > / b o ^ k a o t / ' t o o r i g i n a t e '

T h i s i s i n . c o n t r a s t w i t h ; suchrmorphemes as / - 6 m - /

' n o m i n a l i z a t i o n ' , i n w h ich / - m - / i s i n v a r i a b l e *

/ c r a o n / ' t o be much' > / c o m r a o n / ' i n c r e a s e '

/ k d a w / ' t o be h o t ' > /k om daw / ' h e a t '

/ k c i l / ' t o be l a z y ' > / k o m c i l / ' l a z y p e r s o n '

/ c k u o t / ' t o be c r a z y ' > / c o m k u o t / ' i d i o t '

S i n c e t h e r e i s a morpheme-vA*^**/ ' n o m i n a l i z a t i o n ' a s w e l l

a s a morpheme ' n o m i n a l i z a t i o n ' , t h e morph / - o m - /

i n t h e exam ple / k p u o h / ' t o be h i g h ' > /k o m p u o h / ' h e i g h t '

c o u l d e q u a l l y w e l l bo a s s i g n e d t o e i t h e r t h e morpheme \ / - o N ~ /

o r t h e morpheme j \ / -o m - / . The a n a l y s i s f o l l o w e d h e r e i s t o

c o n s i d e r t h e morph / - o r a - / t o be an a l l o m o r p h o f t h e morpheme

a/ —oN - / when i t con fo rm s t o t h e p a t t e r n o f a l t e r n a t i o n o u t ­

l i n e d ab o v e , as i n / k o m p u o h / , and o f t h e morpheme

when i t does n o t , as I n / c o m r a o n / .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 66: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

« '

T h ere i s a t l e a s t one c a s e o f d o u b l e t s r e s u l t i n g

f rom t h e u s e o f an a l l o r a o r p h o f b o t h morphemes w i t h a

s i n g l e base*

/-urn-/*" / t l o s p / ' t o be a c c u s to m e d to* > / t u m l o e p / ' c u s t o m 1

/ - u e n - / / t l o o p / * to be a c c u s to m e d t o ' > / t u e n l o e p / ' c u s t o m * •

2 . I n i n f i x e s o f sh a p e | - V r a ( n ) - | ,

J-Vra-j o c c u r s i n b a s e s w i t h i n i t i a l s e q u e n c e C^Cg.

/ k p u e h / ' t o be h i g h ' > / k o m p u o h / ' h e i g h t '

/ l q o o / ' b e a u t i f u l ' > / l u m q o o / ' b e a u t y '

j-Vmn-1 o c c u r s i n b a s e s w i t h a s i n g l e i n i t i a l c o n s o n a n t ,

/ k a s t / ' t o be b o r n ' > / k o m n a o t / ' b i r t h '

/ k i t / ' t o t h i n k ' > / k u m n i t / ' t h o u g h t '

3 , In i n f i x e s o f sh a p e J - r V ( n ) - | ,

1 - rV - j o c c u r s i n b a s e s w i t h i n i t i a l s e q u e n c e C^C2 .

/ s d e y / ' t o t e l l ' > / s r o d e y / ' t o s p e a k ( e l o q u e n t ) '

| ~ r V n - | o c c u r s i n b a s e s w i t h a s i n g l e i n i t i a l c o n s o n a n t ,

/ s a o k / ' t o p i t y ' > / s r o n a o k / ' p i t y '

1 , T hese morphs a r e r e s p e c t i v e l y a l l o m o r p h s o f / / - o m - / and

n / - o N - / ' n o m i n a l i z a t i o n ' , a s d e s c r i b e d i n 2.1+32.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 67: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

56

2 . 1}. Vowgl a b l a u t

T h e r e a r e two s e r i e s o f vo w e ls and v o w e l s - p l u s - s e m i ­

v ow el I n Cambodian w i t h r e s p e c t t o which vowel a l t e r n a t i o n

t a k e s p l a c e i n c a r t a i n a f f i x e s and b a s e s . S e r i e s 1 vow els

a r e c o n s i s t e n t l y l o w e r th an : t h e i r s e r i e s 2 c o u n t e r p a r t s .

In t h e f o l l o w i n g l i s t s t h e vow els o f one s e r i e s a r e l i s t e d

o p p o s i t e t h e i r c o r r e l a t i v e a l t e r n a n t s i n t h e o t h e r s e r i e s .

2

b e f o r e / - q , - n , - h /

b e f o r e / - p , - t , -m, - n , - h /

1 . T h ese two s e r i e s o f vow els a r e d i f f e r e n t i a t e d i n t h e w r i t i n g s y s te m n o t by d i f f e r e n t vowel sym bols b u t r a t h e r by two c o r r e l a t i v e s e t s o f c o n s o n a n t sy m b o ls , l e a d i n g t o t h e s p e c u l a t i o n t h a t t h e y may once h a v e been a l l o p h o n i c ( s e e A ppend ix A, 1 . 1 ) .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

S e r i e s 1

A y /—/ a e / —

/ o o / —

/ a © / —

/ a a / —

/ ° o / —

/ a o / —

/ o o / -----

/e / — / e / . _

/a /

S e r i e s

_ / i i /

— / e e /

/ i i /

— /a©/ — /©©/

— / u u /

— / o o /

— / o o /

- / i /

— A /

Page 68: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

57

/ V / o / i n r e d u p l i c a t i v e p r e f i x e s

• / u / b e f o r e / - p , -m /

' / u s / e l s e w h e r e

/a y / / i y // a w /

The d i p h t h o n g s ' / i e i o u o / . d o n o t a l t e r n a t e *

2 . 111 S p o r a d i c a b l a u t ■

I n t h e f o l l o w i n g e x a m p le s , t h e vow e ls o f b a s e s a r e r e ­

p l a c e d by t h e i r c o r r e l a t i v e a l t e r n a n t ' s i n d e r i v e d o r a l t e r ­

n a n t f o r m s . T h is a l t e r n a t i o n c a n n o t be p r e d i c t e d from t h e

p h o n o l o g i c a l e n v i r o n m e n t , and i s h e n c e g r a m m a t i c a l l y con ­

d i t i o n e d , o r s p o r a d i c .

/ c i i - p o o / ‘monks’ r o b e s ’ > / c o y - p o e / ’ i d . ’

/ r e a p / ’ t o be l e v e l ’ > / k r a a p / ’ t o l e v e l , p r o s t r a t e ’

/ m u u l / ‘ t o be r o u n d ’ >■ / c m o o l / ’ t o b a l l up*

/ n i h / ’ t h i s ’ > / n e h / ’ t h i s ’ ( s t y l i s t i c v a r i a n t )

2.112 A u to m a t ic a b l a u t

A u to m a t ic a b l a u t i s c o n d i t i o n e d by t h e p h o n o t a c t i c r u l e s

o f t h e l a n g u a g e . Vowel a b l a u t i n t h e f o l l o w i n g examples i's

c o n d i t i o n e d : i b y t h e n o n - o c c u r r e n c e o f s e r i e s 2 vow els

a f t e r / b / .

/ l e e g / ’ t o p l a y ’ > / l b a e g / ’ game’

/ I ogiq/ ’ t o t r y ’ > / l b o o g / ’ e x p e r i m e n t '

/ r o o m / ' t o d a n c e ’ > / r o b a m / 'a . d a n c e '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 69: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

2,U-3 Vowel harmony

I n many d e r i v a t i v e s ,o f d i s y l l a b i c s h a p e , t h e s e r i e s

o f t h e a f f i x vow el i s d e t e r m i n e d by t h e s e r i e s o f t h e b a s e

v o w e l . In a s m a l l e r number o f f o r m s , t h e s e r i e s o f t h e

b a s e vowel i s d e t e r m i n e d by t h e s e r i e s o f t h e a f f i x vo w e l .

T h i s k i n d o f c o n d i t i o n i n g i s d e f i n e d h e r e a s vowel h a rm on y .

2 . 14-31 In t h e f o l l o w i n g d e r i v a t i v e s , t h e b a s e vowel i s r e ­

p l a c e d b y ' i t s c o r r e l a t i v e a l t e r n a n t i n t h e same s e r i e s as

t h e p r e f i x vowel*

/ l e e h / ’ b e y o n d ’ > / c r o l a e h / ’ t o e x c e e d ’

/w & c/ ‘ t o w ra p ’ > /boigwoc/ ’ p a c k a g e ’

/ m u c / ’ t o s u b m e rg e ’ > / p r o r a o c / ' t o p u t u n d e r ’

/ y o o l / ’ t o s w in g ’ > / p r o y a o l / ’ a f o b ’

/ l e e h / ’ t o be c l e a r ' > / s r o l a h / ’ c l e a r ; c o m p l e t e l y ’

/ w u e q / ’ c i r c l e ’ > / k r o w o g / ’ t o be c i r c u l a r '

/ w e e q / ' t o be l o n g ' > / sog w a e io / ' l e n g t h '

2.1+32 A f f i x e s a f f e c t e d by vow el harmony

Vowel harm ony i s e s s e n t i a l t o a c o m p le te d e s c r i p t i o n o f

t h e morphophonemic a l t e r n a t i o n w h ich o c c u r s i n t h e f o l l o w i n g

a f f i x e s . Where vowel harmony i s t h e c o n d i t i o n i n g f a c t o r o f

a l l o m o r p h i c s h a p e , t h e vowel a l t e r n a n t o f t h e a f f i x i s

d e t e r m i n e d by t h e vowel a l t e r n a n t o f t h e b a s e . When t h e

b a s e vowel i s common t o b o t h s e r i e s o f v o w e l s , i t i s

assumed t o b e l o n g t o t h e same s e r i e s as t h e a f f i x v o w e l . ^

1 . In some d i a l e c t s t h e r e I s a more c o m p le to d ich o to m y b e tw ee n t h e two s e r i e s . In no d i a l e c t , h o w e v e r , does t h e d ich o to m y a p p e a r t o be c o m p l e t e .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 70: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

1 . R e d u p l i c a t i v e p r e f i x e s a r e o f s h a p e |C V - | . | C - | i s a

r e d u p l i c a t i o n o f t h e i n i t i a l c o n s o n a n t o f t h e b a s e , and'

j - V - j i s / o - ©/ o r / o ~ ©/, / © / i s i n b o t h c a s e s a

s t y l i s t i c a l t e r n a n t w h ich i s i n f r e e v a r i a t i o n w i t h / o / o r

/ o / ( a s d e s c r i b e d i n 2 . 1 1 ) , w h i l e t h e a l t e r n a t i o n be tw een

/ o / and / o / i s a f u n c t i o n o f vow el ha rm ony , as f o l l o w s :

I f |C —| i s a v o i c e l e s s s t o p / p t c k / ,

jCo- j o c c u r s when t h e b a s e vowel b e l o n g s t o s e r i e s 1 ,

/ k a a y / ’ t o dig* > / k o k a a y / ’ t o s c r a t c h a b o u t '

/ c © k / ’ t o b i t e ’ > / c o c © k / ' t o p e c k a t ’

|Co— j o c c u r s when t h e b a s e vowel b e l o n g s t o s e r i e s 2 .

/ t e e h / ’ t o s l a p ' > / t o t e e h / ' t o f l a p t h e w in g s '

/ c r u l / ' t o e x c e e d ' > / c o c r u l / ' e x c e s s i v e l y '

I f J c - | I s a nasal or la te ra l /m n n 13 l / , jCo-J occurs./ n e © q / ' t o s h a k e ' > / n o n e e q / ' t o t r e m b l e '

/ l u a t g / ' t o c o m f o r t ' > / l o l u s g / ' t o f l a t t e r , c a j o l '

I f JC—| I s a v o i c e d s t o p / b d / , o r / s / , |C o - | o c c u r s .

/ d o h / ' t o r u b ' > / d o d o h / ' t o r u b b a c k and f o r t h ’

/ s o k / ' t o comb' > / s o s e k / ' t o comb, t o s i f t '

2 . P r e f i x e s o f s h a p e | p r V - | ' r e c i p r o c i t y ' , e t c .

/ p r o - / o c c u r s s p o r a d i c a l l y b e f o r e b a s e s w h o s e 'v o w e l o c c u r s

o n l y i n s e r i e s 2 :

/ r i t / ' t o b i n d ' > / p r o r l t / ' t o em brace '

/ p r o - / o c c u r s e l s e w h e r e :

/ k h a m / ' t o b i t e ’ > /p ro k h am /- ' t o ! b i t e ; e a c h o t h e r '

/ t o o h / ' t o s l a p * > / p r o t e o h / ' t o m ee t a c c i d e n t l y ' .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 71: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

60

3 , The p r e f i x jboN- ~ pueN-j ' c a u s a t i o n ' , e t c ;

|pu©N-"| o c c u r s s p o r a d i c a l l y b e f o r e b a s e s whose i n i t i a l

c o n s o n a n t i s / y r 1/ , and whose vowel o c c u r s o n l y i n

s e r i e s 2 .

/ r i i k / ' t o b loom' > / p u © $ r i i k / ' t o i n c r e a s e ( t r . )»

/ l i e / ' t o s i n k ( i n t r . ) ' > / p u s n l i c / ' t o o v e r t h r o w '

|b o N - | o c c u r s e lsevxhere .

/ p l i i / ' t o be b r i g h t ' > / b o m p l i i / ' t o i l l u m i n e '>

/ r i e n / ' t o s t u d y ' > / b o ^ r i e n / ' t o t e a c h '

Ij.. The i n f i x / - o m - ~ - u m - / ' c a u s a t i o n ' , e t c .

/ - u m - / o c c u r s

i f t h e s e c o n d c o n s o n a n t o f t h e b a s e i s a s o n o r a n t , and

t h e b a s e vowel o c c u r s i n s e r i e s 2 :

/ t l e s q / ' t o f a l l ' > / t u m l e s q / ' t o ov e r th ro w *

/ c r e e p / ' t o l e a r n ' > / c u m r e s p / ' t o i n f o r m '

i f t h e f i r s t c o n s o n a n t o f t h e b a s e i s a s o n o r a n t j

/ i q o t / ' t o be f i n e ' > / l u r a q e t / ' t o pow der '

/ - o m - / o c c u r s e l s e w h e r e :

/ s q a a t / ' t o be c l e a n ' > / s o r a q a a t / ' t o c l e a n '

/ s l a p / ' t o d i e ' > / s o m l a p / ' t o k i l l '

I n f i x e s o f - s h a p e | -o N - ~ -u©N-| ' n o m i n a l i z a t i o n ' , e t c .

l -uoN -J o c c u r s i f t h e s e c o n d c o n s o n a n t o f t h e b a s e i s a

s o n o r a n t , and t h e b a s e v o w e l o c c u r s o n l y i n s e r i e s 2 .

/ p l i i / ' t o be b r i g h t ' > / p u o n l i i / ' l i g h t '

/ t l o o p / ' a c c u s t o m e d t o ' > / t u e n l o e p / ' c u s t o m '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 72: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

61

| - o N - | o c c u r s e l s e w h e r e .

/ s n a e c / ' t o a d m i r e 1 > / s o m n a o c / • a d m i r a t i o n 1

/ s t u u c / ' t o f i s h 1 > / s o n t u u c / ' f i s h i n g h o o k 1

. 6 . I n f i x e s o f sh a p e / - o r a ( n ) - *» - u m { n )~ / • n o m i n a l i z a t i o n 1

/ - o m n - / o c c u r s i n b a s e s w i t h a s i n g l e i n i t i a l c o n s o n a n t

whose vowel b e lo n g s t o s e r i e s 1 .

/ c a e k / ’.to d i v i d e 1 > • / c o m n a e k / • s e c t i o n 1

/ s a o c / ' t o l a u g h 1 > / s o m n a o c / • l a u g h t e r '

/ - u m n - / o c c u r s i n b a s e s w i t h a s i n g l e i n i t i a l c o n s o n a n t

whose vowel b e lo n g s t o s e r i e s 2 .

/ k i t / ' t o t h i n k ' > / k u m n i t / ' t h o u g h t '

/ k u u / ' t o draw,' > /k u m n u u / • d r a w in g , p i c t u r e 1

• / - u m - / o c c u r s

I f t h e secon d c o n s o n a n t o f t h e b a s e i s a s o n o r a n t ,

and t h e b a s e vowel b e lo n g s t o s e r i e s 2 j

/ t ^ u o n / ' h e a v y ' > /tumiQuon/ ' w e i g h t '

/ c l u o h / ' t o a r g u e ' > / c u m l u o h / ' a r g u m e n t '

i f t h e f i r s t c o n s o n a n t o f t h e b a s e i s a s o n o r a n t .

/ i q o o / ' b e a u t i f u l ' > / l u m q o o / ’ b e a u t y '

/ - o m - / o c c u r s e l s e w h e r e .

/ k h o g / ' t o be a n g r y ' > /k o m h o g / ' a n g e r '

/ c Q a a y / ' t o be f a r 1 > / c o m q a a y / ' d i s t a n c e '

7. I n f i x e s o f sh a p e | - r V ( n ) ~ i ' n o m i n a l i z a t i o n ' , e t c .

/ - r o n - / o c c u r s s p o r a d i c a l l y in b a s e s w i t h a s i n g l e i n i t i a l

c o n s o n a n t , and whose voivel o c c u r s o n l y i n s e r i e s 2 *

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 73: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

62

/ t u p / ' t o o b s t r u c t ' > / t r o n u p / ' o b s t r u c t i o n '

/ t u r n / ' t o p e r c h ' > / t r o n u m / ' a perch*

/ - r o n - / o c c u r s i n b a s e s w i t h a s i n g l e i n i t i a l c o n s o n a n t

b e f o r e o t h e r vowels*

/ s a o k / ' t o p i t y ' > / s r o n a o k / ' p i t y '

/ - r o - / o c c u r s i n b a s e s v r i th an i n i t i a l c o n s o n a n t sequence*

/ s t o o p / ' t o d iv id e * > / s r o t o o p / ' s e c t i o n , d i v i s i o n '

2*14-33 N on-ha rm on ic d i s y l l a b l e s

When t h e vowels o f d i s y l l a b i c fo rm s a r e n o t i n harmony,

t h e r e g u l a r p a t t e r n i s t h e o c c u r r e n c e o f a , v o w e l o f s e r i e s 1

i n t h e f i r s t s y l l a b l e , o r a f f i x , a n d . a vow el o f s e r i e s 2 i n

t h e s e c o n d s y l l a b l e , o r b a s e , a s i n t h e f o l l o w i n g examples*

/ c o m k u o t / ' i d i o t '

/ p r o t e s h / ' t o meet*

/ b o m p l i i / ' t o i l l u m in e *

A few form s h a v e t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r *

/ r o b o h / ' t h i n g '

/ c u o n d a o / ' s t a i r s '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 74: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

3 . 0 M orphology

3 . 1 M o r p h o l o g i c a l u n i t s

M orphology i s h e r e d e f i n e d a s t h e a n a l y s i s o f s t r u c t u r e

b e tw een t h e p h o n o l o g i c a l and s y n t a c t i c l e v e l s . I t d e a l s

w i t h minimum m e a n i n g f u l u n i t s o f s p e e c h and w i t h t h e ways

i n w h ic h t h e y p a r t i c i p a t e i n t h e c o n s t r u c t i o n o f l e x e m e s ,

o r g r a m m a t i c a l w o rd s .

3 . 1 1 Morphemes

The r a w d a t a o f m o r p h o l o g i c a l a n a l y s i s a r e m o rp hs . A

morph i s any m e a n i n g f u l a r r a n g e m e n t o f phonemes, f rom one

phoneme up w ard i n l e n g t h . A morpheme i s any s e t o f morphs

w h ich h a v e t h e same m ean in g , s i m i l a r s h a p e , and do n o t c o n -

t r a s t i n any g i v e n e n v i r o n m e n t , o r i t i s any morph w h ich

does n o t b e l o n g t o s u c h a s e t . The i n d i v i d u a l members o f a

s e t o f morphs b e l o n g i n g t o a g i v e n morpheme a r e i t s a l l o -

m o rp h s . F o r ex am p le , t h e s e q u e n c e / k o m n a e t / ’ b i r t h 1 c o n ­

t a i n s a d i s c o n t i n u o u s a l l o m o r p h / k . . . a © t / o f t h e morpheme

v ^ k a o t / ' . to be b o r n 1, whose o t h e r a l l o m o r p h i s / k a o t / . I t

a l s o c o n t a i n s t h e i n f i x e d a l l o m o r p h / - o m n - / o f t h e morpheme

' n o m i n a l i z a t i o n 1, whose o t h e r a l l o m o r p h s a r e / - u r a ( n ) - /

and / - © m ( n ) - / . An example o f a morpheme whose m em bersh ip

c o n s i s t s o f a s i n g l e a l l o m o r p h i s / b a a n / ' t o h a v e ' .

Morphemes c a n be d i v i d e d i n t o s u b - l e x e m i c and l e x e m i c

c a t e g o r i e s . S u b - l e x e m ic morphemes h a v e a l l o m o r p h s w h ic h

a r e bound , and t h e r e f o r e n e v e r o c c u r a s f r e e fo rm s ,

63

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 75: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

61+

Lexemic morphemes a r e t h o s e morphemes whose a l l o m o r p h s

o c c u r as f r e e f o r m s . A l th o u g h l e x e m i c morphemes may r a n g e

up t o s i x s y l l a b l e s i n l e n g t h , morphemes c o n t a i n i n g more

t h a n two s y l l a b l e s a r e r a r e . Examples*

1 ) M o n o s y l l a b i c morphemes

/ t o w / ' t o g o 1

/ m a o k / ' t o come'

/ t £ k / ' w a t e r '

2 ) D i s y l l a b i c morphemes

/ r o b o h / ' t h i n g '

/ p r o t e e h / ' c o u n t r y '

/ s o p b a s y / ' t o be h a p p y '

3 ) T r i s y l l a b i c morphemes

/ q a n a a k u e t / ' f u t u r e '

/ f a a m e s i i / ' p h a r m a c y '

ij.) Q u a d r i s y l l a b l e morpheme

/ p h o o c e n i i h a a / ' r e s t a u r a n t '

f>) P e n t a s y l l a b l e morpheme

/ q a n u q - s a a w o r i i / ' s o u v e n i r '

6 ) H e x a s y l l a b i c morpheme

/ q a n a a - p r o c e o n u r e a h / ' c i t i z e n r y '

3 . 1 2 Lexemes

Lexemes a r e s e t s o f v a r i a n t fo rm s c a l l e d l e x i c a l u n i t s .

A l e x i c a l u n i t i s any m e a n in g f u l form w h ich i s a minimum

s y n t a c t i c c o n s t i t u e n t o f t h e c o n s t r u c t i o n i n w hich i t o c c u r s .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 76: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

65

F o r exam ple , i n t h e c o n s t r u c t i o n :

/knora tow s a l a a r £ e n p r o w o o t t o s a a h l . /

I go s c h o o l s t u d y h i s t o r y

’ I ’m g o in g t o s c h o o l t o s t u d y h i s t o r y . ’

/ s a l a a / and / r £ o n / a r e c o - e x t e n s i v e l y morphemes and l e x i c a l

u n i t s j i . e . t h e y a r e 1 exemic morphemes. However, i n t h e

c o n s t r u c t i o n :

/knom tow s a l a a - r £ © n I . /

I go s c h o o l

' I ' m g o i n g t o s c h o o l . ’

t h e y a r e t h e c o n s t i t u e n t morphemes o f t h e s i n g l e l e x i c a l

u n i t / s a l a a - r £ o n / ' s c h o o l ' .

A lexem e i s any s e t o f l e x i c a l u n i t s w hich h a v e t h e

same m ea n in g , s i m i l a r s h a p e , and do n o t c o n t r a s t i n any

g i v e n e n v i r o n m e n t , o r i t i s any l e x i c a l u n i t w h ich does n o t

b e l o n g t o s u c h a s e t . V a r i a n t l e x i c a l u n i t s b e lo n g i n g t o

t h e same lexeme a r e i t s a l l o l e x e s . F o r exam ple , t h e lexem e

/ k h a a ^ - k r a o y / ' b e h i n d , backw ard ' h a s an a l l o l e x o f t h a t

s h a p e and a l s o one o f t h e s h a p e / k h a g - k r a o y / . / k h a a g / and

/kha.13- / a r e s i m u l t a n e o u s l y a l l o m o rp h s o f t h e morpheme

/ k h a a f l / ' s i d e , d i r e c t i o n ' , and / k r a o y / i s t h e i n v a r i a n t

morpheme ' b e h i n d ' .

Lexemes, l i k e morphemes, e n t e r i n t o t h e c o m p o s i t i o n o f

l ex em es l a r g e r t h a n t h e m s e l v e s , t h r o u g h d e r i v a t i o n , com­

p o u n d in g , and r e d u p l i c a t i o n .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 77: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

66

3 . 2 D e r i v a t i o n

Cambodian h a s a com plex s y s te m o f p r e f i x e s and i n f i x e s

w hich combine v r i th b a s e s t o form d e r i v a t i v e s . The f o l l o w i n g

a r e exam ples o f d e r i v a t i o n a l p a ra d ig m s fo rm ed on a s i n g l e

b a s e :

/ k a o t / ’ t o be b o rn *

/ p k a o t / 1 t o i n v e n t *

/ k n a o t / ’ p e r i o d o f t h e waxing moon1

/ k o m n a e t / ’ b i r t h , o r i g i n ’

/ b o q k a o t / ’ t o f o u n d , t o o r i g i n a t e ’

/ s a o m / ’ t o be w e t ’

/ p s a b m / ’ t o w e t 1

/ so m n ao m / ’m o i s t u r e ’

/ b o n s a o m / ’ t o m o i s t e n ’

/ s o n s a o m / ’ dew’

S in c e t h e s e a f f i x e s a r e no l o n g e r p r o d u c t i v e , t h e t e rm

d e r i v a t i o n i s h e r e d e f i n e d a s a s y s t e m a t i c s e m a n t i c r e l a t ­

i o n s h i p be tw een g r o u p s o f f o r m a l l y r e l a t e d w o rd s , r a t h e r

t h a n as a p r o d u c t i v e p r o c e s s .

W hile t h e s e a f f i x e s may a t one t im e h a v e had c l e a r l y

d e f i n e d - f u n c t i o n s , a g i v e n a f f i x may.now h a v e a v a r i o t y o f

f u n c t i o n s . F o r exam p le , t h e i n f i x e d morph / - o m - / h a s t h e

f o l l o w i n g p r i n c i p a l f u n c t i o n s :

1 ) N o m i n a l i z a t i o n

2 ) C a u s a t i o n

3) D e r o g a t i o n

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 78: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

67

ij.) S t y l i s t i c v a r i a t i o n

£ ) V e r b a l i z a t i o n

6 ) D e r i v e s a d j e c t i v e s from a d j e c t i v a l v e r b s

Thus / - o m - / i s t h e homophonous a l l o r a o r p h o f s i x d i f f e r e n t

morphemes.

On t h e o t h e r h a n d , a g i v e n f u n c t i o n i s r e p r e s e n t e d by

a v a r i e t y o f fo r m s . F o r ex am p le , t h e f u n c t i o n ' n o m i n a l -

i z a t i o n o f v e r b s ' i s r e p r e s e n t e d by t h e f o l l o w i n g d i f f e r e n t

i n f i x e s : ■

1 ) / - o m - / / k d a w / ’ t o be h o t ' > /koradaw/ ' h e a t '

2 ) / - O N - / / k c o p / ' t o w ra p ' > / k o n c o p / ' p a c k a g e '

3 ) / - r o n - / / s a o k / ' t o p i t y ' > / s r o n a o k / ' p i t y '

k ) / - b - / / l e e g / ' t o p l a y ' > / l b a e i j / 'gam e '

$) / - m - / / l u o c / ' t o s t e a l ' > / l m u o c / ' t h i e f '

6 ) / - n - / / c u o l / ' t o r e n t ' > / c n u o l / ' r e n t '

7) / - g - / / s a o y / ' t o e a t ( r o y a l ) ' > / s g a o y / ' r o y a l f o o d

As a r e s u l t o f t h i s o v e r l a p p i n g o f fo rm and f u n c t i o n ,

many b a s e s h a v e synonymous d e r i v a t i o n s fo rm ed w i t h d i f f e r e n t

a f f i x e s , and many homophonous d e r i v a t i v e s h a v e s e v e r a l

f u n c t i o n s , e . g . :

1 ) Synonymous d e r i v a t i v e s

/ c u m / ' t o come t o g e t h e r 1

/ k a o t / ' t o be b o r n '

/ p c u m / ' t o a s s e m b le ( t r . ) '

/ p r o c u m / ' t o a s s e m b le ( t r . )

/ p k a o t / ' t o o r i g i n a t e '

/ p r o k a a t / ' t o o r i g i n a t e 1

/ b o ^ k a o t / ' t o o r i g i n a t e ’

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 79: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

/ m u u l / ' t o be r o u n d ' / c m o o l / ' t o make i n t o a b a l l *

/ p r o m o o l / ' t o g a t h e r t o g e t h e r '

- <V crorao° ^ / ' e n t a n g l e d '

/ s r o m o o l / 1 e n t a n g l e d '

2 ) Homophonous d e r i v a t i v e s

/ c h e h / ' t o b u r n ( t r . ) / p r o c h e h / ' t o s e t f i r e t o '

/ p r o c h e h / ' l i g h t e r '

/ c r a o n / ' t o be much, many' / c o m r a o n / ' i n c r e a s e , s u c c e s s '

/ c o m r a s n / ' t o p r o m o te , i n c r e a s e '

/ c k u o t / ' t o be m e n t a l l y i l l ' / c o m k u e t / ' t o be c r a z y ( d e r o g . )

/ c o m k u o t / ' i d i o t '

I n t h e f o l l o w i n g i n v e n t o r y o f d e r i v a t i o n a l a f f i x e s ,

a l l morphs t h a t s h a r e an e le m e n t o f m e a n in g , and w h ich h ave

b e e n shown t o be p h o n o l o g i c a l l y c o n d i t i o n e d a l t e r n a n t s , a r e

c o n s i d e r e d a l l o m o r p h s o f t h e same morpheme. Morphemes a r e

a r r a n g e d by morphophonemic s h a p e . In s p i t e o f t h e o v e r ­

l a p p i n g o f f u n c t i o n , t h e t y p i c a l o r ' ' r e g u l a r 1' f u n c t i o n

(morpheme) o f a g i v e n a f f i x can u s u a l l y be i d e n t i f i e d . T h is

r e g u l a r morpheme i s c i t e d f i r s t , f o l l o w e d by t h e r e s i d u a l

morphemes o f t h e same s h a p e . S u b - l e x e m ic morphemes a r e

p r e c e d e d by a morpheme sym bol , e . g , ' n o m i n a l i z a t i o n '

I f a morpheme i s r e p r e s e n t e d by, more t h a n one a l l o m o r p h , t h e

, m os t f r e q u e n t o r b a s i c a l l o m o r p h i s u s e d t o d e s i g n a t e t h e

morpheme, and i s p r e c e d e d by t h e morpheme sym bol . O th e r

a l l o m o r p h s a r e l i s t e d i n o r d e r o f f r e q u e n c y .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 80: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

69

3 .2 1 P r e f i x e s

3 .2 1 1 P r e f i x e s o f sh a p e j(3-J

' A l l p r e f i x e s o f s h a p e |C - | c o n s i s t o f one o f t h e c o n ­

s o n a n t s / p t c k s / , a l t h o u g h / p - / i s by f a r t h e most

common. T hese same c o n s o n a n t s a l s o commonly o c c u r a s t h e

f i r s t member o f i n i t i a l c o n s o n a n t s e q u e n c e s i n u n a n a l y z a b l e

l e x e m e s , e . g . / p t e o h / ‘h o u s e ’

/ t m e y / ’ t o be new’

/ c k a e / ’ dog*

/ k b a a l / ’h e a d 1

/ s d a p / ’ t o l i s t e n ’

l . ^ P - / 1 ’ c a u s a t io n *

D e r i v e s t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s from i n t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s :

/ d a c / ’ t o b r e a k ( i n t r . ) > / p d a c / ’ t o b r e a k ( t r a n s , )

/ d u o l / 1 t o f a l l over* > / p d u e l / ‘ t o f e l l ’

/ s a a y / * to s p r e a d ( i n t r . ) > / p s a a y / ’ t o s p r e a d ( t r . )

D e r i v e s t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s from a d j e c t i v a l v e r b s :

/ c a a l / ’ t o be e x h a u s t e d ’ > / p c a a l / ’ t o e x h a u s t ’

/ d o t / ’ t o be s t u c k ’ > / p d o t / ’ t o s t i c k , p a s t e ’

/ s a g / ’ t o be t a m e ’ > / p s a g / ’ t o t a m e ’

V/ith b a s e a l l o m o r p h vowel a b l a u t : ^

/ l e a n / ’ r u i n e d ’ > / p l a a n / ’ t o r u i n ’

1 . In l i s t i n g d e r i v a t i o n a l a f f i x e s , t h e symbol / - / w i l l be u s e d t o show- t h e p o s i t i o n o f a f f i x e s r e l a t i v e t o b a s e s , r a t h e r t h a n as a phoneme o f j u n c t u r e .2 , Vowel a b l a u t r u l e s a r e d e s c r i b e d i n 2 .I4..

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 81: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

70

D e r i v e s d e l a t e d t r a n s i t i v e v e r b f rom i n t r a n s i t i v e v e rb s

/ l i e / ' t o s i n k ’ > / p l i c / ' t o f o r g e t 1

D e r i v e s t r a n s i t i v e v e r b from bound a d j e c t i v a l v e r b base*

/ ( t o - ) t e e / ' t o be f r e e , em pty ' > / p t e e / ' t o empty , u n l o a d '

2 . \ / P “/ ' s p e c i a l i z a t i o n '

D e r i v e s s p e c i f i c v e r b s f rom g e n e r a l v e r b s ;

/ t u k / ! t o p u t , p l a c e ' > / p t u k / ' t o l o a d (a b o a t , e t c . ) '

/ r i o p / ' t o p r e p a r e , a r r a n g e '

> /p r la p / ' to compare, se t alongside*

/ d o l / ' t o r e a c h ’ > / p d o l / ' t o f a c i l i t a t e '

3 . \ / p - / ' v e r b a l i z a t i o n '

D e r i v e s t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s f rom nouns ;

/kuu/ 'a pa ir ' > /pkuu/ ' t o pair o f f '

/ c u o / ' a row ' > / p c u a / ' t o make i n t o a rotv, t o p low '

/ d a o r a / ' o r i g i n ' > / p d a e m / ' t o b e g i n , t o o r i g i n a t e '

I+. v^p-/ ' nominalization'

/ l e e g / ' t o p l a y (a game, m u s i c a l i n s t r u m e n t , e t c . '

> / p l e e i o / ' s o n g , m u s i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n '

5 . / p - /

■' D e r i v e s a d j e c t i v e from p r e p o s i t i o n *

/ d a o y / ' b y , w i t h ' > / p d a o y / ' r i g h t away1

6 . * / k - / ' s p e c i a l i z a t i o n '

D e r i v e s s p e c i f i c v e r b s f rom g e n e r a l ve rbs*

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 82: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

71

/ b o t / ’ t o t u r n , f o l d ’ > / k b o t / ' t o d e c e i v e , b e t r a y ’

/ t o o t / ' t o k i c k ' > / k t o o t / ' t o thump, t o f l i c k '

/ t u p / ' t o o b s t r u c t , .'dam' > / k t u p / ' t o p l u g , s t o p u p '

/ s a a n / ' t o be p e a c e f u l ' > / k s a a n / ' t o be c a lm , a t e a s e '

/ c o o m / ' t o be b r u i s e d ' > / k c o o m / ' t o be u n c l e a r ,

b l e m i s h e d '

7 « \ / k - / ' n e g a t i o n ' ( o c c u r s o n l y v; ith . t h e f o l l o w i n g b a s e ) :

/ m e e n / ' t o h a v e , e x i s t ' > / k m e o n / ' n o t h a v e , no t . e x i s t '

8 , f / k - / ' c a u s a t i o n '

D e r i v e s t r a n s i t i v e v e r b f rom a d j e c t i v a l v e rb s

W i th b a s e a l l o m o r p h vot^el a b l a u t :

/ r e a p / ' t o be l e v e l ' > / k r a a p / ' t o l e v e l , p r o s t r a t e '

9 . \ / k - / ' n o m i n a l i z a t i o n '

D e r i v e s noun f rom t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s

/ l e o / ' t o s e p a r a t e ' > / k l e o / ' s p a c e , i n t e r v a l '

10. i/k - /

D e r i v e s c o n c r e t e noun f rom a b s t r a c t nouns

/ r i e g / ' a f f a i r , t o p i c ' > / k r i o i g / ' t h i n g , u t e n s i l '

1 1 , \ / s - / ' s p e c i a l i z a t i o n '

D e r i v e s s p e c i f i c t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s from g e n e r a l t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s :

/ k a t / ' t o c u t ' > / s k a t / ' t o o b s t r u c t , c u t o f f p a s s a g e '

/ d o h / ' t o f r e e , l o o s e ' > / s d o h / ' t o e x p e c t o r a t e ’

W ith b a s e a l l o m o r p h vo w e l a b l a u t :

/ r u n / ' t o p u s h ' > / s r o n / ' t o kn o ck f l a t '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 83: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

72

1 2 . s —/ ' a t t r i b u t i o n 1

D e r i v e s a d j e c t i v a l v e r b from t r a n s i t i v e v e r b :

W ith b a s e a l l o m o r p h vowel a b l a u t :

/ l i p / ' t o l o w e r , duck ' > / s l o p / ' l o w e r e d , low '

1 3 . \ A “/ ' s p e c i a l i s a t i o n '

D e r i v e s s p e c i f i c t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s f rom g e n e r a l t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s :

/ k a s n / ' t o e x t e n d ' > / c k a a n / ' t o s t r e t c h o v e r a sk e w e r '

/ r e o w / ' t o s e a r c h fo r* > / c r e o w / ' t o f e e l a ro u n d f o r '

111. \ / c - / ' c a u s a t i o n '

D e r i v e s t r a n s i t i v e v e r b from a d j e c t i v a l v e r b :

W ith b a s e a l l o m o r p h vowel a b l a u t :

/ m u u l / ' t o be r o u n d ' > / c m o o l / ' t o make i n t o a b a l l '

15>. \ / t - / ' c a u s a t i o n '

D e r i v e s t r a n s i t i v e v e r b f rom a d j e c t i v a l v e r b :

/ b i o t / ' c l o s e t o g e t h e r ' > / t b i s t / ' t o p i n c h '

1 6 . \ / t - / ' a t t r i b u t i o n '

D e r i v e s ‘a d j e c t i v e f rom t r a n s i t i v e v e r b :

/ b o t / ' t o c l o s e ' > / t b o t ( - t b i o t ) / ' p a r s i m o n i o u s '

3 .2 1 2 P r e f i x e s o f s h a p e JC V -1

3 .2 1 2 1 R e d u p l i c a t i v e p r e f i x e s

R e d u p l i c a t i v e p r e f i x e s a r e p r e f i x e s o f sh ap e |CV-*|

where |C~| i s a ’ ' p r e d u p l i c a t i o n * ' o f t h e i n i t i a l c o n s o n a n t

o f b a s e s w i t h i n i t i a l / p t c k s b d - m n n 13/ , o r i t i s

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 84: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

73

/ l ~ r ~ q / b e f o r e b a s e s w i t h i n i t i a l / l / . I -V-J i s

/ o ~ ©/ o r / o - ©/.■*"

1 . > /C o - / ’ r e p e t i t i v e o r c o n t i n u o u s a c t i o n ’

/ k a a y / ’ t o d i g ’ > / k o k a a y / ’ t o d i g a r o u n d , s c r a t c h about*

/ l c e h / ’ t o p i c k ’ > / k o k e h / ’ t o p i c k a t , s c r a t c h 1

/ c e k / ’ t o p e c k ’ > / c o c e k / ’ t o p ock a t r e p e a t e d l y *

/ d o h / ’ t o rub* > / d o d o h / ’ t o r u b b a c k and f o r t h ’

A l lom orph / G o - / t

/ n u e q / * to n o d ’ > / n o n u a q / ’ t o bob up and down’

/ t e e h / ’ t o ' s l a p ’ > / t o t e o h / ’ t o f l a p t h e w i n g s ’

/ t h e o q / ’ t o k i c k ’ > / t o t h e o q / ’ t o k i c k r e p e a t e d l y ’

/ l u o f l / ’ t o c o m f o r t ’ > / l o l u o i j / ’ t o f l a t t e r , c a j o l ’

Some lex em es have r e p e t i t i v e o r d i s t r i b u t i v e m ea n in g , b u t

t h e i r u n d e r l y i n g fo rm s n e v e r o c c u r w i t h o u t a r e d u p l i c a t i v e

p r e f i x ?

Verb's and a d j e c t i v e s :

/ k o k e e / ’ t o n i b b l e ( a s a m o u s e ) ’

/ b o b u e l / ’ t o a g r e e , t o c a j o l ’

/ k o k a e - k o k o o / ’ b a b b l i n g ’

/ c o c a q - c o c o c / ’w h e e d l i n g ’

A l lom orph / C o - / :

/ t o t o © / ’ t o t r e m b l e ’

/ m o m l i / ’ t o f l u t t e r ( o f t h e e y e l i d s ) ’

/ l o l e s m / ’ f l a s h i n g ’

1 , Morphophonemic a l t e r n a t i o n in r e d u p l i c a t i v e p r e f i x e s i s d e s c r i b e d i n 2 ,l(-3 2 1 .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 85: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

71+

Nouns*

/ b o b e e / ' t h e l i p s '

/ k o k o o / ' s e d i m e n t '

A l lo m o rp h / C o - / :

/ r ton o © / 'hammer '

2, a/C o- / ' in t e n s i f i c a t io n '

/ b a o h / ' t o sweep ' > / b o b a o h / ( •» / p e b a o h / } ' t o sweep

d i l i g e n t l y , t o r a i s e a d u s t '

/ t o o Q - t a a J o / ' w i t h a l o u d c l a t t e r i n g n o i s e '

> / t o t o o g - t o t a a g / ' w i t h an e x t r e m e l y l o u d c l a t t e r '

/ k w e e h - k w a a h / ' awkw ard ly '

> / k o k w e e h - k o k w a a h / ' d e s p e r a t e l y , h e e d l e s s l y '

A l lo m o rph / C o - / :

/ p l e o m / ' t o be h a p p y ' > / p o p l e o m / ' t o be d e l i g h t e d '

/ k r o o r a / ' t o be r o u g h 'i

> / k o k r e e m / ' t o be v e r y r o u g h and u n e v e n '

/ Q i ih - J O a a h / ' u n d i s c i p l i n e d '

> /QOQiih-QOQaah/ ' v e r y l o u d and b o i s t e r o u s '

3 . » /C o - / ' r e p e t i t i o n and i n t e n s i f i c a t i o n '

When a r e d u p l i c a t i v e p r e f i x o c c u r s w i t h an u n d e r l y i n g

form w h ich a l r e a d y h a s r e p e t i t i v e o r c o n t i n u a t i v e m ea n in g ,

i t i s a p o r tm a n te a u morpheme w h ich i n c o r p o r a t e s t h e m ean ings

o f morphemes 1 and 2 a b o v e .

/ k a e k - k a o k / ' t h e sound o f a r g u i n g b a c k and f o r t h ’

> / k o k a e k - k o k a o k / ' a r g u i n g v i o l e n t l y t o g e t h e r *

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 86: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

1$

/ p l s k - p l o q / ‘ so u nd o f waves l a p p i n g ’

> / p o p l o k - p o p l o q / ’ so u n d o f waves l a p p i n g v i g o r o u s l y 1

/ p l e h - p l o h / ' c o n s t a n t l y t e a s i n g 1

> / p o p l e h - p o p l o h / ' c o n s t a n t l y t e a s i n g and a n n o y in g '

A l lo m o rp h . / C o - / :

/ qi h - Q u h / ' t o w him per '

• > / iQoQih-Qoguh/ ' t o w h ine p i t e o u s l y '

/ k r & r a - k r im / ' b u z z i n g s o u n d ’

> / k o k r i m - k o k r i m / ' l o u d buziz ing so u n d '

/m a o k -m o o k / ' s l o w l y '

> /momeok-momook/ ' v e r y s l o w l y and s l u g g i s h l y '

I4.. « /C o ~ / ' a t t r i b u t i o n '

D e r i v e s a d j e c t i v e f rom c o n j u n c t i o n s

/ d a e l / ' t h a t w h ic h ' > / d o d a e l / ' t h e same'

D e r i v e s a d j e c t i v e f rom noun :

/ d a a m / ' o r i g i n ' > / d o d a a r a / ' o r i g i n a l l y , a t f i r s t '

D e r i v e s a d j e c t i v e s o r a d j e c t i v a l v e r b 3 f rom v e r b s :

A l lo m o rp h / C o - / :

/ p e e n / ' t o c r o s s t h e l e g s ' > / p o p e e n / ' c r i s s - c r o s s e d '

/ n £ o q / ' t o s h a k e ' > / n o n e o q / ' s h a k i n g , t r e m b l i n g '

/ c r u l / ' t o e x c e e d ' > / c o c r u l / ' h e e d l e s s l y , b l a t a n t l y '

D e r i v e s a d j e c t i v a l v e r b f rom n e g a t i v e p a r t i c l e s

/ t e e / ' ' n o , n o t a t a l l ' > / t o t e e / ' t o be f r e e , empty '

D e r i v e s a d j e c t i v e f rom nouns

/ c u e / ' r o w , l i n e ' > / c o c u e / ' i n a row, d r a g g i n g a l o n g '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 87: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

76

3 .2 1 2 2 H o n - r e d u p l l c a t l v e p r e f i x e s o f shape | CV-|

1 . « / r o « / ‘ a t t r i b u t i o n 1

D e r i v e s a d j e c t i v a l v e r b s f rom t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s ;

/ d o o q / ‘ t o p u l l u p 1 > / r o d o o q / ‘u p r o o t e d 1

/ m u e l / ‘ t o t w i s t 1 > / r o m u o l / ‘ t w i s t e d 1

/ l u o t / ‘ t o e x t i n g u i s h 1 > / r o l u o t / ‘ e x t i n g u i s h e d 1

D e r i v e s a d j e c t i v a l v e r b f rom i n t r a n s i t i v e v e r b ;

/ w u o l / ‘ t o r e v o l v e * > / r o w u e l / ‘ t o be b u s y 1

2 . a / p o - / ‘ i n t r a n s i t i v e 1

D e r i v e s i n t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s f rom t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s ;

/ b o o t / ‘ t o p u l l o f f 1 > / r o b o o t / ‘ t o come o f f 11

/ b a s k / ‘ t o o p e n 1 > / r o b a s k / - . 1 to ' move ( s p o n t a n e o u s l y ) 1

/ b a o k / ‘ t o t e a r 1 > / r o h a e k / ‘ t o t e a r ( s p o n t a n e o i i s l y ) 1

3 . \ / r o - / ‘n o m i n a l i z a t i o n 1

D e r i v e s n ouns from t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s ;

/ b a ^ ) / ‘ t o h i d e 1 > / r o b a i j / ‘ a s h a d e , s c r e e n '

/ m u u / ‘ t o r o l l u p 1 > / r o m u u / ‘ a r o l l , s c r o l l 1

Ij.. The p r e f i x \ /m9- /

T h i s p r e f i x i s t h e m o s t f r e q u e n t a l l o m o r p h o f t h e

morpheme \/mu9y ~ m aa- - m o - / ‘ o n e 1.

/ d o o ^ / ‘ t i m e , o c c a s i o n 1 > /modoo33/ ' o n c e 1

/ y a a g / ‘ k i n d 1 > / m e y a a ^ / ' o n e k i n d o f 1

/ n e o q / ‘ p e r s o n 1 > / m s n e s q / ' a l o n e , one p e r s o n 1

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 88: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

* / - ph4y/^" ’ t w e n t y ’ > /meph& y/ ’ t w e n t y 1

A llom orph / r n a a - / ( d e l i b e r a t e , s p e e c h a l t e r n a n t )

* / -ph& y/ ’ t w e n t y ’ > / m a a - p h i y / ’ txyenty’

A l lom orph / m u o y - / ( a l s o o c c u r s a s a f r e e fo rm )

\ / - p h i y / ’ t w e n t y ’ > / rauey -ph& y/ ’ t w e n ty '

5 . The p r e f i x j / n i - / ' d i s t r i b u t i v e m e a n in g ’

D e r i v e s a d j e c t i v e f rom n u m e r a l :

/m u o y / ’ o n e ' > / n i m u o y / ^ ' e a c h , e v e r y ’

> / n i m u s y - n i r a u o y / ’ t h e v a r i o u s '

3 .2 1 3 P r e f i x e s o f sh a p e [C rV - l

I n p r e f i x e s o f s h a p e JC rV - j , jC-jJ i s one o f t h e c o n ­

s o n a n t s / p t c k s / , and | - V - | i s / - o - / . , o r ; r a r e l y , / - o - / 3 ,

e a c h w i t h r a p i d s p e e c h a l t e r n a n t / - © V / . The p r e f i x / p r o - /

i s by f a r t h e most f r e q u e n t . The g r a m m a t i c a l f u n c t i o n ^ o f

t h e s e p r e f i x e s i s u n c l e a r , and s e v e r a l p r e f i x e s may o c c u r

w i t h a g i v e n b a s e w i t h s i m i l a r o r i d e n t i c a l m ean ing ( se e

s e c t i o n 3 . 2 ) . |C rV - | i s a l s o a common u n s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e

sh ap e i n u n a n a l y z a b l e l e x e m e s :

/ p r o d a p / ' i n s t r u m e n t ’

/ c r o m o h / ’n o s e ’

/ t r o c i e q / ’ e a r '

/ k r o b o y / ’ w a t e r b u f f a l o '

/ s r o m a o c / ' a n t '

1 . T h is morpheme does n o t o c c u r a s a f r e e ' form.2 . T h is i s p o s s i b l e a c o n t r a c t i o n o f -“- /n eo q -m u o y / ' o n e p e r s o n3. Vowel a l t e r n a t i o n i n t h e s e p r e f i x e s i s d e s c r i b e d i n 2.1+322

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 89: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

1 7 8

1 , \ / p r o - / ’ r e c i p r o c i t y *

/ k h a m / ’ t o b i t e ’ > / p r o k h a m / ’ t o b i t e e a c h o t h e r ’

/ c e e ^ / ' t o p u s h a h e a d 1 > / p r o c e e d / ' t o r a c e , c o m p e te ’

/ c l u o h / ' t o a r g u e ' > / p r o c l u o h / ' t o s q u a b b l e t o g e t h e r '

W ith b a s e a l l o m o r p h vowel a b l a u t ;

/ l e e f l / ' t o p l a y ' > / p r o l a e ^ / ' t o p l a y t o g e t h e r ’

/ l o o g / ' t o t r y , t e s t ' > / p r o l o o g / ' t o com pete

( i n an exam ) '

A l lom orph / p r o - / ;

/ n i t / ' t o b i n d t i g h t l y ' > / p r o r i t / ' t o e n c i r c l e one

a n o t h e r '

/ r u o t / ' t o s q u e e z e ' > / p r o r u o t / ' t o e m brace , g r a p p l e '

2 . i / p r o - / ’ c a u s a t i o n '

D e r i v e s t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s f rom a d j e c t i v a l v e rb s ?

' / k o e / ’ i n a > p i le * . > / p r o k o e / ’ t o p i l e u p ’

/ k o o p / 'w h o l e ' > / p r o k o o p / ' t o com bin e , b e s to w '

W ith b a s e a l l o m o r p h vowel a b l a u t ;

/ m u u l / ' t o be r o u n d ' '> / p r o m o o l / ' t o g a t h e r t o g e t h e r '

D e r i v e s t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s f rom i n t r a s i t i v e v e r b s ; -

/ k a o t / ' t o be b o r n ' > / p r o k a s t / ' t o o r i g i n a t e , s e t u p ’

W ith b a s e a l l o m o r p h vowel a b l a u t ;

/ m u c / ' t o d i v e ' > / p r o m o c / ' t o su b m e rg e , p u t u n d e r '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 90: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

79

D e r i v e s t r a n s i t i v e v e r b f rom p r e p o s i t i o n :

/ d o o c / iVlilce' > / p r o d o o c / ’ t o compare*

D e r i v e s c a u s a t i v e t r a n s i t i v e v e r b from t r a n s i t i v e v e r b :

/ c h e h / ’ t o b u r n ' > / p r o c h e h / ' t o i g n i t e ; i n f u s e '

D e r i v e s m odal v e r b f rom a d j e c t i v a l ' v e r b :

With b a s e a l l o m o r p h vowel a b l a u t :

/ n o o p / ' t o be q u i c k ' > / p r o n a p / ' t o h u r r y t o ' -

3 . \ / p r o - / ' n o m i n a l i z a t i o n '

D e r i v e s noun from t r a n s i t i v e v e r b :

/ c h e h / ' t o b u r n ' > / p r o c h e h / ' a w ic k , l i g h t e r ’ ^

/ p u o n / ' t o t i e , a t t a c h ' > / p r o p u o n / ' w i f e , com pan ion '

W ith b a s e a l l o m o r p h vowel a b l a u t :

/ y o o l / ' t o sw ing b a ck and f o r t h ' > / p r o y a o l / ' a f o b '

i

D e r i v e s a b s t r a c t noun from a d j e c t i v a l v e r b :

/wee*) / ' t o be l o n g ' > / p r o w e e ^ / ' l e n g t h '

\ / p r o ~ / ' s p e c i a l i z a t i o n '

D e r i v e s s p e c i f i c t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s f rom g e n e r a l t r a n s . v e r b s :

/ k a c / ' t o b r e a k ' > / p r o k a c / ' t o a l t e r , f a l s i f y '

/ k a n / ' t o h o l d , b e l i e v e ' > / p r o k a n / ' t o a c c u s e , m a i n t a i n '

/ d a w / ' t o i m p r e s s , m ark ' > / p r o d a w / ' t o i n s t r u c t , t e a c h '

1 . The fo rm s / p r o c h e h / ' t o i g n i t e ' and / p r o c h e h / ' l i g h t e r ' a r e d o u b l e t s .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 91: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

8 0

D e r i v e s s p e c i f i c noun f rom g e n e r a l noun:

/ p h e e t / ' s e x , gender* > / p r o p h e e t / ‘ k i n d , v a r i e t y *

5 . \ / p r o - / ’ v e r b a l i z a t i o n * > / ,vr-•?•. / 1 t o ; ,~nv;*

/ y u t / ’ b a t t l e * > / p r o y u t / * t o f i g h t *

6 . \ / p r o - / ’ a t t r i b u t i o n *

/ b a e k / ’ t o b r e a k ( i n t r . ) > / p r o b a e k / ’ broken*

7 . \ / s r o - / ' i n t e n s i f i c a t i o n *

■ / f l a w / ' t o be sh iny* > / s r o q a w / ' t o be v e r y sh iny*

/ t u o n / ' t o be s o f t* > / s r o t u a n / ' v e r y s o f t and g e n t l e *

/ q a p / ' t o be dim* > / s r o q a p / ' t o be dim and ug ly*

8 . * v / s ro - / ' s p e c i a l i z a t i o n *

W ith b a s e a l l o m o r p h vowel a b l a u t :

/ l e a p / ' t o r u b , p a i n t * > / s r o l a a p / ' t o a p p l y m ed ic ine*

/ m u u l / ' t o be round* > / s r o m o o l / ' e n t a n g l e d , t i e d u p ’

9 . h / s r o - / ’v e r b a l i z a t i o n *

/ k a a q / ' l e a v i n g s , r e f u s e *

> / s r o k a a q / ' t o be l i t t e r e d v t i th r e f u s e *

1 0 . \ / c r o - / ' c a u s a t i o n *

W ith b a s e a l l o m o rp h vowel a b l a u t :

/ l e o h / 'beyond* > / c r o l a e h / ' t o v i o l a t e , exceed*

A l lom orph / c r o - / :

/ m u c / ' t o dive* > / c r o r a u c / ' t o p u t under*

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 92: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

1 1 . \ / c r o - / ’ i n t e n s i f i c a t i o n 1

/ l t i n / ' t o be c o n f u s e d ' > / c r o l o m / ' d a z e d , c o n f u s e d '

W ith b a s e a l l o m o r p h vowel a b l a u t :

/ m u u l / ' t o be r o u n d ' > / c r o m o o l / ' i n t e r w o v e n , e n t a n g l e d

1 2 . \ / c r o - / ' a t t r i b u t i o n '

Makes a d j e c t i v a l v e r b f r o m t r a n s i t i v e v e r b :

/ q o o h / ' t o d r a g ' > / c r o q o o h / ' t o be l a z y , s l u g g i s h '

\ / c r o ~ / ' v e r b a l i z a t i o n *

/ b a c / ' h a n d f u l ' > / c r o b a c / ' t o g r a s p , s q u e e z e '

llj.. \ / k r o - / ' c a u s a t i o n '

/ p u l / ' t o be p o i so n o u s* > / k r o p u l / ' t o poison*

1 5 . \ / k r o - / ' i n t e n s i f i c a t i o n '

/ w i a c / ' t o be c r o o k e d ’ > / k r o w i o c / ' t w i s t e d and /

d e fo rm e d '

1 6 . \ / k r o - / ' v e r b a l i z a t i o n '

W ith b a s e a l l o m o r p h vowel a b l a u t :

/w u o i j / ' c i r c l e ' > / k r o w o ^ / ' t o be c i r c u l a r '

1 7 . \ / t r o - / ' s p e c i a l i z a t i o n '

/ b a s e / ' t o s c a t t e r ' > / t r o b a a c / ' t o c ru m b le i n t h e

f i n g e r s '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 93: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

8 2

3 . 21U- P r e f i x e s o f s h a p e |CVN-|

In p r e f i x e s o f shape JCVN-J, jC~J i s one o f t h e

c o n s o n a n t s / b d p t c k q s r l / , | - V - | i s / o / ( ~ r a p i d

s p e e c h a l t e r n a n t / © / ) , / u / , o r / u © / , and | - N - j i s a n a s a l

w hich i s i n v a r i a n t i n some morphemes and w h ic h , i n o t h e r

morphemes, r e p r e s e n t s c o n d i t i o n e d a l t e r n a n t s . By f a r t h e

m os t common morpheme o f t h i s sh a p e i s t h e morpheme / b o N - /

• c a u s a t i o n * . |CVN-| a l s o o c c u r s a s an u n s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e

i n u n a n a l y z a b l e morphemes, e . g . *

/ tu m p e © / • t o chew'

/ t u en3 .ee / ' r i v e r ’

/ k u e n l o o g / ' f u r r o w '

/cu©nce©3o/ 'w a ll'

f rom ' i n t r a n s i t i v e v e rb s *

> /b o m b a e k / ' t o c a u s e t o b r e a k '

> / b o n d a © / ' t o w a lk (a dog , e t c . ) '

> / b o n e o n / ' t o se n d o u t , e x p e l 1

> / b o $ k a © t / ' t o o r i g i n a t e '

vowel a b l a u t *

> /botQwol/ ' t o c a u s e t o r o t a t e 1

1 . The a l t e r n a t i o n o f | -N-1 i s d e s c r i b e d i n 2 . 3 .2 . Vowel a l t e r n a t i o n i n morphemes o f t h i s sh a p e i s d e s ­c r i b e d i n 2 ,i|.3 2 3 ,

/ b o g q u o c / 'window*

/dora looip / ' p o t a t o '

/ c o q k a a / ' c h i n '

/ s o n d a e k / ' b e a n s ’

1. -/boN-/2D e r i v e s t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s

*/ b a e k / ' t o b r e a k ' •

/ d a © / ' t o w a lk '

/ c o n / ' t o l e a v e 1

/ k a o t / ' b e b o r n '

V7ith b a s e a l l o m o r p h

/ w & l / ' t o r o t a t e *

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 94: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

A llo m orph / p u s N - / ; ^

/ y u o l / ' t o u n d e r s t a n d ’ > / p u o n y u o l / ' t o e x p l a i n '

/ l i e / ' t o s i n k 1 > / p u s n l i c / ' t o o v e r t h r o w '

/ r i i k / ' t o b loom ' > / p u o g r i i k / ' t o ex pand , i n c r e a s e ’

D e r i v e s t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s from a d j e c t i v a l v e r b s :

/ p i n / ' t o be f u l l ' > / b o m p i n / ' t o f i l l '

/ t u r n / ' t o be r i p e 1 > / b o n t u m / ' t o r i p e n ( t r . ) '

/ r i g / ' t o be h a r d ' > / b o g r i g / ' t o h a r d e n ( t r . ) '

/ q o o / ' t o be h a p p y ' > / b o g q o o / ' t o c h e e r '

D e r i v e s c a u s a t i v e t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s f rom t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s :

/ b a e / ' t o tu rn * > / b o m b a e / ' t o c a u s e t o t u r n '

/ t o o / ' t o c o n t i n u e ’ > / b o n t o o / ' t o c a u s o t o c o n t i n u e '

/ c o o l / ' t o e n t e r ' > / b o n c o o l / ' t o c a u s e t o e n t e r ; p u t i n '

/ r i s n / ' t o s t u d y ' > / b o g r i o n / ' t o t e a c h '

/ h a t / ' t o p r a c t i c e ' > / b o g h a t / ' t o t r a i n , t o d r i l l '

W ith b a s e a l l o m o r p h i n i t i a l c o n s o n a n t chango :

/ f e k / ' t o p r a c t i c e ' > / b o g w o k / ' t o t r a i n , t o d r i l l '

D e r i v e s t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s f rom p r e p o s i t i o n s :

/ d a o y / ' b e means o f > / b o n d a o y / ' t o f a c i l i t a t e '

A l lo m o rph / p u o N - / :

/ l o o h / ' b e y o n d ' > / p u o n l o o h / ' t o e x a g g e r a t e '

D e r i v e s t r a n s i t i v e v e r b from a d j e c t i v e ;

/ h a o y / ' a l r e a d y ' > / b o g h a o y / ' t o f i n i s h , c o m p l e t e '

1 . The a l t e r n a t i o n / b - / > / p - / i s a c o n s e q u e n c e o f t h e vowel a l t e r n a t i o n , s i n c e / b - / n e v e r o c c u r s b e f o r e / - u s - / ( s e e 2 . 2. f o r o t h e r exam ples o f t h i s k in d o f a l t e r n a t i o n ) .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 95: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

2 . j / b o N - / * n o m i n a l ! z a t i o n *

D e r i v a t i v e i s t h e o b j e c t o f t h e a c t i o n o f t h e verb*

/ p e e q / ’ t o wear above t h e w a i s t ’

> / b o m p e o q / ’ g a rm e n ts worn above t h e w a i s t ’

/ t u k / ' t o p l a c e , p u t ' > / b o n t u k / ' c a r g o , l o a d '

/ k a n / ' t o h o l d ’ > / b o ^ k a n / ' r a i l i n g , h a n d l e '

W ith b a s e a l l o m o r p h vowel a b l a u t :

/ w i c / ' t o vrrap' > / b o g w e c / ' p a c k a g e , p a r c e l '

3 . \ / b o N - / ' s p e c i a l i z a t i o n '

D e r i v e s s p e c i f i c t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s f rom g e n e r a l t r a n s . v e r b s

/ k o o / ' t o b u i l d , e s t a b l i s h ' > /bojQkoo/ ' t o i n s t i g a t e ,

a g i t a t e 1

/ k a t / ' t o c u t ' > / b o Q k a t / ' t o c r e a t e a h a l f - b r e e d '

/ k a c / ' t o b r e a k ( t r . ) > / b o q k a c / ' t o a l t e r t h e t r u t h ,

* t o s l a n d e r '

I4.. \ / s o N - / ' n o m i n a l i z a t i o n '

D e r i v e s n ouns f rom t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s :

/ b o o q / ' t o p e e l ' > / s o m b o o q / ' p e e l , b a r k '

/ k a t / ' t o c u t ' > / s o q k a t / ' d i v i s i o n , s e c t o r '

D e r i v e s nouns from a d j e c t i v a l v e r b s :

/ s a o m / ' t o be w e t ' > / s o n s a e m / 'dev: '

W ith b a s e a l l o m o r p h vowel a b l a u t :

/w ee ia / ' t o be l o n g ' > / s o ^ w a e g / ' l e n g t h '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 96: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

8 5

5 . * / s o N - / ‘ c a u s a t i o n 1

D e r i v e s c a u s a t i v e t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s from, t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s ;

/ r u s n i / ’ t o c o m b in e ’ > /so ioruoru / ' t o c a u s e t o com bine '

/ r u e p - r u s m / ' t o c o l l e c t '

> / s o ^ r u o p - s o ^ r u e m / ' t o c a u s e t o com bine '

D e r i v e s t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s f rom i n t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s ;

/ s o m / ' t o come t o g e t h e r ' > / s o n s o m / ' t o s a v e , am ass '

6 . n / s o N - / ' r e p e t i t i o n o r i n t e n s i f i c a t i o n '

/ k e n / ' t o g r i n d ' > / s o g k s n / ' t o g r i n d o v e r and o v e r '

/ k u e t / ' t o s h a r p e n ' > / s o ^ k u e t / ' t o whet o v e r and o v e r '

7. \ / s o N - / ' s p e c i a l i z a t i o n *

/ k o t / ' t o f i x , n o t e down' > / s o c k e t / ' t o p u sh down,

b e a r down on '

8 . iy /soN-/ ' v e r b a l i z a t i o n 'i

/ k r u e h / ' f a t e , c h a n c e ' > / s o q k r u o h / ' t o h e l p , s u p p o r t '

9 . \ / k o N - / ' n o m i n a l i z a t i o n '

D e r i v a t i v e i s d e s c r i b e d by t h e b a s e :

/ d a a c / ' t o be t o r n , t a t t e r e d '

> / k o n d a a c / ' r a g s , t a t t e r e d g a r m e n t s '

/ t u o q / ' t o be w r i n k l e d , s h a t t e r e d '

> / k o n t u o q / ' r i c e b r a n , c h a f f '

/ c r i l / ' t o be b r i l l i a n t ' > / k o n c r i l / ' b r i g h t o r n a m e n t s '

D e r i v a t i v e i s t h e i n s t r u m e n t o f t h e b a s e ' v e r b ;

/ t r o o 33/ ' t o s t r a i n , f i l t e r ' > / k o n t r o o q / ' s t r a i n e r '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 97: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

8 6

10 . \ / k o N - / . ' a t t r i b u t i o n 1

W ith b a s e a l l o m o r p h vow el a b l a u t :

/ w u o l / ' t o r e v o l v e ' > / k o g w o l / ' t o be i n v o l v e d , b u s y '

1 1 . ' c a u s a t i o n '

/ d e g / ' t o know' > / d o n d o g / ' t o an nounce o n e ’ s

i n t e n t i o n o f m a r r y i n g a g i r l '

1 2 . \ / d o N - / ' v e r b a l i z a t i o n '

/ d a o m / ' o r i g i n ' > / d o n d a e m / ' t o q u a r r e l o v e r , d i s p u t e

o w n e r s h ip o f '

13* \ / d o N - / ' i n t e n s i f i c a t i o n '

/ d a m / ' t o c o o k ' > / d o n d a m / ' t o c o o k t h o r o u g h l y '

III-, fy/rum-/ ' c a u s a t i o n '

D e r i v e s c a u s a t i v e t r a n s i t i v e v e r b f rom t r a n s i t i v e v e r b :

/ l e e p / ' t o s w a l lo w ' > / r u m l e e p / ' t o c a u s e t o sw a l lo w ,

t o f o r c e i n '

D e r i v e s t r a n s i t i v e v e r b from i n t r a n s i t i v e verb*

/ k e l / ' t o move ( i n t r . ) ' > / r u m k e l / ' t o move ( t r . ) ’

D e r i v e s t r a n s i t i v e v e r b from a d j e c t i v a l v e r b :

W ith l o s s o f / - r - / i n b a s e a l l o m o r p h ; ^

/ c r i n / ' t o be b o r e d ' > / r u m c i n / ' t o b o r e , an n oy '

/ c r u e l / ' t o be e x c i t e d ' > / r u m c u e l / ' t o e x c i t e , a g i t a t e '

1 , T h ese a r e t h e o n ly exam ples o f t h i s k i n d o f a l t e r n a t i o n i n t h e d a t a .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 98: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

87

1 5 . \ / r u i n - / ‘ i n t r a n s i t i v e 1

D e r i v e s i n t r a n s i t i v e v e r b f ro m t r a n s i t i v e v e r b ;

/ l u s t / ‘ t o t w i s t ( t r . ) ’ > / r u r a l u e t / ' t o t w i s t ( i n t r . ) '

■ 1 6 . fy/rum-/ ' v e f c b a l i z a t i o n '

/ ^ e e k / '-to be s lo w , s l u g g i s h ' > / rumiQsek/ ' t o be v e r y

s lo w and s l u g g i s h '

1 7 . \ / r u m - / ' v e r b a l i s a t i o n '

/ l o o p / ' g r e e d ' > / r u m l o o p / ' t o u s u r p , p l u n d e r '

1 8 . \ / r u © N - / ' n o m i n a l i z a t i o n '

/ w o e h / ' t o m e a s u re l i n e a l l y * > / r u s ^ w d o h / ' l i n e a r

m e a s u r e '

/ w o o l / ' t o m ea su re t h e volume o f '

> / ruQQvrool / ' a v o l u m e t r i c m e a s u r e '

1 9 . fy /rueN-/ ' s p e c i a l i z a t i o n '

/ k i e q / ' t o g r a s p , c l a s p '

> / ruQ jQ kioq / ' t o work b a ck and f o r t h (as a s t a k e

i n a h o l e ) '

2 0 . »/coJ\T- / ' n o m i n a l i z a t i o n '

/ t u o l / ' t o p r o p ' > / c o n t u s l / ' a p r o p 1

A llom orp h / c u o n - / :

/ d a e / ' t o w a lk ' > / c u o n d a © / ' s t a i r s '

2 1 . * / c o m - / ' c a u s a t i o n '

D e r i v e s t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s f rom a d j e c t i v a l v e r b s ?

/ t o s h / ' t o be o p p o se d ' > / c o m t o o h / ' t o o b s t r u c t , p r e v e n t '

/ k a o n / ' t o be b e n t ' > / c o m k a o n / ' t o s t r e t c h o n e s e l f

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 99: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

2 2 . \ /q o N ~ / ’ n o m i n a l i z a t i o n '

D e r i v a t i v e i s t h e i n s t r u m e n t o f t h e b a s e v e r b j

/b 'aoh./ / ’ ' t o sw eep ' > / q o m b a o h / ' a broom'

/ t e s q / ' t o t r a p ' > / q o n t e o q / ' a t r a p '

2 3 . \ / l u m ~ / ' c a u s a t i o n '

D e r i v e s c a u s a t i v e t r a n s i t i v e v e r b from t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s

/ q a o n / ' t o bow' > / l u m q a o n / ' t o c a u s e t o bow'

2 l|.. \ / l u m ~ / ' n o m i n a l i z a t i o n '

/ n o w / ' t o s t a y , l i v e ' > / lu m n o w / ' r e s i d e n c e , abode

2 5 . \ / s o m - / ' v e r b a l i z a t i o n '

/ k a a q / ' c h a f f > / s o m k a a q / ' t o winnow, d u s t '

2 6 , \ / s o m - / ' s p e c i a l i z a t i o n '

/ c o o t / ' t o p a r k , moor ' > / s o m c o o t / ' t o s t o p and r e s t '

i

2 7 . \ / d o m - / ' c a u s a t i o n '

/ l a o ^ / ' t o a s c e n d ' > / d o m l a o q / ' t o r a i s e , e l e v a t e '

28 , \ / t u 9N - / ' a t t r i b u t i o n '

/ t i m / ' t o y o k e ' > / t u o n t i m / ' t o be yoked t o g e t h e r

3 .2 1 5 The p r e f i x \/ q a a - / ' d e r o g a t i o n *

\ / q a a - / i s a bound p r o n o m in a l p r e f i x w i t h a d e r o g a t o r y

o r d i m i n u t i v e m ean ing . I t o c c u r s p r o d u c t i v e l y w i t h v e r b s ,

n o u n s , p r o n o u n s , d e m o n s t r a t i v e s , and a d j e c t i v e s , and i t s

d e r i v a t i v e s u s u a l l y o c c u r as d e r o g a t o r y terras o f a d d r e s s ,

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 100: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

89

a l t h o u g h t h e y o c c a s i o n a l l y o c c u r as t e r m s o f r e f e r e n c e .

W ith v e r b s :

/ t o o c / ’ t o be small* > / q a a - t o o c / ‘ l i t t l e o n e ! , r u n t I *

/km aw / ’ t o be b l a c k ’ > / q a a - k m a w / ’ b l a c k f e l l o w '

W ith nouns*

/ c a o / ’ t h i e f > / q a a - c a o / ' y o u t h i e f 1 '

/ c o m k u e t / ' i d i o t ' > / q a a - c o m k u e t / ' y o u i d i o t ! '

W ith p ronouns*

/ q a e g / ' y o u ' ( f a m i l i a r ) ' > / q a a - q a e g / 'y o u ( f a m i l i a r ,

i n s u l t i n g ) '

A ) a a / ' y o u ( t o s m a l l b o y s ) ' > / q a a - g a a / 'my l i t t l e on e '

W i th d e m o n s t r a t i v e s :

/ n u h / ' t h a t ' > / q a a - n u h / ' t h a t ( d i m i n u t i v e ) o n e '

/ n i h / ' t h i s ' > / q a a - n i h / ' t h i s ( d i m i n u t i v e ) one '

W ith a d j e c t i v e s :

/ n a a / 'w h i c h ' > / q a a - n a a / 'w h i c h ( d i m i n u t i v e ) o n e ? ,

any ( d i m i n u t i v e ) o n e . '

3 . 2 1 6 The p r e f i x y/ p r e o h - / ' s a c r e d , e s t e e m e d '

■y/preohr/ i w i t h r a p i d s p e e c h a l l o m o r p h / p r © - / ) i s a

bound p r e f i x w h ic h o c c u r s b e f o r e any noun whose r e f e r e n t i s

o f s a c r e d o r e s t e e m e d n a t u r e , and b e f o r e any v e r b e x p r e s s i n g

a c t i o n p e r f o r m e d by a p e r s o n o f s a c r e d o r h i g h e s t e e m . ’

Nouns: / p u t / ' t h e Buddha’ > / p r e e h - p u t / ’ t h e Buddha'

/ t q a y / ' t h e su n ' > / p r e o h - t f l a y / ' t h e sun (w i th

a n th r o p o m o r p h ic c o n n o t a t i o n ) '

/ r e o c e o / ' k i n g ' > / p r e a h - r e o c e o / ' r e v e r e d k i n g '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 101: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

90

W ith v e r b s : .

/ s d a e : g / * t o show, e x p l a i n 1

> / p r e s h - s d a e f l / ’ t o t e a c h ’ ( o f t h e Buddha o r monks)

/ t h a p / ’ t o s t a y ( r o y a l t y ) ’

> / p r e o h - t h a p / * to s t a y , l i v e , r e s i d e ( r o y a l t y ) ’

/ r e e c c o t e e n / ’ t o g i v e ( r o y a l t y ) ' ,

> / p r e o h - r e o c c o t e o n / ' t o p r e s e n t ( r o y a l t y ) '

3 , 2 1 7 M i s c e l l a n e o u s p r e f i x e sn I

1 , ~ q a ~ / ' n o n - , u n - ' 1

/ p h i y / ' t o be a f r a i d ' > / q a q p h i y / ' t o be f e a r l e s s ’

/ m o n u h / ' a human' > /q a q m o n u h / 'n o n -h u m an , s p i r i t u a l '

/ y u t t o t h o o / ' j u s t i c e ' > / q a y u t t a t h o a / ' i n j u s t i c e '

2 , \ A i a q - / ' g e n e r i c p r e f i x f o r f r u i t s and wood p r o d u c t s

/ m a q - k l i o / ' e b o n y '

/m a q - p r a a ) o / »' p lum '

/ r n a q - b a a t / ' a l a r g e f r u i t o f u n p l e a s a n t o d o r '

1 , O ccurs o n l y i n words b o r ro w e d from S a n s k r i t o r P a l i .2 , A p p a r e n t l y bo r ro w ed from T h a i , s i n c e i t s u s e i s more g e n e r a l i n T h a i , and s i n c e i t o c c u r s b e f o r e names o f f r u i t s w h ic h a l s o o c c u r i n T h a i , b u t n o t b e f o r e words w hich do n o t o c c u r i n T h a i , s u c h a s / i h o q / ' p a p a y a ' .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 102: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

91

3 .2 2 I n f i x e s

3 .2 2 1 I n f i x e s o f s h a p e | - C - |

S i n g l e - c o n s o n a n t i n f i x e s a r e one o f t h e c o n s o n a n t s

/ n b m g l / , w i t h / - n - / by f a r t h e m ost common. T hese same

c o n s o n a n t s a l s o commonly o c c u r a s C2 i n u n a n a l y z a b l e l e x e m e s j

/ s n a a / ' c r o s s b o w '

/ t b o o x ) / ' h e a d '

/ t m o o / ' s t o n e '

/kQaok/ 'goose'

/klaa/ 'tiger'

1 . \ / - n - / ' n o m i n a l i z a t i o n '

D e r i v a t i v e i s t h e I n s t r u m e n t o f t h e b a s e verb*

. / k e o p / ' t o p i n c h ' > / k n e o p / ' p i n c e r s '

/ t i m / ‘ t o y o k e ' > / t n * m / *a y o k e '

/ a i e t / ' t o i n s e r t ' > / s n i e t / ' a n i n s e r t , wedge'

W ith base allomorph /r-/ > /to - / ? 1

/ r o e h / ' t o r a k e ' > / r o n o e h / ' a r a k e '

/ r e e f l / ' t o o b s t r u c t ' > / r o n e e i ] / ' a s c r e e n '

/ t r o s p / ' t o s u p p o r t ' > / t r o n o o p / ' a s u p p o r t , p r o p '

W ith b a s e a l l o m o r p h / d - / > / t -/:**•

/ d a o l / ' t o p o l e a b o a t ' > / t n a o l / ' p o l e ‘( f o r a b o a t ) '

/ d o l / ' t o r e a c h ' > / t n o l / ' r o a d , way'

W ith b a s e a l l o m o r p h / b - / > / p - / * ^

/ b o o l / ' t o f o r e c a s t ' > / p n o o l / ' a n omen'

1 . T h i s k i n d o f a l t e r n a t i o n i s d e s c r i b e d i n 2 . 2 .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 103: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

92

D e r i v a t i v e i s t h e r e s u l t o f t h e a c t i o n o f t h e b a s e verb*

/ c u e t / ’ t o make i n t o a t u r b a n , wear a t u r b a n ’

> / c h u e t / ' a t u r b a n ’

/ k u e c / ’ t o k n o t ’ . > / k n u e c / ’ a k n o t '

/ p e e n / ’ t o f o l d t h e l e g s I n d i a n - f a s h i o n '

> / p n e e n / ' t h e f o l d e d l e g s '

W ith b a s e a l l o m o rp h / b - / > / p - / *

/ b a e k / ’ t o break* > / p n a e k / ' f r a g m e n t , s e c t i o n '

/ b u e $ / ' t o wear a c h i g n o n ' > / p n u a g / ' a c h ig n o n '

W ith b a s e a l l o m o rp h / d - / > / t - / :

/ d o o / ' t o t r a d e ' > / t n o o / 'w h a t i s t r a d e d , a

t r a d e ; p r i c e ’

/ d a q / ' t o p u t , p l a c e 1 > / t n a q / ' c l a s s , p lacem en t*

/ d o q / 'make a pocke t* > / t n o q / ' a p ocke t*

D e r i v a t i v e i s a s e m a n t i c a l l y r e l a t e d noun :i

/ k a e t / ' b e b o r n , a r i s e ' > / k n a e t / ' p e r i o d o f waxing moon*

/ c a m / ' t o w a i t ' > / c n a m / ' a y e a r ’

/ t e o q / ' a t r a p , s n a r e ' > / t n e e q / ' a decoy*

W ith b a s e a l l o m o rp h / d - / > / t - / s

/ d a m / * to p l a n t * > / t n a m / ' a p l a n t , h e r b , m e d i c i n e ’

W ith b a s e a l l o m o r p h / r - / > / r o - / *

/ r o o c / ' t o wane ( o f t h e moon) '

> / r o n o o c / ' p e r i o d o f t h e waning moon'

2 . \ / - b - / ' n o m i n a l i z a t i o n '

D e r i v a t i v e i s t h e r e s u l t o f t h e a c t i o n o f t h e verb*

/ l i e n / ' t o be f a s t ' > / l b i e n / ' s p e e d '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 104: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

93

W ith b a s e a l l o m o r p h vowel a b l a u t *

/ l e e g / ' t o p lay * > / l b a e g / 'game*

/ l u e q / ' t o s l e e p 1' > / l b o q / *a nap*

W ith b a s e a l l o m o r p h / r . - / > / r o - / *

/ r i o n / ' t o l e a r n ' > / r o b i e n / 'k n o w le d g e , a b i l i t y '

/ r i e p / ' t o a r r a n g e ' > / r o b i o p / ' o r d e r , method*

W ith b a s e a l l o m o r p h / r - / > / r o - / p l u s vowel a b l a u t *

/ r o o m / ' t o dance* > / r o b a m / ’ a d a n c e '

D e r i v a t i v e i s t h e i n s t r u m e n t o f t h e a c t i o n o f t h e b a s e v e rb *

W ith b a s e a l l o m o r p h vowel a b l a u t , and / - k / > / - q / * ^

/ l o © k / ' t o c h i s e l ' - > / l b o o q / ' a c h i s e l '

3 »‘ \ / - b - / ' s p e c i a l i z a t i o n '

Verb* (W ith b a s e a l l o m o r p h vowel a b l a u t )

/ I 0 G13/ ' t o t r y , t e s t ' > / l b o o g / ' a n e x p e r i m e n t '

Noun* (With b a s e a l l o m o r p h vowel a b l a u t )

/ l e e k / ' t i m e , o c c a s i o n '

> / l b a e k / 'xghat can be a c c o m p l i s h e d i n one a t t e m p t?

1+. -m ~/ ' n o m i n a l i z a t i o n *

D e r i v a t i v e i s t h e human a g e n t o f t h e a c t i o n o f t h e ve rb*

/ s o o r a / ' t o b e g ' > / sm oom / 'b e g g a r*

/ l u e c / ' t o s t e a l ' > / l r a u o c / ' t h i e f '

VJith b a s e a l l o m o r p h / d - / > / t - / *

/ d a e / ' t o w a lk ' > / t m a e / ' p e d e s t r i a n '

5 * \ / - m - / ' a t t r i b u t i o n '

D e r i v e s a d j e c t i v e f rom t r a n s i t i v e verb*

1 . The a l t e r n a t i o n / - k / > / - q / i s a u t o m a t i c i n t h i s e n v i r o n ­m en t ) s e e 1 . 1 2 5 .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 105: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

9b

W ith b a s e a l l o m o r p h l o s s o f / - h - / i

/ c h o q / ’ t o s n a t c h 1 > / c r a o q / ’ s t e a l t h i l y , by s n a t c h i n g ’

D e r i v e s a d j e c t i v a l v e r b f rom noun :

/ l o o p / ’ g r e e d ’ > / l m o o p / ’ t o be g r e e d y '

6 * \Z**m“/ ‘ c a u s a t i o n ’

D e r i v e s t r a n s i t i v e v e r b f rom p r e p o s i t i o n :

/ l a s h / ’ b e y o n d ’ > / l m e e h / ’ t o e x c e e d , v i o l a t e ’

7 . \ / —3Q—/ ’n o m i n a l ! z a t i o n '

D e r i v a t i v e i s t h e o b j e c t o f t h e a c t i o n o f t h e verb*

/ s a o y / ’ t o e a t ( r o y a l ) ’ > / s g a o y / ’r o y a l f o o d ’

8 . ^ / - l - / ’ s p e c i a l i z a t i o n ’

D e r i v e s r e l a t e d t r a n s i t i v e v e r b f rom t r a n s i t i v e v e r b :

/ l c i a q / ’ t o g r a s p ' > / k l i e q / ' t o g r a s p and t w i s t ’

3 . 2 2 2 The i n f i x \ / - r o - /

The i n f i x « / - r o - / o c c u r s i n b a s e s w i t h an i n i t i a l c o n ­

s o n a n t s e q u e n c e whose i n i t i a l c o n s o n a n t i s / s - / . I t s p r i m a r y

f u n c t i o n seems t o be s t y l i s t i c v a r i a t i o n o r i n t e n s i f i c a t i o n ,

/ s d s y / ' t o s p e a k ; i n f o r m ’ > / s r o d e y / ’ i d , ’ ( e l e g a n t )

/ s l © p / ' t o be low* > / s r o l e p / ' i d . '

/ s m a a n / ' i r r e g u l a r ' > / s r o m a a n / ' i n g r e a t d i s o r d e r ’

/ s m o y / ' t o f ro w n ' > / s r o m o y / ' t o scow l d a r k l y '

3 . 2 2 3 I n f i x e s o f sh a p e | -V N - |

In i n f i x e s o f s h a p e J -V N - | , 1-V - j i s / o / o r / u e / ( a s

d e s c r i b e d i n and | —II— j i s a h o m o rg an ic n a s a l (as

d e s c r i b e d i n 2 . 3 ) . The p r i m a r y f u n c t i o n o f |-VN— J i s

n o m i n a l i z a t i o n .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 106: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

1 . \ / - o N - / ' n o m i n a l i z a t i o n '

D e r i v a t i v e i s t h e r e s u l t o f t h e a c t i o n o f t h e verb*

/ s h o t / ' t o s w e a r ’ > / s o m b o t / ' a n o a t h 1

/ s d a p / ’ t o u n d e r s t a n d 1 > / s o n d a p / ' u n d e r s t a n d i n g ,

c o n v e n t i o n '

/ k c o p / ' t o w rap ' > / k o n c o p / ' p a r c e l '

/ c h a n / ' t o e a t ( o f p r i e s t s ) > / c o $ i a n / ' p r i e s t s ' f o o d '

W i th b a s e a l l o m o r p h / t - / > / d - / : ^

/ t b a a n / ' t o w eave ' > / d o m b a a n / 'w e a v i n g '

/ t w a a y / ' t o p r e s e n t ' > / d o ^ w a a y / ' g i f t ( e l e g a n t ) '

D e r i v a t i v e i s t h e i n s t r u m e n t o f t h e a c t i o n o f t h e b a s e v e r b :

/ s t u u c / ' t o f i s h w i t h a h o o k ' > / s o n t u u c / ' f i s h - h o o k '

/ k l a h / ' t o sew ' > / k o n l a h / ' n e e d l e '

/ c h a a y / ' t o s p r e a d ' > / c o Q h a a y / ' a h a y - f o r k '

W ith b a s e a l l o m o r p h / t - / > / d - / i

/ t b i o t / ' t o ; p i n c h ' > / d o m b i o t / ' p i n c e r '

/ t p u e q / ' t o h o o k ' > / d o m p u e q / ' a h o o k '

D e r i v a t i v e i s a noun d e s c r i b e d by t h e b a s e :

W ith b a s e a l l o m o r p h / p - / > / b - / : ^

/ p q a e m / ' t o be s w e e t ' > / b o ^ q a e m / ' s w e e t s '

D e r i v e s r e l a t e d noun from a d j e c t i v e :

/ c h a l / ' q u i c k l y ' > / c o ^ h a l / ' a f a n '

D e r i v e s a n u m e r a l f rom an a d j e c t i v e :

/ k l a h / ' s o m e ' > / k o n l a h / ' h a l f '

1 , T h i s k i n d o f a l t e r n a t i o n i s d e s c r i b e d i n s e c t i o n 2 , 2 .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 107: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

9 6

D e r i v e s a b s t r a c t noun f rom a d j e c t i v a l v e r b :

Allom orph /-uqN - / j

/ p l i i / ’ t o be l i g h t * > / p u e n l i i / ’ l i g h t *

D e r i v e s a b s t r a c t noun f rom modal v e r b :*

A llom orph /-uqN-/;

/ t l o e p / ' t o be a c c u s to m e d t o ’ > / t u e n l o e p / ’ c u s to m ’

2 . v ' - o N - /

D e r i v a t i v e i s a s e m a n t i c a l l y r e l a t e d noun:

/ s l o k / ’ l e a f ( o f t r e e } ’ > / s o n l e k / ’ l e a f , s h e e t ( p a p e r ) ’

With b a s e a l l o m o rp h / p ~ / > / b - / :

/ p l a e / ’ f r u i t ’ > / b o n l a e / ’ v e g e t a b l e ’

3 . \ / ~ o N - / ’ c a u s a t i o n ’

D e r i v e s t r a n s i t i v e v e r b from a d j e c t i v a l v e r b :

With b a s e a l l o m o rp h / p - / > / b - / ;r

/ p q a o l / ’ t o be f r i g h t e n e d ’ > / b o g q a o l / ’ t o . f r i g h t e n ,

s t a r t l e ’

D e r iv e s t r a n s i t i v e v e r b from i n t r a n s i t i v e v e r b ;

W ith b a s e a l l o m o rp h / p - / > / b - / j

/ p r a a h / ’ t o g e t f r e e ’ > / b o ^ r a a h / ’ t o f r e e ’

Ij.. \ / ~ o N - / ’ a t t r i b u t i o n ’

D e r iv e s a d j e c t i v a l v e r b s from t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s ;

/ s b a o m / ’ t o a d m i r e ’ > / so m baem / ’ a w f u l , i m p r e s s i v e ’

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 108: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

97

W ith b a s e a l l o m o r p h / p - / > / b - / i

/ p t o s p / ‘ t o a r r a n g e i n s u c c e s s io n *

> / b o n t o e p / ’ t o be i n s u c c e s s io n *

D e r i v e s a d j e c t i v e s f rom a d j e c t i v a l v e r b s :

/ c b o o g / * t o be t h e e l d e s t * > /com boor) / ’m o s t , e x t r e m e l y ’

D e r i v e s a d j e c t i v e f rom noun:

W ith b a s e a l l o m o rp h / t - / > / d - / :

/ t b o o g / ’h e a d ’ > /dombootq/ ’ f i r s t ’

S. \ / - o N - /

D e r i v e s p r e p o s i t i o n from a d j e c t i v e :

/ c p u o h / ’ d i r e c t l y ’ > / c o m p u e h / ’ e s p e c i a l l y f o r ’

3*22lj. I n f i x e s o f sh a p e | -Vm-}

I n i n f i x e s o f s h a p e j -V m - | , J —V— J i s / - o - / o r / - u - /

( a s d e s c r i b e d i n ; 2 J 4.32 I1 ) , .w i t h r a p i d s p e e c h a l t e r n a n t / - © - / ,

and / - i n - / i s i n v a r i a n t . The p r i m a r y f u n c t i o n o f | -Vm-j i s

c a u s a t i o n .

1 . ’ c a u s a t i o n ’

D e r i v e s t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s from a d j e c t i v a l v e r b s :

/ k s a a n / ’ t o be p e a c e f u l ’ > / k o m s a a n / ’ t o a p p e a s e , c a lm '

/ s q a a t / ’ t o be c l e a n ' > / s o m q a a t / ' t o c l e a n ’

/ s d a e q / ’ t o be c l e a r ’ > / s o m d a e Q / ’ t o e x p l a i n , c l a r i f y ’

/ s r u o l / ' t o be e a s y ’ > / s o m r u o l / ’ t o f a c i l i t a t e ’

W ith b a s e a l l o m o r p h / t ~ / > / d - / »

/ t k a o g / ’ i l l u s t r i o u s , h i g h ’ > / d o m k a e q / ' t o e l e v a t e '

/ t l o h / ’ t o be f a l l e n ' > / d o m l o h / ’ t o dem ote , r u i n ’

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 109: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

98

A llo m o rp h / - u m - / *n

W ith b a s e a l l o m o r p h / ro ** / > / r - / »

/ r o d o h / ' f r e e d ' > / r u m d o h / ' t o f r e e , exem pt '

/ r o l i i i o / ' t o be s h i n y ' > / r u m l i i i o / ' t o p o l i s h , sh in e *

D e r i v e s t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s f rom i n t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s ?

/ k c a t / ' t o s e p a r a t e , l e a v e ' > / k o m c a t / ' t o d i s m is s *

/slap/ 'to die' > /soralap/ 'to kill'

/ s r a a q / ' t o a b a t e ' > / s o m r a a q / ' t o r e s t , r e g e n e r a t e ( t r , ) '

. A l lo m o rp h / - ru n - /*

/ t l e o q / ' t o f a l l ' > / t u m l e e q / ' t o f e l l , ove r th row *

/ t l e o y / ' t o g i v e way' > / t u m l e s y / ' t o b r e a k t h r o u g h '

/ c r e e p / ' t o l e a r n ' > / c u m r e e p / ' t o i n f o r m '

W ith b a s e a l l o m o r p h / r o - / > / r - / t

/ r o l u e h / ' t o d e c r e a s e ' > / . . -umluoh/ ' t o d e c r e a s e ( t r . ) '

/ r o l e e y / ' t o m e l t ' > / r u m l e e y / ' t o m e l t ( t r . ) 1»

D e r i v e s c a u s a t i v e t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s from t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s ?

/ k l a a c / ' t o f e a r , r e s p e c t ' > / k o m l a a c / ' t o f r i g h t e n '

/ cI ooq/ ' t o c r o s s ' > / c o m l o o ^ / ' t o p u t o r t a k e a c r o s s *

A l lo m o rp h / - u m - / *

W ith b a s e a l l o m o r p h / r o - / > / r - / *

/ r o l i k / ' t o romcraber ' > / r u m l & k / ' t o r e m in d ,

commemorate '

1 . T h i s a l t e r n a t i o n i s d e s c r i b e d i n 2 . 2 .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 110: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

99

D e r i v e s r e l a t e d t r a n s i t i v e v e r b f rom a d j e c t i v a l v e rb s

/ k h a e f l / ’ t o be a r r o g a n t 1 > / k o m h a e ^ / ' t o f r i g h t e n '

2 , ' d e r o g a t i o n *

D e r i v e s d e r o g a t o r y a d j e c t i v a l v e r b s f rom a d j e c t i v a l v e rb s *

/ s k o o q / ' b e s t u n t e d ' > / s o m k o o q / ' r i d i c u l o u s l y s t u n t e d '

/ s k o e m / ' b e s l e n d e r ' > /somkoora/ ' r i d i c u l o u s l y s l e n d e r '

/ s n a a n / ' b e o p e n ' > / s o m n a a n / ' s c o w l i n g , g a p i n g '

The above b a s e s h a v e a n o n - e m o t i o n a l o r m a t t e r - o f - f a c t

c o n n o t a t i o n , w h i l e t h e d e r i v a t i v e s h a v e a c o n n o t a t i o n o f

d i s a p p r o v a l o r s c o r n . The d i f f e r e n c e can be i l l u s t r a t e d by

a f r e e t r a n s l a t i o n o f t h e f o l l o w i n g examples*

/ k e e skoem n a h j . / ' H e ' s q u i t e s l e n d e r , '

/ k e e somkoem n a h ! . / ' H e ' s p u n y . '

/ k e e c k u o t I . / ' H e ' s m e n t a l l y i l l . '

/ k e e c o m k u o t i - . / ' H e ' s ' ' n u t t y as a f r u i t - c a k e 1 ' . 'i

3 . %/-om-/ ' s p e c i a l i z a t i o n *

Verb* / c l o o tq / ' t o c r o s s ' > / c o m l o o y / ' t o c o p y ’

A u x i l i a r y : ( w i t h b a s e a l l o m o r p h / p - / > / b - / )

/ p r o q / ' t o p r e p a r e to* > / b o m v o q / ' d e t e r m i n e d t o '

Noun: ( a l l o m o r p h / - u m - / )

/ k r u u / ' t e a c h e r ' > / k u m r u u / ' e x a m p l e , m od e l '

I4.. \ / - o m - / ' v e r b a l i z a t i o n '

/ k r o t / ' l a w ' > / k o m r o t / ' t o s t i p u l a t e '

A l lom orph / - u m - / *

/ k r u o h / ' f a t e ' > / k u m r u e h / ' i n a u s p i c i o u s , i m p r o p e r '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 111: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

1 0 0

$i a /-o ra-/

, D e r iv e s a d j e c t i v e s f rom a d j e c t i v a l v e r b s :

/ k l a a / ' t o be b r a v e ’ > / k o m l a a / ’w i t h p r e t e n d e d b r a v e r y ’

W ith b a s e a l l o m o r p h / t - / > / d - / *

/ t r o g / ' t o be s t r a i g h t ' > / d o m r o g / ’ d i r e c t l y ’

6. om-/

D e r iv e s modal v e r b from a d j e c t i v a l verb*

/ k r o o / ' t o be p o o r ’ > / k o m r o o / ' t o be p o o r a t '

7. y^om -/

D e r i v e s i n t r a n s i t i v e v e r b from a d j e c t i v e *

/ s l o ^ / ' f i x e d l y , s t e r n l y ’ > / s o m l e g / ' t o s t a r e , frown*

3 , 2 2 5 I n f i x e s o f s h a p e | - Vm(n) - |

In I n f i x e s o f shape | - V m ( n } - | , j —V—( i s / - o - / o r / - u ~ /

( a s d e s c r i b e d i n 2 , lj.326), J-Vra-j o c c u r s i n b a s e s w i t h an

i n i t i a l c o n s o n a n t s e q u e n c e , and J-Vmn-j o c c u r s i n b a s e s w i t hi

a s i n g l e i n i t i a l . The p r i m a r y f u n c t i o n o f | - V m ( n ) - i i s

n o r a i n a l i z a t i o n .

1 , < / - o m - / ' n o m i n a l i z a t i o n '

D e r i v a t i v e i s t h e r e s u l t o f t h e a c t i o n o f t h e b a s e verb*

/ k r e t / ' t o n o t c h , m a rk ’ > / k o m r e t / ' a n o t c h , m a r k 1

/ s d e y / ' t o s p e a k , t e l l ' > / s o m d e y / ' s p e e c h '

/ s l o o / ' t o make a s t e w ' > / s o m l o o / *a s t e w '

/ c l a s y / ' t o a n s w e r ’ > / c o m l a o y / ' a n a n sw e r '

With b a s e a l l o m o r p h / t - / > / d - / *

/ t r a p / ' t o I m i t a t e ’ > / d o m r a p / ' i m i t a t i o n , m o d e l '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 112: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

I

1 0 1

A llom orph / - u m - / ;

/ c n e e h / ’ t o d e f e a t '

/ c r a a h / ’ t o c h o o s e '

/ c l u e h / ' t o q u a r r e l '

W ith a l l o m o r p h / - o m n - / s

/ d e g / ' t o know'

/ d a m / ' t o p l a n t '

/ k a t / ' t o c u t '

/ k o t / ' t o n o t e , f i x '

/ c o o g / ' t o t i e '

/ s a a c / ' t o l a u g h '

/ s u e / ' t o a s k '

/ q a o y / ' t o g i v e '

> / c u m n e a h / ' v i c t o r y '

> / c u m r e e h / ' c h o i c e '

> / c o m l u e h / ' a q u a r r e l '

> / d o m n o g / ' i n f o r m a t i o n '

> /domnara/ ' a p l a n t '

> / k o m n a t / ' a c u t p i e c e '

> / k o m n o t / ' a p p o i n t m e n t '

> /com no o f l / ' k n o t '

> / s o m n a e c / ' l a u g h t e r '

> / s o m n u e / ' a q u e s t i o n '

> /q o m n a o y / ' a g i f t '

W ith b a s e a l l o m o r p h / t - / > / d - / *

/ t o o / ' t o e x t e n d ' > /d o m n o o / ' e x t e n s i o n '

/ t a e g / ' t o e s t a b l i s h ' > /domnaeig/ ' p o s i t i o n '

W ith b a s e a l l o m o r p h / p - / > / b - / :

/ p o o $ / ' t o hope t o ' > /b o m n o o ^ / ' h o p e , i n t e n t i o n '

A l lo m o rph / - u m n - / :

/ t i n / ' t o buy '

/ c u m / ’ t o m e e t ’

/ k i t / ' t o t h i n k '

/ c i e / ' t o b e l i e v e ’

> / t u m n i n / ' m e r c h a n d i s e '

> /curanum/ 'm e e t i n g '

> / k u m n i t / ' t h o u g h t '

> / c u m n i s / ' b e l i e f *

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 113: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

1 0 2

D e r i v e s a b s t r a c t nouns from a d j e c t i v a l verbs.*

/ k d a w / ' t o be h o t 1 > /kom daw / ' h e a t *

/ k h e i j / ' t o b e a n g r y ' > /korahaio/ ' a n g e r '

/ c g a a y / ' t o be f a r ' > / c o m ^ a a y / ' d i s t a n c e '

/ c r a e n / ' t o be much' > / c o m r a o n / ' i n c r e a s e , s u c c e s s '

W i th b a s e a l l o m o r p h / t - / > / d - / j

/ t l a y / ' t o be e x p e n s i v e ' > / d o m l a y / ' v a l u e '

/ t r e e k / ' t o be h a p p y ' > / d o m r e e k / ' h a p p i n e s s '

A l lo m o rp h / r -u m - / :

/ t Q u e n / ' t o be heavy'.’ > / tumtQuen/ ' w e i g h t '

/ c r o w / ' t o be d e e p ' > / c u m r o w / ' d e p t h '

/ l q o o / ' t o be p r e t t y ' > / l u m q o o / ' b e a u t y '

W ith a l l o m o r p h / - o m n - / j

/ q o o / ' t o be h a p p y ' > / q o m n o o / ' h a p p i n e s s '

/ s a e m / ' t o be w e t ' > / so m n aa m / 'm o i s t u r e *

A l lo m o rp h / - u m n - / *

/ k u e / ' t o be p r o p e r ' > / k u m n u e / ' p r o p r i e t y '

D e r i v a t i v e i s t h e a g e n t o f t h e a c t i o n o f t h e v e r b :

/ s q a a g / ' t o d r e s s , d e c o r a t e *

> / s o m q a a g / ' o r n a m e n t , d e c o r a t i o n '

With b a s e a l l o m o r p h / t - / > / d - / :

/ t r o o $ / ' t o f i l t e r ' > / d o m r o o g / ' a f i l t e r ’

/ t r u s t / ' t o i n s p e c t , c o n t r o l ' > / d o m r u a t / ' p o l i c e ' 1

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 114: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

103

A llom orph / - o m n - / :

/ s a t / ‘ t o f l o a t 1 > / s o m n a t / . ‘ d r i f t w o o d ’

A l lom orph / - u m n - / *

/ t u p / ’ t o b l o c k ’

/ t i m / ‘ t o j o i n '

/ c u o h / ' t o r e p l a c e ’

> / t u m n u p / ‘ o b s t r u c t i o n , dam'

> / tu rn n i i a / ' ad j u n c t ’

> / c u m n u s h / ' r e p l a c e m e n t '

D e r i v a t i v e i s a noun d e s c r i b e d by t h e base*

/ l c t e c / ' t o be s h a t t e r e d ' > / k o m t e c / ' s h r e d s '

. / s q o y / ' v i l e - s r a e l l i n g ' > / s o m q o y / ' r e f u s e , g a r b a g e ’

A l lo m o rph / - u m n - / :

/ t e o p / ' t o be f l a t , l e v e l ' > / t u m n e o p / ' l e v e l p l a c e '

D e r i v a t i v e i s a p e r s o n d e s c r i b e d by t h e b a s e :

/ k h o o e / ' t o be w ic k e d ' > / k o m h o o c / 'w i c k e d p e r s o n '

/ k c & l / ' t o be l a z y 1 > /k o m c & l / ' l a z y p e r s o n '

/ c k u o t / ' t o be c r a z y ' > / c o m k u o t / ' i d i o t '

W i th b a s e a l l o m o r p h / t - / > / d - / t

/ t l o g / ' t o be d e a f ' > / d o m l o ^ / ' d e a f p e r s o n '

2 . * / - o m - / ' s t y l i s t i c v a r i a t i o n '

D e r i v a t i v e i s a s t y l i s t i c v a r i a n t o f t h e b a s e :

/ k r o t / ' l a w ' > / k o m r o t / ' s t a t u t e , r e g u l a t i o n '

A l lo m o rph / - u m - / :

/ l q a a n / ' t r a c e , m ark ' > / l u m q a a n / ' d e s i g n ( e l o q u e n t ) '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 115: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

IOLj.

A llom orph / ~ o r a n - / i

/ c a a y / ’ t o spend* . > / c o m n a a y / ’ t o d i s p e n s e ’

A l lom orph / - u m n - / :

/ c u e n / ’ t o f l o o d ’ > / c u m n u e n / ’ t o i n u n d a t e '

/ t e o p / ' t o be low, sm ooth ' > / t u m n e e p / ' i d ( e l o q u e n t ) ’

3 * V^-omn-/ ' s e m a n t i c s h i f t i n t h e same form c l a s s '

V e rb s :

/ k o t / ' t o n o t e down' > / k o m n o t / ’ t o make an a p p o i n t ­

m e n t ’

A l lom orph /-umn*-/ ;

/ t u k / ' t o p u t away' > / t u m n u k / ’ t o p l a n , i n t e n d t o '

N o u n . ( a l l o m o r p h / - u m n - / ) j

/ c o o n / ' f l o o r , s t o r y ' > / c u m n o e n / ' e r a , s t a g e '

I| . \ / “ oran~ //

D e r i v e s r e l a t e d p r e p o s i t i o n f rom v e r b :

/ c o h / ' t o d e s c e n d ' > / c o r a n o h / ' b e l o n g i n g t o ,

u n d e r t h e c o n t r o l o f '

5>. y ' - u m n - /

D e r i v e s r e l a t e d a d j e c t i v a l v e r b from a u x i l i a r y :

/ t e o p / ' j u s t now' > / t u m n o o p / ' t o be new, r e c e n t '

6 * \ / - u m n ~ /

D e r i v e s r e l a t e d t r a n s i t i v e v e r b f rom a d j e c t i v a l v e r b :

/ k o e p / ' t o be p l e a s i n g ' > /kum.noop/ ' t o s a l u t e , g r e e t '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 116: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

io 5

3 .2 2 6 I n f i x e s o f s h a p e l - r V ( n ) - l

I n i n f i x e s o f s h a p e | - r V ( n ) - | , | - V - | i s / - o - / o r / - o - /

( a s d e s c r i b e d i n 2.1J-327). | - r V ~ | o c c u r s i n b a s e s w i t h an

i n i t i a l c o n s o n a n t s e q u e n c e , and J - r V n - | i n b a s e s w i t h a

s i n g l e c o n s o n a n t i n i t i a l . The p r i m a r y f u n c t i o n o f t h i s

i n f i x i s n o m i n a l i z a t i o n .

1 , o n - / ' n o m i n a l i z a t i o n 1

/ s a o k / ' t o p i t y ' > / s r o n a o k / ' p i t y '

W i th b a s e a l l o m o r p h / t - / > / d - / :

/ d a o t / ' t o s p i t - r o a s t ' > / t r o n a o t / ' s k e w e r '

A l lo m o rp h / - r o n - / :

/ t u p / ' t o o b s t r u c t ' > / t r o n u p / ' o b s t r u c t i o n '

/ t u r n / ' t o p e r c h ' > / t r o n u m / ' a p e r c h 1

A llo m orph / - r o - / :

/ s t o o p / ' t o d i v i d e ' > / s r o t o o p / ' s e c t i o n , d i v i s i o n '

2 , / / - r o n - / ' s p e c i a l i z a t i o n *

T r a n s i t i v e v e r b :

/ p e o q / ' t o wear above t h e w a i s t '

> / p r o n e o q / ' t o c a r r y on t h e b a c k '

A d j e c t i v a l v e r b :

/ s o k / ' t o be h a p p y ' > / s r o n o k / ' s e r o n e , p e a c e f u l *

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 117: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

1 0 6

3*23 S u f f i x e s

T h e re a r e s e v e r a l s u b - l e x e m i c morphemes w h ic h o c c u r i n

p o s t - b o u n d p o s i t i o n w i t h a c o n s i s t e n t m ean ing i n a s i g n i f i -

c a n t number o f l e x e m e s . They a r e a n a l y z e d as s u f f i x e s .

1 . \ / - b 9y /

D e r i v a t i v e s a r e s u b o r d i n a t i n g c o n j u n c t i o n s *

/ d a e m / ’ o r i g i n 1 > / d a o m - b s y / ’ i n o r d e r t o ’

/ k o m / ’n e g a t i v e i m p e r a t i v e ’ > / k o m - b a y / ’ i n o r d e r n o t t o ’

/ k o o p / ’ t o be p l e a s i n g * > / k o o p - b o y / ’ t h e b e t t e r t o ’

/ t u e h / ’ i f ’ > / t u a h - b a y / ’ a l th o u g h *

2,. v^ -m aan / ’how much, t o \d ia t e x t e n t ’

D e r i v a t i v e s a r e i n t e r r o g a t i v e and i n d e f i n i t e a d v e r b i a l s :

/ p o n / * to e q u a l ’ > /p o n r a a a n / ’how much?’.

/ s m a e / * t o e q u a l ’ > / s m a o - m a a n / ’how much?1

/ q o m b a a l / ’ t o equa l* > / q o m b a a l - m a a n / 'how m uch?’

O th e r d e r i v a t i v e s fo rm ed on t h e b a s e * / - m a a n / ;

/ p r o m a a n / ; ' t o e s t i m a t e ; an e s t i m a t e ; how much? '

/ s m a a n / ' t o g u e s s , c o n s i d e r *

3 . v ^ - s e p / ’ ten*

D e r i v a t i v e s a r e m u l t i p l e s o f t e n : ^

n / s a a m - / ’ t h r e e ’ / s a a m - s o p / ’ t h i r t y ’

v / s a e - / ’ f o u r ’ / s a e - s e p / ’ f o r t y ’

1 . T h ese forms a r e b o r ro w e d i n t o t o f rom T h a i , b u t t h e y a r e shown t o be com plex by t h e o b s e r v e d form / h a a - r 4 4 h o k - s a p / ’ f i f t y o r s i x t y ’ . Fo r t h e n u m e r a l s 1 0 -9 0 s e e I+.2Lpl0

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 118: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

107

3 , 3 Compounds

Compounds a r e lex em es whose c o n s t i t u e n t s o c c u r a s fr .oe

l ex e m e s i n o t h e r c o n t e x t s .

3 . 3 1 G o v e rn in g l e x e m ic c o n s t i t u e n t s '

G o v e rn in g l e x e m i c c o n s t i t u e n t s a r e c o n s t i t u e n t s which

o c c u r a s f r e e l e x e m e s , and w h ich r e g u l a r l y g o v e rn t h e form

c l a s s o f t h e compounds i n w h ic h t h e y o c c u r . T h is k i n d o f

compounding i s p r o d u c t i v e .

1 . / k a a / ‘ work; t h e a c t o f , a f f a i r s o f ’

D e r i v e s a b s t r a c t nouns from a c t i v e v e r b s and v e r b e x p r e s s i o n s ,

and f ro m nouns*

/ n i y e e y / ' t o s p e a k ' > / k a a - n i y e o y / ' s p e a k i n g '

/ t w o e - s r a e / ' t o f a r m ' > / k a a - t w s e ~ s r a e / ' f a r m i n g '

/ r o o k - s i i / ' t o e a r n a l i v i n g '

•> / k a a - r o o k - s i i / ' e a r n i n g a l i v i n g '

/ r e o c c o k a a / ‘ c i v i l s e r v i c e (as a b r a n c h o f g o v e r n m e n t ) '

> / k a a - r e s c c e k a a / ' c i v i l s e r v i c e ( p r o f e s s i o n ) '

/ b o o r e t e e h / ' f o r e i g n c o u n t r i e s '

> / k a a - b o o r o t e e h / ' f o r e i g n a f f a i r s '

2 , / s e c - k d © y / ' s i t u a t i o n , c a s e ; t h e c o n d i t i o n o f

D e r i v e s a b s t r a c t n o u ns from a d j e c t i v a l and a c t i v e v e r b s :

/ l q o o / ' t o be p r e t t y ' > / s e c ~ k d e y l q o o / ' b e a u t y '

/ s o p b a a y / ' t o be h a p p y ' > / s e c - k d e y s o p b a a y / ' h a p p i n e s s '

/ r i i k - r e s y / ' t o p r o g r e s s '

> / s o c - k d o y r i i l c - r e o y / ' p r o g r e s s '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 119: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

108

/ k a n p u u c / ' t o bo p a t r i o t i c ( t o u p h o l d o n e ' s r a c e ) '

> / s e c - k d o y kan p u u c / ' p a t r i o t i s m '

/ d o g k u n / ' t o be g r a t e f u l ( t o r e c o g n i z e m e r i t ) '

> / s o c - k d o y kan p u u c / ' ' g r a t i t u d e 1

The d i s t i n c t i o n b e tw een t h e f u n c t i o n s of . / k a a - / and

/ s o c - k d o y / can be i l l u s t r a t e d a s f o l l o w s :

/ s l a p / ' t o d i e ' | / k a a - s l e p / ' d y i n g 1; / s o c - k d o y s l a p /

' d e a t h '

3 . / d o ra n a o / ' c a s e , p r o c e s s ; t h e p r o c e s s o f

D e r i v e s a b s t r a c t nouns from a c t i v e v e r b s :

/ p r a o / ' t o u s e ' > /domnao p r a o / ' u s e '

/ b o n t o o h / ' t o p u n i s h '

> /domnao b o n t o o h / ' ( a s p e c i f i c c a s e o f ) p u n i s h m e n t '

/ p r o l o o g / ' t o co m p e te ' > /domnao p r o l o o g / ' ( a s p e c i f i c

h o l d i n g o f an) e x a m i n a t i o n '

/ t r u o t - t r a a / ' t o i n s p e c t ' > /domnao t r u o t - t r a a / ' a n

i n s p e c t i o n '

/ t o w - m a o k / ' t o go and come'

> /domnao to w -m ao k / ' g o i n g and co m ing '

k., / k h a a g / - / k h a g - / ' s i d e ; toward*

D e r i v e s a d j e c t i v e s f rom n o u n s , d e m o n s t r a t i v e s , and p r e p o s i t i o n s :

/ s d a m / ' t h e r i g h t s i d e ' > / k h a g - s d a m / ' o n t h e r i g h t '

/ t b o o g / ' t h 9 s o u t h ' > / k h a g - t b o o g / ' t o t h e s o u t h ’

/ n i h / ' t h i s ' > / k h a g - n i h / ' t h i s way'

/ m u k / ' i n f r o n t o f ' > / k h a g - m u k / ' i n f r o n t , a h e a d '

/ k r a o y / ' b e h i n d ' > / k h a g - k r a o y / ' b e h i n d ( a d j . ) '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 120: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

109

5>. / t i i / ' p l a c e ; p l a c e , o f t h e o r d e r , w h ic h '

D e r i v e s a d j e c t i v e s f rom d e m o n s t r a t i v e s :

/ n i h / ' t h i s ' > / t i i - n i h / ' h e r e '

/ n u h / ' t h a t ' > / t i i - n u h / ' t h e r e '

D e r i v e s o r d i n a l n u m e ra l a d j e c t i v e s f rom n u m e r a l s and t h e

n o n - n u m e r i c a l q u a n t i f i e r / p o n m a a n / 'how many? '1 ( I | .2 l i2 ) :

/ p i i / . ' t w o ' > / t i i - p i i / ' s e c o n d '

/ s a a m - s e p « p r a r a / ' t h i r t y - f i v e '

> / t i i - s a a m - s e p - p r a m / ' t h e t h i r t y - f i f t h '

/ p o n m a a n / 'how many? ' » / t i i - p o n m a a n / 'hovj m a n y ' t h ? '<

D e r i v e s nouns f rom a c t i v e v e r b s and a d j e c t i v e s :

/ k o e p - c e t / . ' t o be i n t e r e s t i n g , p l e a s i n g '

> / t i i - k o a p - c a t / ' i t e m o f i n t e r e s t '

/ s n a e - h a a / ' t o love* > / t i i - s n a e - h a a / ' l o v e d o n e '

/ k o o r u p / ' t o r e s p e c t ' > / t i i - l c o o r u p / ' r e s p e c t e d o n e '

/ b o m p h o t / 'm o s t , l a s t ' > / t i i - b o m p h o t / ' t h e m o s t , l a s t '

i

6* / t a e / ' b u t , o n l y ; o n l y , s p e c i f i c a l l y *

D e r i v e s a u x i l i a r i e s f rom v e r b s , p r e p o s i t i o n s , and c o n j u n c t i o n s ;

/ c e h / ' t o know' > / c e h - t a e / ' a l w a y s '

/ t a e ^ / ' t o e s t a b l i s h ' > / t a e g - t a e / ' u s u a l l y '

/ n o w / ' t o r e m a i n ' > / n o w - t a e / ' s t i l l '

/ k r o a n / ' t o be e nough ' > / k r o a n - t a e / ' b a r e l y '

/ t o a p / ' t h e n ' > / t o e p - t a e / ' t o hav e j u s t '

/muk/ ' i n f r o n t of* > / m u k - t a e / ' p r o b a b l y , l i k e l y t o '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 121: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

110

3»32 C e n t e r e d compounds

C e n t e r e d compounds a r e compounds I n w hich t h e f i r s t

c o n s t i t u e n t i s t h e h e a d and a l l t h a t f o l l o w s , i s t h e a t t r i b u t e .

T h i s k i n d o f compounding i s f u l l y p r o d u c t i v e . A l l h e a d s o f

c e n t e r e d ' c o m p o u n d s a r e n o u n s , and t h e r e s u l t i n g compounds

a r e n o u n s , A t t r i b u t e s may b e :

V erb :

/ s a l a a / ’h a l l 1 + / r i o n / ’ t o s t u d y ’

> / s a l a a - r i o n / ’ s c h o o l ’

/ n e o q / ’ p e r s o n ’ + / l u o q / ’ t o s e l l ’

>' / n e o q - l u o q / ’ s a l e s m a n ’

Verb a n d o b j e c t :

/ p t e o h / ’h o u s e ’ + / l u o q / ’ t o s e l l ’ + / k a f e e / ‘ c o f f e e ’

> / p t e o h - l u o q - k a f o e / ’ c o f f e e s h o p ’

/ n e o q / ’ p e r s o n ’ + / t w o o / ’ t o m ake’ + / s r a e / ’ r i c e f i e l d ’

> / n e o q - t w o o - s r a e / ’ r i c e f a r m e r ’

C o o r d i n a t e v e r b compound and o b j e c t :

/ n e o q / ’ p e r s o n ’ + ( / b a o k / ’ t o d r i v e ’ + / b o o / ’ t o d r i v e ’ >)

/ b a o k - b o o / ‘ t o d r i v e ’ + / t a q s i i / ’ t a x i ’

> / n e o q b a e k -b o o t a q s i i / ’ t a x i - d r i v e r ’

Verb and c o o r d i n a t e noun compound o b j e c t :

/ p t e o h / ’h o u s e ’ + / k a t / ’ t o c u t 1 + ( / k h a o / ! ’ p a n t s ’ +

/ q a a w / ’ s h i r t ’ > ) / k h a o - q a a w / ’ c l o t h e s ’

> / p t e o h k a t k h a o - q a a w / ’ t a i l o r s h o p ’

/ n e o q / ’ p e r s o n ’ + ( / b a o k / ’ t o w a sh ’ + / q u t / ’ t o i r o n ’ >)

/ b a o k - q u t / ’ t o l a u n d e r ’ + / k h a o - q a a w /

> / n e o q b a o k - q u t k h a o - q a a w / ’ l a u n d r y m a n ’

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 122: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

1X1

Noun:

/ b o n t u p / ’ room 1 + / t & k / ' w a t e r 1

> / b o n t u p ~ t £ k / ' b a t h r o o m 1

/ r o t i h / ' c a r t ' + / k o o / ' o x ' > / r o t i h ~ k o o / ' o x c a r t '

C e r t a i n n ou n s o c c u r w i t h g r e a t f r e q u e n c y a s h e a d s o f

c e n t e r e d compounds. The m os t f r e q u e n t a r e l i s t e d below*

1 . / n e o q / ' p e r s o n , t h e one who'

/ s r a e / ' r i c e f i e l d ' > / n e e q - s r a e / ' f a r m e r *

/ t w o o - k a a / ' t o w ork ' > / n e o q - t w o o - k a a / 'w o r k e r '

/ t e e h s o c o o / ' t o u r i s m ' > / n e o q - t e e h s o c o o / ' t o u r i s t '

2 . / p t e o h / 'h o u s e * sho p '

/ s o m n a q / ' t o s t a y ' > / p t e e h - s o m n a q / ' h o t e l '

/ l u o q / ' t o s e l l * + / b a a y / ' r i c e '

> / p t e o h - l u o q ~ b a a y / ' r e s t a u r a n t '

/ c o n / ' C h i n e s e ' > / p t e o h - c o n / 'C h i n e s e s h o p '

3 . / p r o d a p / ' i n s t r u m e n t , t o o l '

/ s t u f l / ' t o m e a s u r e ' > / p r o d a p - s t u ^ ) / 'm e a s u r i n g d e v i c e 'f

/ b o o m / ' t o pump' + / k y o l / ' a i r '

> / p r o d a p - b o o m - k y o l / ' a i r pump'

/ t h o o t / ' t o e x t r a c t ' + / r u u p / ' p i c t u r e '

> / p r o d a p - t h o o t - r u u p / ' c a m e r a '

Ij., / k r i e f l / ' t o o l , m a c h in e , p r o v i s i o n '

/ c a q / 'w h e e l ' > / k r i o ^ - c a q / 'm o t o r , m a c h in e '

/ t a e g - t u o / ' t o d r e s s ' > / k r i e Q - t a e i a - t u o / ' c l o t h i n g '

/ k a e / ' t o r e p a i r ' > / k r i o : Q - k a e / ' t o o l s '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 123: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

112

5 . / b o n t u p / ‘ room, p l a c e w here '

/ t i k / 'v x a te r ' > / b o n t u p - t i k / ‘ bathroom*

/ s i e w - p h o w / ‘ b o o k ' > / b o n t u p - s i o w - p h o w / ' l i b r a r y *

/ tw o © / ' t o make' + / q a h a a / ' f o o d '

> / b o n t u p tw©Q q a h a a / ' k i t c h e n *

6 . / s a l a a / ' h a l l , room, s c h o o l '

/ r i o n / ' t o s tudy* > / s a l a a - r l e n , / ' s c h o o l*

/ c b a p / ‘ law* > / s a l a a - c b a p / ' l a w s c h o o l '

/ k a t - t o o h / ' t o j u d g e ' > / s a l a a - k a t - t o o h / ' c o u r t - h o u s e *

7 . / r o o g / ' h a l l , b u i l d i n g '

/ c a q / 'w h e e l ' > / r o o j g - c a q / ' f a c t o r y '

/ r o b a m / 'd a n ce * > / r o o i a - r o b a m / ' d a n c e - h a l l '

/ k © n / ' t o t h r e s h * + / s r o w / 'paddy*

/ ro o i3 ~ k 9 n ~ s r9 w / ' r i c e m i l l '

8 . / w i c c e o / ' s c i e n c e , p r o f e s s i o n '

/ l e e k / 'n u m b e r s ' > / w i c c e Q - l e e k / ' a r i t h m e t i c '

/ p e e t / ' d o c t o r ' > / w i c c e a - p e e t / ' m e d i c a l s c i e n c e *

/ k r u u / ' t e a c h e r ' > / w & c c e a - k r u u / ' p e d a g o g y '

9 . / w i t h i i / ' p r o c e d u r e , cerem ony '

/ b o n / 'g o o d w o r k s ' > / w i t h i i - b o n / ' c e r e m o n y o f m e r i t*

/ k a a / ' t o m a r r y ' > / w i t h i i - k a a / ' m a r r i a g e ce rem ony '

/ b u o h / ' t o e n t e r t h e p r i e s t h o o d '

> / w i t h i i - b u o h / ' o r d i n a t i o n '

1 0 . / t i k / ' j u i c e , l i q u i d , water* .

/ t a e / ' t e a ( p l a n t ) ' > / t i k - t a e / ' t e a ( b e v e r a g e ) '

/ t r o y / ' f i s h ' > / t - i k - t r o y / ' f i s h sauce*

/ k r o o c / ' o r a n g e ' > / t & k - k r o o c / ' o r a n g e j u i c e '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 124: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

1 1 3

1 1 . / t g a y / ' d a y , sun*

/ p r & k / 'm o r n i n g ' > / t ^ j a y - p r i k / 'm orn ing*

/ t r o j j / ' t o bo s t r a i g h t ' > / t i j a y - t r o g / ' n o o n '

/ l g i o c / ' a f t e r n o o n ' > / t i Q a y - l i g i o c / ' a f t e r n o o n '

1 2 . / s a c / 'meat*

/ k o o / ' ox*

/ m o o n / ' c h i c k e n '

/ c r u u k / ' p i g *

1 3 . / p o o / ' c o l o r , a s p e c t '

/ k h i o w / ' t o be b l u e '

/ k r o h o o m / ' t o be r e d '

II4.. / t i i / ' p l a c e '

/ k r o g / ' c i t y '

/ s o i n n a a p / ' s e e d l i n g '

> / s a c - k o o / ' b e e f '

> / s a e - m o o n / ' c h i c k e n ( m e a t ) 1

> / s a c - o r u u k / ' p o r k '

> / p o o - k h i o w / ' b l u e '

> . / p o o - k r o h o o m / ' r e d '

> / t i i - k r o j j / ' c i t y '

> / t i i - s o m n a a p / ' s e e d - b e d '

15>. / c i i / ' a n c e s t o r , r e l a t i v e '

/ d o o n / ' o l d l a d y ' > / c l i - d o o n / ' g r a n d m o t h e r '

/ t a a / ' o l d m a n ' > / c i i - t a a / ' g r a n d f a t h e r '

/ m u o y / ' o n e ' > / c i i - d o o n - m u o y / ' f i r s t c o u s i n '

1 6 , / m c a h / ' m a s t e r , p r o p r i e t o r '

/ p t e o h / ' h o u s e ' > / m c a h - p t o o h / ' h e a d o f t h e h o u s e '

/ t l a y / ' t o be v a l u a b l e * > / m c a h - t l a y / 'g o o d f r i e n d 1

1 7 , / m e e / ' f e m a l e ( p e j o r a t i v e i f u s e d w i t h humans)'

/ m o o n / ' c h i c k e n ' > /m e e -m o o n / ' h e n '

/d o m r 'o y / ' e l e p h a n t ' > / m e e - d o m r o y / ' f e m a l e e l e p h a n t 1

/ k a o w / ( p r o p e r name' > /m e e - k a o w / ' l i t t l e Miss Kaow* r

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 125: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

lllj.

> / m e e ~ k a a / ’ b o s s , f o r e m a n ’

> / rae e -k h u m / ’ d i s t r i c t c h i e f ’

/ c a p / ’ t h i e f ’ > / m e e - e a o / ' l e a d e r o f a band o f t h i e v e s ’

1 9 . / m e e / ’p o i n t , l e s s o n , c h a r a c t e r '

/ s o o t / ’ t o r e c i t e ' > / m o e - s o o t / ’ r e c i t a t i o n ’

/ k o o / 'name o f t h e l e t t e r ’ ’ lc’ ’ '

> / m e e - k o o / ’ t h e l e t t e r ’ ’ k ' ' •

3 . 3 3 C o o r d i n a t e compounds

A c o o r d i n a t e compound i s any lexem e composed o f two

c o n s t i t u e n t s o f s i m i l a r o r i d e n t i c a l moaning s u c h t h a t

e i t h e r c o n s t i t u e n t can s u b s t i t u t e s y n t a c t i c a l l y f o r t h e

w h o le . The c o n s t i t u e n t s may be*

1 . Nouns:

/ k o o / ’ o x ’ + / k r o b o y / ' w a t e r b u f f a l o ’

> / k o o - k r o b s y / ' l i v e s t o c k '

/ q o w p u k / ’ f a t h e r ’ + / m d a a y / ’ m o t h e r ’

> /q o w p u k -m d aa y / ' p a r e n t s ’

/ d o m r e h / ' k n o w le d g e ' + / w i c c e © / ' s c i e n c e '

> / d o m r e h - w i c c o o / 'k n o iy led g e , a b i l i t y '

2 . V e r b s :

/ s o k / ' t o be h a p p y ' + / s o p b a a y / ' t o be w e l l , h a p p y '

> / s o k - s o p b a a y / ' t o be w e l l and h ap p y '

/ p i i n i t / ' t o examine* + / m o o l / ' t o l o o k a t '

> / p i i n & t - m o o l / ' t o s u p e r v i s e ’

1 8 . / m e e / ' h e a d , c h i e f '

/ k a a / 'w o r k '

/ k h u m / ' d i s t r i c t '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 126: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

/ c u © p / ' t o m o o t 1 + / p r o t e e h / ' t o m ee t by a c c i d e n t '

> / c u o p - p r o t e o h . / ' t o m e e t '

3 . A d j e c t i v e s *

/ n i k / ' q u i c k l y ' + / n o o p / ' q u i c k l y '

> / n i k - n o o p / ' q u i c k l y , f r e q u e n t l y '

/ r u o c / ' a l r e a d y ' + / s r a c / ' c o m p l e t e l y ' + / h a o y / ' a l r e a d y

> / r u o c - h a o y / ' a l r e a d y '

> / s r a c - h a o y / ' a l r e a d y '

> / r u o c - s r a c - h a o y / ' a l r e a d y '

1̂ .. P r e p o s i t i o n s :

/ k r u p / . ' a l l ' + / s o p / ' e v e r y '

> / k r u p - s o p / , / s o p - k r u p / ' e v e r y , e v e r y one o f

/ c e a - m u o y / ' w i t h ' + / n i g / ' w i t h '

> / c e o - m u o y - n i g / ' w i t h , t o g e t h e r w i t h '

/ t o o g / ' a l l , i n c l u d i n g 1 + / q o h / ' c o m p l e t e l y , a l l o f

> / t o o g - q o h / ' a l l o f

5* C o n ju n c t io n s *

/ h a o y / ' w i t h ' + / n i g / ' w i t h ' > / l i a e y - n i g / ' a n d '

6 , N um era ls :

/ p i i / ' t w o ' + / b o y / ' t h r e e ' > / p i i - b o y / ' t w o o r t h r e e ’

3*3U- U n c e n t e r e d compounds

U n c e n t e r e d compounds a r e compounds i n w hich no c o n ­

s t i t u e n t can bo i d e n t i f i e d as t h e h e a d . Such compounds

u s u a l l y f o l l o w n o rm a l s y n t a c t i c o r d e r , b u t a r e marked as

compounds by t h e i r c o n s i s t e n t c o - o c c u r r e n c e w i t h a u n i t a r y

m ean in g , and by t h e o c c u r r e n c e o f s e c o n d a r y r a t h e r th a n

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 127: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

116

p r i m a r y s t r e s s on t h e f i r s t c o n s t i t u e n t , a s w e l l a s by t h e

o c c u r r e n c e o f t y p i c a l compounding j u n c t u r e be tw een c o n ­

s t i t u e n t s ( / - / ) • U n c e n to r e d compounds may b e :

1 . V e rb s :

/ n a r a / ‘ t o e a t ’ + / b a a y / ‘ r i c e ’

> / n a m - b a a y / ' t o have a m e a l 1

/ t w o o / ' t o make, do ' + / k a a / 'w o r k '

> / t w o o - k a a / ' t o work*

/ q o o / ' t o be h a p p y ' + / k u n / ' m e r i t '

- > / q o o - k u n / ' t h a n k ( y o u ) 1

2 . Nouns i

/ s r a o r a / ' t o e n v e l o p ' + / s o m b o t / ' l e t t e r '

> / s r a o m - s o m b o t / ' a n e n v e l o p e '

/ s r a o m / ' t o e n v e l o p ' + / c a o q / ' f o o t '

> / s r a o m - c 9 9 ) o / ' s o c k s '

3 . A d v e r b i a l s :

/ b a o / ' i f + /qoncQio/ ' t h e r e f o r e '

> / b a 9 - q o n c 9 io / ' i n t h a t case*

/ p i i / ' f r o m ' + / d a o m / ' o r i g i n '

> / p i i - d a e m / ' o r i g i n a l l y , i n f o r m e r t i m e s ’

/ s o p / ' e v e r y ' + / t f l a y / ' d a y '

> / s o p - t ^ a y / - / s o p - g a y / ' e V e r y day , t h e s e d a y s '

Ij., A d j e c t i v a l v e r b s :

/ d o o c / ' l i k e ' + / k n e o / ' t o g e t h e r '

> / d o o c - k n o o / ' t o be s i m i l a r ’

/ c i t / ' n e a r ' + / k n e e / - ' t o g e t h e r '

> / c i t + k n e e / ' t o be c l o s e t o g e t h e r '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 128: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

117

3*35> A p p o s i t i v e compounds

A p p o s i t i v e compounds a r e noun compounds whose f i r s t i

c o n s t i t u e n t i s a k i n s h i p t e r m o r t i t l e , a n d whose s e c o n d

c o n s t i t u e n t i s a s p e c i f i c i d e n t i f y i n g n ou n ;

/ k o o n / ' o f f s p r i n g ’ + / p r o h / 'm a l e '

> / k o o n - p r o h / ' son*

/ n e e q / ’ g e n e r a l t i t l e ’ + / s r o y / ’ a f e m a l e ’

> / n e e q - s r e y / ’madam’

/ l o o k / ' r e s p e c t f u l t i t l e ' + / k r u u / ’ t e a c h e r '

- > / l o o k - k r u u / ’ t e a c h e r 1

Such compounds o c c u r a s compound t i t l e s i n a p p o s i t i v e

c o n s t r u c t i o n w i t h p r o p e r nam es , e . g . :

/ n e e q - s r e y k a e w / (madam Kaew) ’Madam Kaew'

/ l o o l c - k r u u c h o o q / ( t e a c h e r Chang) ’ T e a c h e r Chang’

>3 . 3 6 A s y n t a c t l c compounds

A s y n t a c t i c compounds a r e compounds whose c o n s t i t u e n t s

do n o t comform t o t h e n o r m a l s y n t a c t i c o r d e r o f t h e form /

c l a s s e s i n t h e l a n g u a g e . Such compounds a r e nou n s whose

f i r s t c o n s t i t u e n t i s a q u a l i t a t i v e s p e c i f i e r (k*2 2 1 1 ) and

whose s e co n d c o n s t i t u e n t i s a n o un , e . g . :

/ d a e m / ' s p e c i f i e r f o r l o n g s l e n d e r o b j e c t s , t r e e s ’ +

/ c h e e / 'wood* > / d a o m - c h s o / ' t r e e '

/ p l a e / ' s p e c i f i e r f o r f r u i t s and v e g e t a b l e s ' +

/ s w a a y / 'mango' > / p l a e - s w a a y / ’mango f r u i t ’

/ k r o e p / ' s p e c i f i e r f o r s e e d , g r a i n s , e t c . ’ +

/ k a m p l e e g / ' g u n ' > / k r o o p - k a m p l s e g / ' b u l l e t '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 129: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

118

I n s y n t a c t i c c o n s t r u c t i o n s , t h e above s p e c i f i e r s a lw ays

f o l l o w n u m e r a l s . The compounds i n which t h e y p a r t i c i p a t e ,

h o w e v e r , p r e c e d e n u m e r a l s and s p e c i f y i n g p h r a s e s , e . g . s .

/ d a e ra -c h o o p i i daom/

t r e e two l o n g - s l e n d e r - o b j e c t s

1 two t r e e s '

3*37 I d i o m a t i c compounds

I d i o m a t i c compounds a r e compounds whose m ean in gs

• c a n n o t be d e t e r m i n e d f rom t h e m ean in g s o f t h e i r c o n s t i t u e n t s

a s f r e e l e x e m e s . Such compounds may b e :

V e rb s :

/ c o o l / ‘ t o e n t e r 1 + / c o t / ' h e a r t , m ind '

> / c o o l - c o t / ' t o l i k e , u n d e r s t a n d 1

/ t r o w / ' t o hav e t o ' + / k a a / 'w o rk '

.> / t r e w - k a a / ' t o w a n t , n e e d '

/ t o t u o l / ' t o r e c e i v e ' + / t e o n / ' g i f t '

> / t o t u o l - t e o n / ' t o e a t ( e l e g a n t ) '

/ s i i / ' t o e a t ' + / k a a / 'w o r k , a f f a i r '

> / s i i - k a a / ' t o a t t e n d a v tedding '

Nouns*

/ b a a y / ' r i c e ' + / q o o / ! t o be h a p p y '

> / b a a y - q o o / ' c e m e n t , m o r t a r '

/ k o o n / ' c h i l d ' + / s a o / ' l o c k ' > / k o o n - s a o / ' k e y '

/ b o o q - p q o o n / ' s i b l i n g s ' + / b o ^ k a o t / ' t o g i v e b i r t h t o '

> / b o o g - p q o o n b o ^ k a o t / ' f u l l s i b l i n g s '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 130: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

119

/ t £ k / ' w a t e r 1 + /km aw / ' t o be b lack*

> / t& k -k m aw / ' ink'**-

3 .3 8 N u m e r ic a l compounds

N u m e r ic a l compounding i s t r e a t e d i s s e c t i o n Ii-.2 I4.I

(N u m e r ic a l q u a n t i f i e r s ) .

1 . The o c c u r r e n c e o f / t i k - k m a w lcrohoom/ ' r e d i n k ' i n d i c a t e s t h a t t h i s i s an i d i o m a t i c compound.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 131: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

120

' 3.1+ P seu do - compounds

P s e u d o -c o m p o u n d s•a r e complex l ex e m e s w h ich a r e n o t

composed e n t i r e l y o f f r e e f o rm s . F o r e x am ple , / q a n u q -

p h e a r i y e o / ’m ino r w i f e ’ i s composed o f t h e bound a t t r i b u t e

/ q a n u q - / ’ s e c o n d , j u n i o r ’ and / p h e e r i y e o / ’ w i f e ( e l o q u e n t ) ’ .

Such form s a r e f u r t h e r marked as compounds by t h e a s y n t a c t i c

p o s i t i o n o f t h e a t t r i b u t e , w h ich i n s y n t a c t i c c o n s t r u c t i o n s

f o l l o w s r a t h e r t h a n p r e c e d e s t h e h e a d , a s i n / p r o p u o n t o o c /

(w i f e l i t t l e ) ’m in o r w i f e ’ . Some form s w h ich o c c u r a s f r e e

le x e m e s h a v e s p e c i a l co m b in in g forms i n p seu d o -co m p o u n d s , e . g .

t h e form s / p u e l l o r o o t / ’ c i t i z e n s 1, / r o e t t h a a p h i b a a l / ’ g o v e r n ­

m e n t ’ , and / r o e t t h a q - t h o e m m a n u n / ’ c o n s t i t u t i o n ’ a l l c o n t a i n

t h e morpheme / r o o t / ’ s t a t e ’ w h ich o c c u r s as a f r e e lexem e1i n i t s own r i g h t .

F o l l o w i n g i s a l i s t o f morphemes w h ich r e c u r w i t h

r e l a t i v e f r e q u e n c y a s c o n s t i t u e n t s o f p seudo-com pounds ,

3.1+1 The f o l l o w i n g c o n s t i t u e n t s a r e a lw a y s bound?

1 . / m o h a a - / ~ / r a o h a a - / ‘ b i g , i m p o r t a n t , e x t r e m e l y ’

/ s o m o t / ’ s e a ’ > / m o h a a - s o m o t / ’ o c e a n ’

/ w & t t y a a l a y / ’ c o l l e g e ’ > / m o h a a - w & t t y a a l a y / ’u n i v e r s i t y *

/ k h o o c / ’w i c k e d ’ > / m o h a a - k h o o c / ’ r o t t e n t o t h e c o r e ’

1 . The m a j o r i t y o f t h e c o n s t i t u e n t s o f pseudo-com pounds a r e b o r ro w e d from P a l i and S a n s k r i t s o u r c e s , and a r e n o t g e n e r ­a l l y p r o d t i c t i v e i n t h e spoken l a n g u a g e . W hether t h e s e form s a r e s i m p l e o r com plex i n t h e mind o f t h e s p e a k e r depends on h i s d e g r e e o f l i t e r a r y s o p h i s t i c a t i o n , so t h a t p se u do -com ­pounds m ig h t be s a i d t o c o n s t i t u t e a d e r i v a t i o n a l s u b - s y s t e m f o r t h e e d u c a t e d s p e a k e r .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 132: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

121

2 . / q o t d o i n - / ’h i g h , e x c e l l e n t ’

/ w i c c e e / ’ s t u d y ’ > / q o t d o m - w ^ c c e e / ' h i g h e r s t u d i e s '

/ r a u e n t r s y / ' m i n i s t e r ' > / q o t d o r a - m u e n t r e y / ' h i g h o f f i c i a l '

/ p o e t / ' l i f e , e x i s t e n c e > / q o t d o m - c e e t / ' h i g h l i n e a g e '

3 . / c a w - / ' l o r d , m a s te r '^ "

/ q a t h i k a a / ' c h i e f ' . . > / c a w - q a t h i k a a / ' h e a d monk, a b b o t '

> / c a w - k r o m / ' j u d g e '

> / c a w - w a a y / ' g o v e r n o r , - a d m i n i s t r a t o r '

J| . / q a n u q - / ~ / q a n u - / ' s e c o n d , f o l l o w i n g , j u n i o r '

/ w & t t y a a l a y / ' c o l l e g e * > / q a n u q - w i t t y a a l a y / ' s e c o n d a r y

s c h o o l '

/ p h e e r i y e o / ' w i f e ' > / q a n u q - p h e o r i y e e / 'm in o r w i f e '

/ s e n a a n e y / ' m i l i t a r y o f f i c e r ' > / q a n u q - s e n a a n e y /

' j u n i o r o f f i c e r '

/ s Q h a q - / ' u n i t e d , a g r e e d , i n ha rm ony '

/ - k o o / ' p e r s o n n e l ' > / s e h a q l c o o / ' a c o o p e r a t i v e '

/ r o o t / ’ s t a t e ’ > / s e h a q - r o o t / ’u n i t e d s t a t e s , u n i o n '

/ - k a m / ' a ' c t i o n ' > / s a h a q k a m / ' c o o p e r a t i o n '«

6 . / t r o y - / ' t h r e e *

/ k a o n / ' a n g l e ' > / t r e y - l c a o n / ' t r i a n g l e '

/ c a q k r e y e o n / 'w h e e l e d v e h i c l e ' > / t r o y - c a q k r o y e o n /

' b i c y c l e '

/ - m e o h / 'm o n th ' > / t r o y - m e o h / ' t r i m e s t e r '

7* / t r a y - / ' t h r e e '

/ - b e y d o q / ' b o o k ' > / t r a y - b e y d o q / ' t h e T r i p i t a k a '

1 , Not t o be c o n f u s e d w i t h / c a w / ' g r a n d c h i l d ' .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 133: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

122

/ c i y w o o / M o n k s ' g a r m e n t s ’ > / t r a y - c ^ y w o o / ’ t h e t h r o e

g a r m e n t s o f a monk’

/ - r o o t / ’ t r e a s u r e ’ > / t r a y - r o e t / ’ t h e t h r e e j e w e l s o f

Buddhism1

8 . / b o p p e o q - / « / b o p p o - / „ / b o p - / ’ f i r s t , p r e c e d i n g ’

/ k o t h a a / ’v e r s e , s t o r y ’ > / b o p p e o q - k o t h a a / ’ p r e a m b l e ’

/ r k a m / / ’ c o n d u c t ’ > / b o p p o k a m / ’ p r e v i o u s c o n d u c t ’

/ b o t / ’ w ord , s t a n z a ’ > / b o p - b o t / ’ p r e f i x ’

9 * / q a q k e o q - / - / q a k e o q - / ’ f i r s t , su p re m e ’

/ r e o c c o t u u t / ’ r o y a l m i s s i o n ’ > / q a q k e o q - r e o c c o t u u t /

’ i m p o r t a n t em bassy ’

/moheesoy/* ’ q u e e n ’ > / q a k e o q - m o h e e s o y / ’ f i r s t q u e e n ’

1 0 , / q a t e q - / ’ e x c e s s i v e , e x t r e m e ’«

/ - p a r o m a a / ’ e x c e l l e n t ’ > / q a t e q - p a r o m a a / ’ o f h i g h e s t

q u a l i t y ’ .

/ p e o q / ’word , s p e e c h ’ > / q a t e q - p e o q / ’h y p e r b o l e ’

1 1 , / b o o c e n 4 y - / ’ p r a i s e w o r t h y ’t

/ w o o t t h o q / ‘ a r t i c l e ’ > / b o o c e n & y - w o e t t h o q / ’ s a c r e d

o b j e c t , t e m p l e ’

/ s t h a a n / ’ p l a c e ’ > / b o o c o n a y - s t h a a n / ‘ s a c r e d s i t e ,

monument’

1 2 , / q a p h i q - / - / q a p h i - / ’ v e r y , g r e a t ’

/ i d i e o t / ’m u r d e r ’ > / q a p h i q - k h e o t / ’m a s s a c r e ’

/ m u k / ’h e a d , c h i e f ’ > / q a p h i m u k / ’ g r e a t l e a d e r ’

1 3 , / q a t h i q - / - / q a t h i - / ’ g r e a t , h i g h ’

/ k a a / ’ w o rk ’ > / q a t h i k a a / ’ i m p o r t a n t a f f a i r s , c h i e f ’

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 134: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

123

Ilf., / q a t t i i a q - / ~ / q a t t h a - / ~ / q a t t h e - / ' s u b j e c t , p u r p o s e '

/ k e t h a a / ' s t o r y ' > / q a t t h a q - k a t h a a / ' s p e e c h , l e c t u r e '

/ - a t h i b a a y / ' t o e x p l a i n ' > / q a t t h a a t h i b a a y / ' t o

e l u c i d a t e '

/ b o t / ' s t a n z a ' > / q a t t h e b o t / ' l e s s o n '

1 5 . / k a m - / ~ / k a m m a - / ' a c t i o n , c o n d u c t '

/ - k o o / ' p e r s o n n e l * > /kam m akoo/ 'w o r k e r , c o o l i e ’

/ w i t h i i / 'm e th o d , ce rem ony ' > / k a m - w i t h i i / ' p r o c e d u r e ,

a b i l i t y '

/ k a q s i - / ' a g r i c u l t u r e * > / k a q s i k a m / ' f a r m i n g '

1 6 . / m o n o o - / ' h e a r t , m ind '

/ - k a m / ' a c t i o n ' > /monookam/ ' t h o u g h t , f e e l i n g *

> /m onoorum / ' p l e a s i n g '

> / m o n o o - s a n c e e t t e n a a / ' f e e l i n g ,

s e n t i m e n t '

1 7 . / - c o o / ' t r a v e l , movement*

/ n e a w e a / ' b o a t* > / n e a w e a c o o / 'm a r i n e t r a v e l '

/ t e a h s a n a a - / ' t o o b s e r v e ' > / t e a h s a n a a c o o / ' t o u r i s m ,

s i g h t - s e e i n g '

> / c a r a a c o o / ' a u t o m o b i l e t r a f f i c '

1 8 . / - l a y / ' p l a c e '

/ w i t t y a a / ' k n o w le d g e ' > / w i t t y a a l a y / ' s c h o o l '

/ p a n n a a - / ' b o o k ' > / p a n n a a l a y / ' l i b r a r y '

/ s u k ( k h a a ) - / ' t o be p l e a s a n t ' > / s u k k h a a l a y / ' r e s o r t '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 135: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

12k

1 9 . / - p h e o p / ’ s t a t e o f , c o n d i t i o n o f

/ s e e r e y / ’ t o be f r e e ’ > / s e e r e y - p h e e p / ’ f r e e d o m ’

/ W i b o l / ’ t o be p r o s p e r o u s ’ > / w i b o l - p h e e p / ’ p r o s p e r i t y ’

/ m & t ( t o - ) / ’ f r i e n d ' > / m i t t e p h e e p / ' f r i e n d s h i p '

2 0 . / - s a a h / ’ t h e s t u d y o f , t h e s c i e n c e o f

/ p r o w o e t ( t e - ) / ’h i s t o r y ' > / p r o w o e t t e s a a h / ' t h e s t u d y

o f h i s t o r y *

/ q a q s o o / ' l e t t e r , w r i t i n g ’ > / q a q s o o s a a h / ’ l i t e r a t u r e , '

l e t t e r s ’

/ p h u u m ( i - ) / ’ l a n d , r e g i o n ’ > / p h u u m i s a a h / ’ g e o g r a p h y ’

2 1 . / t h a a n / ’p l a c e , e s t a b l i s h m e n t ’

/ p r e y s e n i i / ’m a i l ’ > / p r e y s e n i i t h a a n / ’ p o s t - o f f i c e ’

/ k i l e e n ( n e - ) / ’ a s i c k p e r s o n ’ > / k i l e e n n e t h a a n /

’ i n f i r m a r y ’

/ p h o o c e n i i / ’ f o o d ’ > / p h o o c e n i i t h a a n / ’ r e s t a u r a n t ’

2 2 . / - k o o / ’ p e r s o n n e l ’

/ k h e e t ( t e - ) / ’m u r d e r ’ > / k h e e t t e k o o / ’m u r d e r e r ’

/ s e n a a / ’ s o l d i e r ’ > / s e n a a k o o / ’m i l i t a r y p e r s o n n e l ’

/ k a m ( m e - ) / ’ a c t i o n ’ > /kam m ekoo/ ’w o r k e r , c o o l i e ’

2 3 . / - k a a / ’ work , a c t i v i t y ’

/ k a m ( m e - ) / ’ a c t i o n ’ > / k a m m e k a a / •’ a c t i v i t y ’

/ k h o o s e n a a / ’ t o p u b l i c i z e ’ > / k h o o s e n a a k a a / ’ a d v e r t i s i n g ’

/ t e e h s e n a a - / ’ t o o b s e r v e ’ > / t o e h s e n a a k a a / ’ o b s e r v a t i o n ’

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 136: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

12$

3 . ^ 2 The f o l l o w i n g c o n s t i t u e n t s h a v e a l l o m o r p h s w h ic h o c c u r

a l s o as f r e e lexemes*

1 . / r e o c / « . / r e e c c e - / « / r e 9c e 9/ ’ k ingdom , r e i g n j r o y a l ’

/wu©33/ / ’ f a m i l y , c i r c l e ’ > / r e s c c e w u o i a / ’ r o y a l f a m i l y ’

/ - t h i p p e d e y / ' p o w e r ' > / r e e c e 9t h i p p e d s y / ’m o n a rc h y 1’

/ q a e k ( k a - ) / ' p r i m e , su p re m e ' > / q a e k k e r e o c / ' i n d e p e n d e n c e '

2 . / v o Q t / ~ / r o Q t t h a . - / ~ / r o Q t t h & q - / ' p o l i t i c a l s t a t e '

/ m u e n t r s y / 'm a n d a r i n ' > / r o a t - m u e n t r e y / - ' m i n s i t e r o f

s t a t e '

/ - a p h i b a a l / ' t o g o v e r n ' > / r o s t t h a a p h i b a a l / ' g o v e r n m e n t '

/ p u e K l e - ) / ' p e o p l e ' > / p u e l l o r o e t / ' c i t i z e n r y '

3 . / q a e k ( k a - ) / ' p r i m e , s i n g l e , su p re m e '

/ s o n t h a a n / ' k i n d , c l a s s ' > / q a e k - s o n t h a a n / ' f i r s t c l a s s '

/ s a q / ' g r a d e , e r a ' > / q a e k k e s a q / ' f i r s t 1 2 - y e a r c y c l e ’

/ c u o n / ' c i t i z e n ' > / q a e k k e c u s n / ' p r i v a t e s e c t o r '

I4.. / p u t ( t o - ) / ' t h e Buddha '#

/ p r e o h - / ' s a c r e d '

/ r u u p / 1 i m a g e ; fo r m ’

/ s a h s n a a / ' r e l i g i o n '

£• / q o r ) ( k e - ) / ' b o d y , o r g a n '

/ k a a / ' a f f a i r s ' > / q o g k a a / ' o r g a n i z a t i o n '

/ c e © t / ' l i f e ' > / q o Q k o c e o t / ' s e x u a l o r g a n s '

/ p r e s h - / ' s a c r e d ' > / p r e e h - q o iq/ ' s a c r e d body '

> / p r e s h - p u t / ' t h e Buddha'

> / p u t t o r u u p / 'Buddha image '

> / p u t t s s a h s n a a / 'B uddh ism '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 137: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

126

6 . / s o a n a a / ~ / s e n a a / « / s e n a - / ' m i l i t a r y , s o l d i e r s '

/ - k a m / ' c o n d u c t * > / s e n a a k a m / ' m i l i t a r y a f f a i r s *

/ - a t h i k a a / ' c h i e f > / s e n a a t h i k a a / ' m i l i t a r y commander'

/ - a n u p u s n / ' a t t a c h e ' > / s e n a a n u p u o n / ' m i l i t a r y a t t a c h e '

7 . / p r o c e © / ' p e o p l e '

/ c u © n / ' c i t i z e n ' > / p r o c e s c u a n / ' p o p u l a c e '

/ c e s t / ' e s s e n c e ' > / p r o c e e c 6 © t / ' r a c e , n a t i o n a l i t y '

/ - t h 4 p p © t a y / ' a u to n o m y ' > / p r o c e © t h l p p © t a y / 'democracy*

8 . / y u w e s q / ~ / y u u w & - / 'y o u n g p e r s o n '

/ c u © n / ' c i t i z e n ' > /yuuw © cuen / 'y o u n g p e o p l e '

/ c a q r i y a a / ' c o n d u c t ' > / y u w e © q - c a q r i y a a / ' y o u t h t r a i n i n g '

/ - p h e © p / ' s t a t e o f > / y u u w e p h e e p / ' y o u t h '«

9. / y u t ( t h 9 - ) / ~ / y u t t h e o q - / ' b a t t l e '

/ p r o - / ' r e c i p r o c i t y ' > / p r o y u t / ' t o f i g h t '

/ p h u u m / ' a r e a ' > / y u t t h e o q - p h u u m / ' b a t t l e f i e l d '

/ - s a a h / ' s c i e n c e o f ■ > / y u t t h e s a a h / ' m i l i t a r y s c i e n c e '/

1 0 . / y u s n ( t © - ) / ~ / y u a n t a q - / 'm o t o r , machine*

/ - h o h / ' t o f l y ' > / y u o n - h o h / ' a i r p l a n e '

/ - k a m / ' a c t i o n ' > / y u e n t o k a m / 'm e c h a n i c s ( p r o f e s s i o n ) '

/w 4 c c e © / ' s c i e n c e ' > / y u s n t a q - w i c c e e / ' m e c h a n i c s ( s c i e n c e ) '

11 . / y e © n ( © - ) / ' v e h i c l e '

/ m o h a a - / ' g r e a t ' > /m o h a a y o o n / ' g r e a t v e h i c l e '

/ t h a a n / ' p l a c e ' > / y e o n e t h a a n / ' g a r a g e , h a n g a r '

/ q a k a a h ( s 9 - ) / ' a i r ' > / q a k a a h s o y e a n / ' a i r p l a n e '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 138: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

127

1 2 . / s a p ( p o - ) / 'w o rd , speech*

/ r e © c c © - / ' r o y a l ' > / r e © c c © s a p / ' r o y a l v o c a b u l a r y '

/ k e q r i y a a / ' a c t i o n ' . > / k e q r i y a a - s a p / ' v e r b '

/ n e s m / 'name* > / s a p p e n e o m / ' p r o n o u n '

1 3 . / t u u t / ' d i p l o m a t i c m i s s i o n , embassy '

/ l e e k h a a / ' s e c r e t a r y 1 > / l e e k h a a t u u t / ' d i p l o m a t i c

s e c r e t a r y '

/ r e e c c e - / ' r o y a l ' > / r e © c c © t u u t / ' r o y a l m i s s i o n '

/ s t h a a n / ' p l a c e ' > / s t h a a n - t u u t / ' e m b a s s y '

11+. / p h u u r a ( i - ) / ' l a n d , r e g i o n ’

/ p h e e q / ' p a r t ' > / p h u u m i p h e e q / ' r e g i o n *

/ - s a a h / ' s t u d y o f > / p h u u m i s a a h / ' g e o g r a p h y '

/ y u t t © * / ' . b a t t l e ' > / y u t t a p h u u m / ' b a t t l e f i e l d '

lj?. / k u n ( n © - ) / ' q u a l i t y , m e r i t '

/ q a t h i - / ' h i g h , g r e a t ' > / q a t h i k u n / ' m e r i t o r i o u s '

/ s a p / 'w o rd ' > / k u n n o s a p / ' a d j e c t i v e 't

/ - p h e a p / ' s t a t e o f ' > /kunn©phe©p/ ' q u a l i t y '

16. / s t h a a n / ' p l a c e , e s t a b l i s h m e n t '

/ k r i h / ' f o u n d a t i o n , s i t e ' > / k r i h - s t h a a n / ' b u i l d i n g ,

s i t e '

/ t u u t / ' d i p l o m a t i c m i s s i o n ' > / s t h a a n - t u u t / ' e m b a s s y '

1 7 . / k © c / ' d u t y , b u s i n e s s '

/ k a a / 'w o rk ' > / k © c - k a a / ' d u t i e s , a f f a i r s '

/ t e s h s e n a a - / ' t o o b s e r v e ' > / t e © h s © n a a k © c / ' i n v e s t i g a t i o n '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 139: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

128

/ s e e t t © - / ‘m o n e t a r y ’

1 8 . / p u © l ( l © - ) / ' p e o p le *

/ r o © t / ' s t a t e '

/ p r o c e © / 'p e o p le *

1 9 . / s a h s n a a / ' r e l i g i o n '

/ l r r & h - / ' C h r i s t '

/ p u t t © - / 'B u d dh a '

2 0 . / s a q k o r a a c / ' e r a ,

/ k r i h - / 'C h r i s t *

/ p u t t © - / 'B u d d h a '

2 1 . / s a q / ' g r a d e , e r a ’

/ q a e k k © - / ' s i n g l e '

/ p a n c a - / ' f i v e '

2 2 .

/ r u k k h © - / ' p l a n t , t r e e '

> / s e e t s k s o / ' e c o n o m i c s '

> / p u o l l e r o s t / ' c i t i z e n r y *

> / p r o c e © p u e l / ' p o p u l a c e '

> / k r i h - s a h s n a a / ' C h r i s t i a n i t y '

> / p u t t © s a h s n a a / 'B uddh ism '

c e n t u r y '

> / k r a h - s a q k e r a a c / ' C h r i s t i a n Era*

> / p u t t o s a q k s r a a c / 'B u d d h i s t E r a '

> / q a e k k © s a q / ' e q u a l i n r a n k '

> / p a n c a s a q / ' f i f t h 1 2 - y e a r c y c l e '

/ c e © t / ' l i f e , e s s e n c e ' •

/ thoam m © -/ ' c a u s a t i o n , dharma ' > / t h o a m m e c e e t / ' n a t u r e *

> / r u k k h © c e © t / ' v e g e t a t i o n '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 140: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

129

3 . 5 R e d u p l i c a t i v e s

A r e d u p l i c a t i v e i s any lexem e whose c o n s t i t u e n t s a r e

s i m i l a r o r i d e n t i c a l i n shape and m ea n in g . R e d u p l i c a t i v e s

may b e composed o f

1 ) two o r more bound c o n s t i t u e n t s

2 ) a f r e e c o n s t i t u e n t f o l l o w e d by a bound c o n s t i t u e n t

3 ) a bound c o n s t i t u e n t f o l l o w e d by a f r e e c o n s t i t u e n t

I4.) two f r e e c o n s t i t u e n t s

I n r e d u p l i c a t i v e s c o n s i s t i n g o f two o r more' bound f o r m s ,

t h e f i r s t fo rm i s c o n s i d e r e d t h e b a s e and t h e f o l l o w i n g

form o r fo rm s a r e c o n s i d e r e d i t s r e d u p l i c a t i o n s . I n r e d u p l i -

• c a t i v e s c o n t a i n i n g one f r e e fo rm , t h e f r e e form i s c o n s i d e r e d

t h e b a s e , w h e t h e r i t p r e c e d e s o r f o l l o w s i t s r e d u p l i c a t i o n .

R e d u p l i c a t i v e s i n v o l v i n g a f r e e c o n s t i t u e n t u s u a l l y b e lo n g

t o t h e same form c l a s s as t h e f r e e c o n s t i t u e n t . R e d u p l i ­

c a t i v e s i n w h ich b o t h c o n s t i t u e n t s a r e f r e e a r e r e d u p l i c a t ­

i v e compounds.*

3 . 5 1 C o m p le te r e d u p l i c a t i o n

3 ,5 1 1 R e p e t i t i v e r e d u p l i c a t i v e s

R e p e t i t i v e r e d u p l i c a t i v e s I n v o l v e r e d u p l i c a t i o n o f t h e

e n t i r e b a s e . A l l r e p e t i t i v e r e d u p l i c a t i v e s a r e composed

e i t h e r o f two bound c o n s t i t u e n t s o r two f r e e c o n s t i t u e n t s .

In e a c h c a s e t h e c o n s t i t u e n t i s c o n s i d e r e d t h e b a s e .

3 .5 1 1 1 B oth c o n s t i t u e n t s bound

A lm ost a l l bound r e p e t i t i v e r e d u p l i c a t i v e s a r e

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 141: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

130

o n o m a t o p o e t i c a d j e c t i v e s , w i t h a few k i n e s t h e t i c a d j e c t i v e s .

T hese a d j e c t i v e s m o d i fy b o t h nouns and v e r b s i n t h e f o l l o w ­

i n g way*

/c m a a yum l & i so o : gaaw-flaaw*.. /

c a t c r y h e a r sound meow-meow

’ C a t s make a 1 ’meow-meow’ ’ s o u n d . 1

/knom l l i kee c lu o h * . k o k a o k - k o k a o k * . /

I h e a r them a r g u e s o u n d - o f - a r g u i n g - v i o l e n t l y

’ I h e a r d them a r g u i n g v i o l e n t l y , '

F u r t h e r examples*

/ k r i m - k r i m / 1 d e s c r i p t i v e . o f a s t rum m ing sound*

/ k r u e p - k r u o p / ’ d e s c r i p t i v e o f a c r u n c h i n g sound*

/ p r i c - p r & c / ’ t h e sound o f w a te r , d r i p p i n g '

/ p d e o t - p d o Q t / ’ s l o w l y , w i t h g r e a t e f f o r t *

/ r u Q ^ w o o l - r u a Q w o s l / ’ s l o v t ly , s l u g g i s h l y *

D e s c r i p t i v e r e p e t i t i v e r e d u p l i c a t i v e s may c o n t a i n up

t o f o u r o r f i v e c o n s t i t u e n t s . The p r o c e s s i s t h u s p r o d u c t i v e .

Example*

/ k i k - k i k / ’ d e s c r i p t i v e o f t h e n o i s e o f m a c h in e s o p e r a t i n g *

/ k i k - k i k - k i k / » i d '

/k& k-k& k-kl-k-k- ik / ’ i d ’

3 .5 1 1 2 Both c o n s t i t u e n t s f r e e

R e d u p l i c a t i o n o f f r e e l ex e m e s t o fo rm r e p e t i t i v e r e - ’

d u p l i c a t i v e compounds i s p r o d u c t i v e . I t s f u n c t i o n v a r i e s

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 142: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

1 3 1

w i t h t h e form c l a s s o f t h e r e d u p l i c a t e d fo rm .

I ."1 Nouns: ’ p l u r a l i t y , g e n e r a l i t y ’

/ s r o y / ’woman’ > / s r o y - s r e y / ’ s e v e r a l women, women i n

g e n e r a l ’

/ k m e e q / ’ c h i l d ’ > /kmeeto-kmeeio/ ’ c h i l d r e n , c h i l d r e n i n

g e n e r a l ’

/ p r d h / ’man’ > / p r o h - p r o h / ’men, men i n g e n e r a l ’

2*) A d j e c t i v a l v e r b s * ’ i n t e n s i f i c a t i o n , p l u r a l i t y ’

/ p s e e i 3/ ’ t o be d i f f e r e n t ’ > / p s e e g - p s e e q / ’v a r i o u s ’

/ t o o c / ’ t o be s m a l l ’ > / t o o c - t o o c / ’ t o be q u i t e s m a l l ,

s m a l l and n u m ero u s ’

/ k p u o h / ’ t o be h i g h ’ > / k p u e h - k p u e h / ’ t o be v e r y h i g h j

h i g h and n u m e ro u s ’

/ l & o n / ’ t o be f a s t ’ > / l i o n - l i o n / ’ t o be v e r y f a s t ’

3. P ronouns and a d j e c t i v e s : ’p l u r a l i t y ’

/ q w o y / ’w h a t , s o m e th in g , a n y t h i n g ( s i n g u l a r ) ’

> /q w o y -q t^ sy / ’ w h a t , a n y t h i n g , s o m e th in g ( p l u r a l ) ’

/ n a a / ’ w h ich , anywhere ( s i n g u l a r ) ’

> / n a a - n a a / ’w h ic h , anywhere ( p l u r a l ) ’

/ q a e - t i e t / ’ a n o t h e r ’ > / q a e t i o t - q a e t i o t / ’v a r i o u s o t h e r ’

Ij., D e r iv e s a d j e c t i v e f rom n u m e r a l :

/m u o y / ’ o n e ’ > /m u ey -m u oy / ’ s l o w l y ’1

D e r iv e s a d j e c t i v e from p r e p o s i t i o n :

/ c i t / ’ c l o s e t o ’ > / c & t - c & t / ’ c l o s e l y , q u i t e c l o s e ’

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 143: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

132

6 . A d j e c t i v e s : ’ r e p e a t e d a c t i o n ’

/ k r i p / ’ s h o r t , a b r u p t ’ > / k r & p - k r & p / ’ d e s c r i p t i v e o f

t h e sound o f l i v e s t o c k c r o p p i n g g r a s s ’

/ p i 9e k / ’ s l o w l y ’ > / p l o e k - p l e s k / ’ s l o w l y and r e p e a t e d l y ’

3• 5>2 P a r t i a l r e d u p l i c a t i o n

3 .£ 2 1 A b l a u te d r e d u p l i c a t i v e s

A b l a u t e d r e d u p l i c a t i v e s i n v o l v e r e d u p l i c a t i o n o f t h e

b a s e w i t h vowel a b l a u t . The g r e a t m a j o r i t y o f a b l a u t e d

r e d u p l i c a t i v e s a r e composed o f two bound c o n s t i t u e n t s .

Most o f s u c h r e d u p l i c a t i v e s a r e e i t h e r k i n e s t h e t i c o r

•o n om a to p o e t ic a d j e c t i v e s .

The p a t t e r n s o f vowel a l t e r n a t i o n a r e a p p a r e n t l y

random , b u t c e r t a i n a l t e r n a t i o n s o c c u r w i t h r e l a t i v e

f r e q u e n c y , and seem t o h a v e s e c o n d a r y s e m a n t i c a s s o c i a t i o n s .

The m ost f r e q u e n t a r e l i s t e d below*

1 . / - e e - / " / - a a - / ’u n s t r u c t u r e d , c o n f u s e d ’

/k ro w eem -k row aam / ‘m arked u p , d i s f i g u r e d ’

/ r o h e e Q - r o h a a g / ' i n c o n f u s i o n , c a r e l e s s '

/ p d e e h - p d a a h / ' h e l t e r - s k e l t e r , l a c k a d a i s i c a l '

/ k w e e h - k w a a h / 'aw kw ard , d e s p e r a t e '

/ t e e i j - t a a i o / ’ i n c o h e r e n t , c o n f u s e d '

2 . / - 0 e » / ~ / “OO-/ 'unstructured , confused'

/k roheeJQ -krohoo j ] / ' i n c o n f u s i o n '

/ r o h e e t - r o h o o t / ’ i d . '

/ k r o l e e Q - k r o l o c q / « to s p l a s h a r o u n d '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 144: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

133

3 . / ~ i i ~ / " / “ 09” / ’ i r r e g u l a r , ^ . i n e f f e c t i v e '

/ t o t r i i p - t o t r e e p / ’ s t a g g e r i n g , w a n d e r in g a i m l e s s l y ’

/ k r i i t - k r e a t / ' t o be r o u g h , u n e v e n ’

/ k n i i - k n e a / ' m o t l e y g r o u p '

/ m o n i i - m o n e a / ' h u r r i e d l y , p r e c i p i t o u s l y '

I}.. / - o o - / ~ / - a a - / ' h e t e r o g e n e o u s , i n p r o f u s i o n '

/ t o o ^ - t a a i o / ' c l a t t e r i n g l y '

/ t o o c - t a a c / ' s m a l l and n u m e ro u s ’

/ c r o o q - c r a a Q / ' t h i c k , i n p r o f u s i o n '

/ s r a o o n - s m a a n / ' i n p r o f u s i o n , i r r e g u l a r '

‘5 . / - i i - / « - /* 9® - / ' i n e f f e c t i v e , v a c i l l a t o r y ’

/ t o t i i m - t o t a a m / ' s l o w and h e s i t a n t , u n c o o r d i n a t e d '

/ t i i - t a a / ' s c a r e d , v a c i l l a t o r y ' .

/ p l i i - p l a a / ' t o be s lo w , s t u p i d '

/ l o ^ i i - l o ^ e a / ' t o be s l o w , . s t u p i d '

6 . / - e - / « / * * ° - / ' r e p e a t e d , a n n o y in g '

/ t e h - t o h / ' a l i t t l e o f t h i s , a l i t t l e o f t h a t '

/qom p eh -qo m p o h / ' d e s u l t o r i l y '

/ l e h - l o h / ! t e a s i n g , a n n o y in g '

/ p o p l e h - p o p l o h / ' i d . '

7 . / - a * * / ~ / “ 0“ / ' d e s u l t o r y '

/ l p a n - l p o n / ' i n t o e v e r y t h i n g ( o f c h i l d r e n ) '

/ c r o n - c r o n / ' h a l t i n g l y , i n e f f e c t i v e l y '

/ t a n - t o n / , / c r a m - c r o m / ' i d . 1

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 145: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

13k

8 . / - a e - / ~ / * * a o - / ' d i s o r d e r *

/ k a e k - k a o k / ’ sound o f an u n se e m ly r u c k u s ’

/ p r o h a e Q - p r o h a o f l / ' i r r e g u l a r , s p o t t y ’

9 . / - a e - / ~ / - o o - / ’ i n c o n s e q u e n t i a l n o i s e ’

/ q a e - g o o / ’ t o w h in e , i m p o r t u n e ’

/ k o k a e - k o k o o / ’ b a b b l i n g ’

3 . ^ 2 2 Rhyming r e d u p l i c a t i v e s

Rhyming r e d u p l i c a t i v e s i n v o l v e r e d u p l i c a t i o n o f t h e

n u c l e u s and f i n a l c o n s o n a n t ( i f one o c c u r s ) o f t h e b a s e .

3 .5 2 2 1 B oth c o n s t i t u e n t s bound

Rhyming r e d u p l i c a t i v e s i n which b o t h c o n s t i t u e n t s a r e

bound a r e u s u a l l y a d j e c t i v a l v e r b s o r a d j e c t i v e s , e . g . : *

/ r e e q - t e e q / ’ t o be p o l i t e , a f f a b l e ’

/ c a o g - h a o i o / ' t o be r u d e , a r r o g a n t '

/ c a e q - m a s g / ' t o be h a u g h t y , p r e t e n t i o u s ’

/saoQ-maojQ/ ' g r o g g y , b e w i l d e r e d '

3 .5 2 2 2 One c o n s t i t u e n t bound

Most rh y m in g r e d u p l i c a t i v e s i n w hich one c o n s t i t u e n t

i s bound i n v o l v e i n t e n s i f i c a t i o n o f t h e b a s e , e . g . :

/ k h a e ^ ) ~ r a e g / ( ' t o be b o l d ' / - ) ' t o be a r r o g a n t , f e a r l e s s ’

/ s r u o l - b u o l / ( ’ t o be e a s y ' / - ) ’ t o be e a s y , e n j o y a b l e '

/ t u e n - p l u e n / ( ’ t o be s o f t ' / - ) ' t o be t e n d e r , g r a c e f u l '

/ r e o y - m e o y / ( ' t o be s c a t t e r e d ' / - ) ' t o be h e l t e r - s k e l t e r ’

/p q a e m - r o h a e m / ( ' t o be s w e e t ’ / - ) ' t o be s i c k e n i n g l y s w e e t '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 146: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

13*

/ c l o s n - p e s n / ( - / ' t o t r a m p l e * ) ' t o i n v a d e , u su rp*

3 .5 2 2 3 Both c o n s t i t u e n t s f r e e

Most rh y m in g r e d u p l i c a t i v e s composed o f two f r e e c o n ­

s t i t u e n t s i n v o l v e c o o r d i n a t i o n o f t h e m ean in gs o f t h e

c o n s t i t u e n t s , e . g . :

/ c a a n - k b a a n / ( 1 d i s h ' / ’ c r o c k * ) ’ c ro c k e ry *

/ p r i o p - t h i o p / ( ’ t o s e t a l o n g s i d e ' / ’ t o c o m p a re ’ ) ’ t o c o m p a re ’

/ c r o o h - r o o h / ( ’ t o c h o o s e ' / ' t o s e l e c t ’ ) ’ t o c h o o s e , e l e c t *

3 .5 2 3 A l l i t e r a t i v e r e d u p l i c a t i v e s

A l l i t e r a t i v e r e d u p l i c a t i v e s i n v o l v e r e d u p l i c a t i o n o f

■the i n i t i a l c o n s o n a n t o r c o n s o n a n t s e q u e n c e o f t h e b a s e , o r

. i n t h e c a s e o f d i s y l l a b l e s , o f t h e p r e f i x p l u s t h e i n i t i a l

c o n s o n a n t o r c o n s o n a n t s e q u e n c e o f t h e b a s e .

3 .5 2 3 1 B oth c o n s t i t u e n t s bound

1 . A d j e c t i v e s ?

/ p r a m - p r o y / ’ c u t e , l i k a b l e ’

/ p r o m - p r a a y / ’ p l e a s i n g t o h e a r '

/ k c i i - k c e o y / ’h a p h a z a r d ’

/ r o p o c - r o p o y / ' t r i v i a l and num erous '

/kom pec-kom pok / ' s m a l l and num erous '

2 . V e rb s :

/ c h a e k - c h e e / ' t o i n v e s t i g a t e , i n t e r r o g a t e '

/ c h a a - c h a w / ' t o p e s t e r , t e a s e *

/ k l a e q - k l a e / ' t o p r e t e n d ’

/ k s e k - k s u o l / ' t o so b '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 147: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

136

3 .5 2 3 2 One c o n s t i t u e n t bound

1. I n t e n s i f i c a t i o n o f t h e meaning o f t h e b a s e :

/ c q a e t - c q a n / ( - / ’ t o be d o n e ’ ) ’w e l l done , cooked j u s t r i g h t ’

/ p h i t - p h i y / ( - / ’ t o be a f r a i d ’ ) ’ t o be t e r r i f i e d ’

/ t u l u m - t u l e a y / ( - / ’ t o be r o o m y ' ) ' t o be w ide and s p a c i o u s '

/ b o m p l e c - b o m p l a a n / ( - / ' t o d e s t r o y ' ) ' t o d e v a s t a t e '

/cmaaiQ-cmay/ ( ' t o be p r o u d ' / - ) ' c o n c e i t e d , s e l f - i m p o r t a n t '

/ b i a t - b i a n / ( ' t o s q u e e z e ’ / - ) ' t o o p p r e s s '

/ c o m p e a q -c o m p a n / ( ' t o owe’ / - ) ' t o be t i e d u p , i n v o l v e d '

2 . G e n e r a l i z a t i o n o r p l u r a l i z a t i o n o f t h e m ea n in g o f b a s e :•%

/ b a n - b u a / ( ' l a k e 1/ - ) ' l a k e s and p o n d s '

/ t h u a n - t h e a n / ( ' t v e a l t h ' / - ) ’ p o s s e s s i o n s , p r o p e r t y ’

/ k r a t - k r o e m / ( ' l a w ' / - •) ' l a w s , r e g u l a t i o n s '

/ p r o d a p - p r o d a a / ( ' i n s t r u m e n t ' / - ) ' t o o l s , i n s t r u m e n t s '

3. D e r iv e s a d j e c t i v e s f rom v e r b s :

/ p r o n a p - p r o n a l / ( ' t o h u r r y ' / - ) ' h u r r i e d l y '

/ t r o l o p - t r o l o n / ( ' t o r e v e r t ' / - ) ' h e a d o v e r h e e l s '

3 .5 2 3 3 Both c o n s t i t u e n t s f r e e

1 . S p e c i a l i z a t i o n o f t h e m eaning o f t h e c o n s t i t u e n t s :

/ s d u a c - s d a a j o / ( ' t o be s h a r p ' / ' t o be t h i n ' ) ’ ’t o be s m a l l and

i n s i g n i f i c a n t '

/ lcpu^j-kpuoh/ ( ' t o be t o w e r i n g ' / ' t o be h i g h ' ) ' i m p o r t a n t ,

e x a l t e d '

/ b o h - b a o k / ( ' t o d i s c a r d ' / ' t o b e a t ' ) ' t o be c r u d e , i m p o l i t e '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 148: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

137

/ b o n d a e t - b o n d a o y / ( ' t o f l o a t * / ' t o f o l l o w ' ) ' fco a l l o w ,

f a c i l i t a t e *

/ b o n c h s t - b o n c h i© 3 3 / ( ' t o b r u s h p a s t * / 1 t o t \ i r n a s i d e ' )

' t o s k i r t an i s s u e , t o c i r c u m l o c u t e '

/boiQkhet-boQkhom/ ( ' t o m o v e ' / ' t o f o r c e ' ) ' t o s t r i v e

d i l i g e n t l y '

2 . C o o r d i n a t i o n o f t h e m ean ings o f t h e c o n s t i t u e n t s ;

/ r u e p - r u o i n / ( ' t o c o l l e c t ' / ' t o c o m b i n e ' ) ' t o c o l l e c t , b r i n g

t o g e t h e r '

/ c u o p - c u m / ( ' t o r a e e t ' / ' t o a s s e m b l e ' ) ' t o a s s e m b le '

/ p t u k - p t e e / ( ' t o l o a d ' / ' t o u n l o a d ' ) ' t o l o a d and un load*

/ b o ^ k o o - b o Q k a e t / ( ' t o e s t a b l i s h ' / ' t o o r i g i n a t e ' )

' t o a g i t a t e , i n s t i g a t e '

/ b o ^ q o o - b o ^ q u e t / ( ' t o c h e e r ' / ' t o show o f f ' ) ' t o show o f f ,

amuse*

3 . D e r i v e s a d j e c t i v e s f rom v e r b s ;

/ d o h - d a a l / ( ' t o g r o w ' / ' t o s p r e a d ' ) ' r i c h l y , p r o f u s e l y '

/ r u u t - r e o h / ( ' t o h u r r y ' / ' t o h u r r y ' ) ' h u r r i e d l y , d e s p e r a t e l y '

/ p i £ c - p i e 013/ ( ' t o f o r g e t ' / ' t o r e l a x ' ) ' c a r e l e s s l y '

/ r o w l o h - r o w i y / ( ' t o h u r r y ' / ' t o t u r n , s p i n ' ) ' h u r r i e d l y ,

e x c i t e d l y '

/ b o n t o o p - b o n t o o / ( ' n e x t ' / ' t o e x t e n d ' ) ' c o n t i n u o u s l y '

3*53 I n c o m p l e t e r e d u p l i c a t i v e s

I n c o m p l e t e r e d u p l i c a t i v e s i n v o l v e t h e rhym ing r e d u p l i ~

c a t i o n o f t h e s e c o n d s y l l a b l e o f a d i s y l l a b i c b a s e .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 149: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

.138

1 . V e rb s : ' i n t e n s i f i c a t i o n *

/ k r o b i p / ' t o be r o b u s t 1 > / k r o b i p - b i p / ’ t o be f a t and r o b u s t 1

/ c r o l a a h / ' t o be a r r o g a n t * > / c r o l a © h - b a © h / ’ r u d e and fo rx^a rd ’

/ p o p i s h / ‘ t e a s i n g 1 > / s e h - p o p l e h / ’ f r i v o l o u s , u n p r i n c i p l e d ’

/ k r o l u u k / ’ c o n f u s e d ’ > / s u u k - k r o l u u k / ’ c o n f u s e d , d a z e d ’

2 . Nouns I

/ t r o l 4 jo~ti?3/ ' a s p e c i e s o f t r e e ’

/ k o n d a e - r a e / ' a k i n d o f d a n c e ’

Pseudo- re d u p lic a t iv e s

P s e u d o - r e d u p l i c a t i v e s a r e c o o r d i n a t e compounds whose

c o n s t i t u e n t s a r e s i m i l a r i n m ea n in g , b u t e x h i b i t no f o r m a l

s i m i l a r i t y o t h e r t h a n word s h a p e . Such compounds c a n n o t by

d e f i n i t i o n be c o n s i d e r e d r e d u p l i c a t i v e s , s i n c e no c o n s i s t ­

e n t p a t t e r n o f r e d u p l i c a t i o n can be fo u n d . They do, how ever ,

seem t o r e f l e c t a p r e f e r e n c e f o r words o f s i m i l a r sh ap e

i n t h e f o r m a t i o n o f c o o r d i n a t e compounds. The m eaning o f

s u c h s h a p e r e d u p l i c a t i o n s i s ’ p l u r a l i t y o r g e n e r a l i t y .

E xam ples :

/ q a a c a o - q a a k i n / ( ’ t h i e f ’ / - ) ’ t h i e v e s , c r i m i n a l s ’

/ t u m n i e m - t u m l o e p / ( ’ c u s t o m ’/ ’ c u s to m ’ ) ’ c u s to m s , c u l t u r e ’

/ s o m l i a q - b o m p e e q / ( ’ l o w e r g a r m e n t s ’ / ’u p p e r g a r m e n t s ’ )

’ c l o t h i n g ’

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 150: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

139

3 . 6 Sound sym bolism

C e r t a i n vowels r e c u r i n g r o u p s o f s e m a n t i c a l l y r e l a t e d

l e x e m e s , and t h u s a p p e a r t o h ave s e c o n d a r y s e m a n t i c f u n c t i o n .

F o l l o w i n g a r e some t o t h e most f r e q u e n t *

1 . / - ! © - / ' p r e s s u r e , t i g h t n e s s ’

/ a i © t / ' t o i n s e r t i n t o a t i g h t p l a c e *

/ c o Q q i s t / ' t o be t i g h t , c row ded '

/ b i e t - b i e n / ' t o o p p r e s s '

/ k i o q / ' t o s q u e e z e '

/ b i e q / ' t o c o m p r e s s ' <

/ b i o m / ' t o h o l d t i g h t l y i n t h e m outh '

2 . / —©8—/ ' s l o w , s l u g g i s h i n mind o r g a i t '

/meek-moQk/ ' s l o w l y , s l u g g i s h l y '

/ p l e o k - p l e o k / ' i d . '

/ n e e k - n e e k / ' i d . '

/ ru9QW 00l-ru9QW 90l/ ' i d . ' •

/ p i© © / ' t o be s lo w and s t u p i d '

/ l g o © / ' i d . *

/lm©©/ ' i d . 1

3 . / - a © - / ' l a r g e s i z e , i n c r e a s e '

/ c r a s n / '.much, many'

/ k a © n / ' t o i n c r e a s e '

/ s b a e m / ' t o f e a r , be i n awe o f

/ so m b aem / ' t o be l a r g e , awesome'

/ 1 b.qx) / * i n c r e a s i n g l y , t o c l i m b '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 151: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

lj.. / - a © - / , /-©©-/•*• ’ e x c e s s i v e , a r r o g a n t ’

/ l e © h / ’ b eyond , e x c e e d i n g ’

/ c r o l a e h / ' t o e x c e e d '

/crb la© h*»ba© h/ ' t o be a r r o g a n t , c r u d e '

/ p r o h o e n / ’ t o be i n s o l e n t '

/cxna©q/ ' t o be p r o u d , c o n c e i t e d ’

/ca©Q-raa©X)/ ' i d . '

1 . T hese v o w e ls a r e c o r r e l a t i v e a l t e r n a n t s , a s d e s c r i b e d i n

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 152: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

Ij.. 0 Lexeme c l a s s e s

A 3-Qxeme c l a s s i s a s e t o f lex e m e s w h ich s h a r e a s e t o f

s y n t a c t i c p r i v i l e g e s o f o c c u r r e n c e . The m a jo r c l a s s e s a r e% ■

l i s t e d b e lo w w i t h t h e i r r e s p e c t i v e a b b r e v i a t i o n s . S m a l l e r

s u b - c l a s s e s a r e e s t a b l i s h e d on t h e b a s i s o f a d d i t i o n a l sy n ­

t a c t i c c r i t e r i a , o r o f s e m a n t ic c r i t e r i a .

lj.,1 I s o l a t i v e s

1+.11 I n t e r j e c t i o n s I

1+.12 R e s p o n s iv e s R

lj.,2 S u b s t a n t i v e s

1|, 21 Nouns N

li-. 22 S p e c i f i e r s S

lj.,23 P ro n o u n s P ro

Ij..2l|. Q u a n t i f i e r s • X

1 |.2£ D e m o n s t r a t iv e s D

l|..3 P r e d i c a t i v e s

I|.,31 A d j e c t i v a l v e rb s Va

I4..32 A c t iv e v e rb s

I}.,321 T r a n s i t i v e v e r b s Vt

Ij., 322 I n t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s ’ Vi

1|.» 33 Modal v e r b s Vra

£4.. 3'U- D i r e c t i o n a l v e rb s Vd

35 C o m p le t iv e v e r b s Vc

I4..I4. A d v e r b i a l s Adv

A d j e c t i v e s Adj

lj.,6 A u x i l i a r i e s Aux

1 k i

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 153: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

li|2

14-. 7 R e l a t o r s

I}.. 7.1 P r e p o s i t i o n a l r e l a t o r s Rp

14. . 72 S u b o r d i n a t i n g c o n j u n c t i o n a l r e l a t o r s Rs

1|. 73 G e n e ra l r e l a t o r s Rg

I4— 7U- C o o r d in a t in g c o n j u n c t i o n a l r e l a t o r s Rc

1+. 75 C o p u la t iv e r e l a t o r s Cop

14..8 P a r t i c l e s

14. .81 P i n a l s e n t e n c e p a r t i c l e s F

I4.*82 P au se p a r t i c l e s * P

14. .1 I s o l a t i v e s

I s o l a t i v e s , t y p i c a l l y o c c u r a s s o l e le x e m ic c o n s t i t u e n t s

o f u t t e r a n c e s and a s s o l e le x e m ic c o n s t i t u e n t s o f p r e p o s e d

p h o n o l o g i c a l p h r a s e s w h ic h a r e s e p a r a t e d from t h e i r c o - -

c o n s t i t u e n t s by a p h r a s e c o n t o u r . They n e v e r o c c u r a s

s u b s t a n t i v e s o r a s p r e d i c a t i v e s .

14.. 11 I n t e r j e c t i o n s

Most i n t e r j e c t i o n s h a v e g r e a t a l lo m o r p h ic v a r i e t y . The

p r i n c i p a l members o f t h e c l a s s a r e l i s t e d b e lo w , w i th t h e i r

commonest a l lo m o rp h s and t h e i r t h e i r t y p i c a l p h r a s e c o n t o u r s .

1 ) / q o o l ~ q a o V ’ Oh! 1 ( e m p h a s is , e x c i t e m e n t )

2 ) / c o h l / ’ Come o n ’ ( e x h o r t a t i o n , p e r s u a s i o n )

3 ) / t o h ' l ' / ’ Go a h ead I ' ( i m p e r a t i v e , e x h o r t a t i o n )

ij.) / n a e ' l ' / ’ H e y ! ’ ( t o a t t r a c t a t t e n t i o n , p r o h i b i t )

5 ) / c o m ! / ’ Oh r e a l l y ? (su d d e n r e v e l a t i o n )

6 ) / n a o V ’Look h e r e l ’ ( to a t t r a c t a t t e n t i o n )

7) / y i l f ~ y e e t / (D is a g re e m e n t , m i ld o r p l a y f u l r e b u k e )

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 154: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

11+3

8 ) / m a e t /

9 ) / h 0 0 ^ /

1 0 ) /q © e ' i /

1 1 ) / t a o 1/

1 2 ) / q a y y a a ' | ' /

1 3 ) / q a y y a h ! /

l i j . ) / q o y y o o y | /

15> )/qu u l~ q u y l /

1 6 ) / p u t t h o o l /

Ip. 12 R e s p o n s iv e s

R e s p o n s iv e s o c c u r i n t h e same e n v iro n m e n t a s i n t e r j e c t ­

i o n s , b u t o n ly i n u t t e r a n c e s s u b s e q u e n t t o t h e o p e n in g u t t e r ­

an ce o f an e x c h a n g e . They t y p i c a l l y o c c u r w i t h t h e p h r a s e

c o n to u r / { / . T h e i r f u n c t i o n i s p o l i t e acknow ledgem ent o f a

p r e v i o u s u t t e r a n c e by a n o th e r s p e a k e r , w h e th e r t h e p r e v i o u s

u t t e r a n c e was a s t a t e m e n t o r a q u e s t i o n . F o l lo w in g a q u e s t i o n ,

t h e o c c u r r e n c e o f a r e s p o n s i v e a s t h e s o l o le x e m ic c o n s t i t ­

u e n t o f an u t t e r a n c e i m p l i e s a f f i r m a t i o n , A n e g a t i v e r e p l y i s

i n d i c a t e d by a r e s p o n s i v e fo l lo w e d by t h e n e g a t i v e f i n a l s e n t ­

en ce p a r t i c l e / t e e f / , o r by / t e o i 1/ a l o n e . In e x ch a n g es b e ­

tw een e q u a l s , r e s p o n s i v e s t e n d t o be d i s c o n t i n u e d a f t e r t h e

i n i t i a l e x c h a n g e s . However, i n e x ch a n g es b e tw een a s u p e r i o r

and an i n f e r i o r , r e s p o n s i v e s t e n d t o be u s e d t h r o u g h o u t t h e

ex ch an g e by t h e i n f e r i o r , a l th o u g h t h e y may be d i s c o n t i n u e d

by t h e s u p e r i o r p a r t y i n t h e e x c h a n g e .

• W e l l ! 1 ( s u r p r i s e , an n o y an ce )

•H e y ! ’ ( t o a t t r a c t a t t e n t i o n )

•On t h e c o n t r a r y * (m ild d i s a g r e e m e n t )

• R e a l l y ? ’ ( a s i s o l a t e d u t t e r a n c e )

’ T e l l me’ (a s c o - c o n s t i t u e n t )

•G ee’. ’ ( a d m i r a t i o n , w onder)

’ Heavens I ’ , ( a la r m , s u r p r i s e )

•O uch’

’ O h!’ ( f e a r , a la r m )

’ Damn!’ (m ild o a t h )

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 155: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

ll&

The c l a s s i s s m a l l and c l o s e d . One member, / q a © / , h a s

t h r e e a l lo m o r p h s .

1 ) / b a a t V ( P o l i t e r e s p o n s i v e u s e d by men)

2 ) / c a a h f " - c a h l / ( P o l i t e r e s p o n s i v e u s e d b y women)

3 ) /q a © ,l,~ q©©'l'~-'qi&}/ ( F a m i l i a r r e s p o n s i v e u s e d by b o th

men and women)

P e r s o n a l nam es, k i n s h i p t e r m s , and t i t l e s , a l l o f w h ic h

a r e s u b - c l a s s e s o f s u b s t a n t i v e s , a lso , o c c u r i n t h e i s o l a t i v e

p o s i t i o n , a s w e l l a s f i n a l l y , i n v o c a t i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n s

( £ . 1 2 5 ) , w i t h t h e f u n c t i o n o f i d e n t i f y i n g t h e a d d r e s s e e .

^ . 2 S u b s t a n t i v e s

A s u b s t a n t i v e i s any n o n - p r e d i c a t i v e lexem e w h ich can

o c c u r a s t h e s u b j e c t o r t o p i c o f an u t t e r a n c e . S u b s t a n t i v e s

a l s o f u n c t i o n a s o b j e c t s and a t t r i b u t e s . Many p r e d i c a t i v e s

can f u n c t i o n a s s u b s t a n t i v e s , b u t s u b s t a n t i v e s n e v e r f u n c t i o n

a s p r e d i c a t i v e s .

I4. .2 I Nouns

A noun i s any s u b s t a n t i v e w h ic h may o c c u r i n t h e c o n t e x t

# JC S # , w here # r e p r e s e n t s s i l e n c e , X r e p r e s e n t s a n u m e r a l ; o r

an d S r e p r e s e n t s a s p e c i f i e r . In o t h e r w o rd s , a noun i s any

s u b s t a n t i v e w h ich can be c o u n te d ,

1;. 211 G e n e r a l nouns a r e nouns w h ich can o c c h r a s h e a d s o f

n u m e r ic a l noun p h r a s e s w i th o u t a s p e c i f i e r , i . e . i n t h e c o n ­

t e x t #_X#. The g r o a t m a j o r i t y o f nouns b e lo n g t o t h i s s u b ­

c l a s s .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 156: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

ii |5

E xam p les : / l a a n p i i / / c k a e b e y /

c a r txfo dog t h r e e

•tw o c a rs* ’ t h r e e d o g s '

A l th o u g h g e n e r a l nouns t y p i c a l l y o c c u r i n t h e above c o n ­

t e x t , t h e y may a l s o o c c u r i n t h e c o n t e x t #_XS7f , w here S i s one

o f t h e g e n e r a l s p e c i f i e r s (I4. . 2 2 1 3 ) .

E sam p le : / l a a n p i i y a a g /

c a r two k in d

' tw o k in d s o f c a r s '

ii.,212 S p e c i f i c n ou ns a r e nouns w h ich n o r m a l ly o c c u r in

n u m e r i c a l noun p h r a s e s o f t h e p a t t e r n , w here S i s a

q u a l i t a t i v e s p e c i f i e r (I}..2 2 1 1 ) .

E xam p les : /raonuh b e y n e e q / / b a r e y p i i daom /

human t h r e e p e r s o n c i g a r e t t e two l o n g - o b j e c t s

' t h r e e p e r s o n s ' ‘ two c i g a r e t t e s '

T h is c l a s s i s much s m a l l e r t h a n t h a t o f g e n e r a l n o u n s ,

and t h e f a c t t h a t i t s members som etim es o c c u r i n i n f o r m a l

s p e e c h w i th o u t a s p e c i f i e r ( i . e . a s g e n e r a l n o u n s ) may i n ­

d i c a t e t h a t t h e c l a s s i s d e c r e a s i n g i n s i z e .

F u r t h e r s u b - c l a s s e s o f s p e c i f i c nouns can be e s t a b l i s h e d

on t h e b a s i s o f t h e s p e c i f i e r s w i th w h ich t h e y o c c u r . The

l a r g e s t s u b - c l a s s i s t h a t o f common p e r s o n a l n o u n s , a l l o f

Which c o - o c c u r w i t h t h e q u a l i t a t i v e s p e c i f i e r / n e e q / 'p e r s o n

o f o r d i n a r y e s t a t e ' . S uch nouns a r e :

1 ) nouns whoso r e f e r e n t i s a p e r s o n

Exam ple::; / n e e q - t w e e - s r a e p i i n e e q / ' tw o f a r m e r s '

p e r s o n - d o - f i e l d two p e r s o n

i

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 157: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

1I+6

2 ) k i n s h i p te rm s

Example* /bocnj-pqoon pram n e e q /

o l d e r - a n d - y o u n g e r - s i b l i n g s f i v e p e r s o n

' f i v e b r o t h e r s and s i s t e r s '

3 ) t i t l e s

Example* / l o o k bey n e e q / .

g e n t le m a n t h r e e p e r s o n

' t h r e e g e n t le m e n '

•lj.,213 Mass noun3 a r e nouns t h a t a lw ays o c c u r , when c o u n te d ,

i n n u m e r i c a l noun p h r a s e s o f t h e p a t t e r n #_XS#, w here S i s a

q u a n t i t a t i v e s p e c i f i e r (!}..2 2 1 2 ) . Xn o t h e r w o rd s , mass nouns

n e v e r o c c u r in t h e fram e #_X#.

E x am p le s : / t i k muey k a e w / / b a a y p i i c a a n /

w a te r one g l a s s r i c e two p l a t e

' a g l a s s o f w a t e r ' ' tw o p l a t e s o f r i c e '

I4. . 2 H4. Name3 o c c u r i n t y p i c a l s u b s t a n t i v e p o s i t i o n s a s t o p i c s ,

s u b j e c t s , o b j e c t s , and a t t r i b u t e s , b u t t h e y a r e d i s t i n g u i s h e d

by t h e i r o c c u r r e n c e a s t h e s e c o n d c o n s t i t u e n t o f a p p o s i t i v e

p h r a s e s .

Exam ples* / t u e n l e e meeko*]/ / k r u u t h o o n /

r i v e r Mekong t e a c h e r Than

' t h e Mekong R i v e r ' 'T e a c h e r Than'*1,

1 . P e r s o n a l names a l s o o c c u r a f t e r t i t l e s a s g e n i t i v a l a t t r i ­b u t e s . F o r exam p le , / k r u u t h o o n / c an a l s o mean 'T h a n 's t e a c h e r ' j t h e a m b ig u i ty i s r e s o l v e d o n ly i n c o n t e x t .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 158: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

11*7

lj.,22 S p e c i f i e r s

A s p e c i f i e r i s any lexem e ( o t h e r t h a n a n u m e ra l) w h ich

o c c u r s i n p o s t - p o s e d c o n s t r u c t i o n w i t h a n u m e ra l , i . e . i n t h e

c o n t e x t #X__#. The r e s u l t i n g c o n s t r u c t i s a s p e c i f i e r p h r a s e .-

I4. . 22 I Noun s p e c i f i e r s a r e s p e c i f i e r s w h ich may o c c u r i n s p e c i ­

f i e r p h r a s e s w hich a r e a t t r i b u t i v e t o noun h e a d s , i . e , i n th e

c o n t e x t #NX__#.

E x am p le s ; /d a e m -c h e e p i i d aem / / e n a c t p i i s o n l e k /

t r e e two S - f o r - t r e e s t i c k e t two sh e e t ; :

‘ two t r e e s ' ' tw o t i c k e t s '

Noun s p e c i f i e r s a l s o o c c u r w i t h o u t a noun h e a d when t h e

a n t e c e d e n t o f t h e s p e c i f i e r h a s b een m e n t io n e d , o r i s o b v io u s

f ro m t h e c o n t e x t .

Exam ples* w i t h t h e s p e c i f i e r / n e o q / ' o r d i n a r y p e r s o n ' ;

/n e s q - n u h / ( p e r s o n t h a t ) ' t h a t r p e r s o n * . :

/ p i i n e e q n u h / (two p e r s o n t h a t ) ' t h o s e two p e r s o n s '

/ n e e q thum n u h / ( p e r s o n t a l l t h a t ) ' t h a t t a l l p e r s o n '

ij.,2211 Q u a l i t a t i v e s p e c i f i e r s a r e s p e c i f i e r s w h ich h a v e , a

s p e c i a l s e m a n t ic r e l a t i o n s h i p w i th a g ro u p o f n o u n s . Most

q u a l i t a t i v e s p e c i f i e r s o c c u r o n ly a s s p e c i f i e r s and d e f i n e

t h e c l a s s . The c l a s s i s s m a l l and c l o s e d , a l t h o u g h t h e

f o l l o w i n g l i s t may n o t be c o m p le te .

1 ) / n e s q / 'p e r s o n s o f o r d i n a r y e s t a t e '

2 ) / q o $ / ' p r i e s t s j Buddha im ages? h o l y p e r s o n s '

3 ) / p r e s h - q o x i / ' r o y a l p e r s o n s '

Lj.) / d a e m / ' l o n g s l e n d e r o b j e e t s j t r e e s '? c i g a r e t t e s '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 159: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

1U-8

$ ) / tU 9 /

6 ) / k r o e p /

7) /dom/8 ) / s b n l e k /

9) / p l a e /

1 0 )/ c h a p /

1 1 ) / s o s a y /

1 2 ) / p h a e n /

1 3 ) / k b a a l /

l l+ J / r u u p / .

l £ ) / s n e t /

1 6 ) / p r o d a p /

1 7 ) / k r i 9X)/

• l e t t e r s o f t h e a l p h a b e t ; c h a r a c t e r s o f a p l a y 1

• s e e d s , g r a i n s , p e l l e t s *

• p i e c e s , lu m p s ’

’ t h i n s h e e t s ’

’ f r u i t s ’

• i n d i v i d u a l c o p i e s , l e t t e r s , n ev rsp ap e rS ’

' s i n e w s , t h r e a d s ’

• f l a t c a k e s ’

•vo lum es o f b o o k s ; l i v e s t o c k '

’ p i c t u r e s , im a g e s , s h a p e s ’

•h a n d s o f b a n a n a s ’

• i n s t r u m e n t s , t o o l s ’

•m o to r s , m a c h in e s ’

Q u a l i t a t i v e s p e c i f i e r s f r e q u e n t l y o c c u r a s h e a d s o f

noun.' compounds. E x am p les :

/ n e o q - p r o h / / d a e m - c h e e /

p e r s o n - +■ m ale l o n g - s l e n d e r - o b j e c t *./wood

i man ’ t r e e ’

It*. 2212 Q u a n t i t a t i v e s p e c i f i e r s a r e s p e c i f i e r s w h ich d i v i d e

t h e r e f e r e n t s o f nouns i n t o s p e c i f i c q u a n t i t i e s c r m anners o f

m a r k e t in g . Most members o f t h e c l a s s o c c u r a l s o as n o u n s .

The c l a s s i s as . ' l a r g e a s t h e number o f nou ns d e n o t i n g con~

t a i n e r s o r a g g lo m e r a t io n s i n t h e l a n g u a g e . E x am p les :

/s rev ? mu ay t a w / / b i y e o muoy do o p /

u n h u s k e d - r i c e - o n e b u s h e l beex* one b o t t l e

• a b u s h e l o f r i c e ’ ’ a b o t t l e o f b e e r ’

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 160: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

ll{-9

/ t r e y musy k o n t u y /

f i s h one t a i l

' a s t r i n g o f f i s h '

14..2213 G e n e ra l s p e c i f i e r s a r e s p e c i f i e r s vriilch o c c u r a f t e r a

w ide r a n g e o f n o u n s . E xam pless

/m hoop p i i y a a J j / ( fo o d two k i n d s ) ’ two k in d s o f fo o d '

/ s b a e k - c o o j j muoy k u u / ( s h o e s one p a i r ) ’ a p a i r o f s h o e s ’

/ p t e o h p i i l m a a t / (h o u se two s i z e ) ' tw o s i z e s o f h o u s e s '

[{..222 V erb s p e c i f i e r s o c c u r i n t h e c o n t e x t #VX_#, and d i v i d e

t h e a c t i o n o f . t h e v e rb i n t o p h a s e s o r o c c u r r e n c e s .

Exam ples* / p o e t bey cum /

e n c i r c l e t h r e e c i r c u m a m b u la t io n s

' t o go a ro u n d t h r e e t i m e s '

/w a y b e y q o n lu u g /

h i t t h r e e s t r o k o s - o f - a - m a l l e t

' t o h i t t h r e e t im e s ( w i th a m a l l e t )

V erb s p e c i f i e r s d i f f e r from noun s p e c i f i e r s i n t h a t t h e y

n e v e r o c c u r i n c o n s t r u c t i o n w i th a noun h e a d , and from i n d e ­

p e n d e n t s p e c i f i e r s in t h a t t h e y n e v e r o c c u r i n d e p e n d e n t l y o f

a v e r b h e ad i n f i r s t r e f e r e n c e . Tho c l a 3s i s s m a l l and p r o b ­

a b ly c l o s e d , a l t h o u g h t h e f o l l o w i n g l i s t may n o t be c o m p le te .

1 ) /d o o io / ' t i m e s , o c c a s i o n s '

2 ) / l o o k / ' a t t e m p t s , o c c a s i o n s '

3 ) / c u m / ' r e v o l u t i o n s '

[{.) / c o p / 'c o m p l e t i o n s '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 161: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

i5 o

5 ) / k a m b o t / ’ s l a s h e s , s t r o k e s ( o f a k n i f e ) '

6 ) / t r o l o p / ' r o t a t i o n s , o v e r - t u r n i n g s '

7 ) / q o n l u u g / ' s t r o k e s ( o f a hammer o r m a l l e t ) '

8 .) / m a t / ' u t t e r a n c e s , m o u th f u l s '

9 ) / t i k / ' r o u n d s , h e a t s ( o f a c o n t e s t ) '

1 0 ) /w u9io/ ' c i r c l e s , r e v o l u t i o n s '

1 1 ) / l b a a k / ' e x c u r s i o n s , d i s t a n c e s '

1 2 ) / l b o q / ' n a p s , p e r i o d s o f s l e e p '

I+.223 In d e p e n d e n t s p e c i f i B r s a r e s p e c i f i e r s w hich o c c u r i n

n u m e r ic a l c o n s t r u c t i o n s o f t h e p a t t e r n #X__#, i n d e p e n d e n t ly

o f a noun o r v e r b head* Such s p e c i f i e r s a r e u n i t s o f t im e ,

money, o r d i s t a n c e .

Exam ples*

/ p i i tf lay t i o t f knom tow pnum -pih k.i /

t*?o day more I go Phnom-Penh

' I ' m g o in g t o Phnom Penh in txyo d a y s . '

/knom mean dop r i e l I . /

I hav e t e n r i e l

' I h a v e t e n r i e l s . '

/y o sQ d aa pram k i l o o - m a e t | , /

we w alk f i v e k i l o m e t e r

'We w a lk ed f i v e k i l o m e t e r s . '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 162: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

151

lj.,32 P ronouns

Pronouns a r e noun s u b s t i t u t e s w h ic h f u n c t i o n a s t o p i c s ,

s u b j e c t s , o b j e c t s , and a t t r i b u t e s , b u t w h ich do n o t o c c u r a s

h e a d s o f n u m e r ic a l p h r a s e s .

^ •2 3 1 P e r s o n a l p ro n o u n s a r e noun s u b s t i t u t e s whose r e f e r e n t s

a r e p e r s o n s B P e r s o n a l p ro n o u n s a r e n o n - s p e c i f i c a s t o g e n d e r

and num ber, a l t h o u g h p l u r a l i t y can be s p e c i f i e d by a d d in g one

- o f t h e p a r t i t i v e p ro n o u n s (14-.23I+), s u c h a s / t e o ^ - q o h / ’ a l l * ,

t o t h e p e r s o n a l p ro n o u n . P e r s o n a l p ro n o u n s form r e f l e x i v e

p ro n o u n compounds w i th t h e r e f l e x i v e p ro n o u n / q a e g / ’ o n e s e l f ’ .m ___*1 ̂* /•»_*?_____ ^ / t t ’_i a i ....... .................J W L t u u p A t j ; / j s j j u i u - q u t y j y / • j l •

A lth o u g h t h e c l a s s o f p e r s o n a l p ro n o u n s p e r s e I s q u i t e

• l i m i t e d , i t i s su p p le m e n te d b y t h e u s e o f t i t l e s , k i n s h i p

t e r m s , and names i n p ro n o m in a l f u n c t i o n . The form s / n e s q /

and / l o o k / o c c u r a l s o as t i t l e s , b u t t h e f r e q u e n c y o f t h e i r

u s e a s common 2n d - p e r s o n p ro n o u n s seems t o j u s t i f y t h e i r i n ­

c l u s i o n i n t h e i n v e n t o r y o f p e r s o n a l p ro n o u n s a s w e l l .

1 s t - and 2n d - p e r s o n p ro n o u n s a r e c o n t e x t - o r i e n t e d , so

t h a t t h e c h o ic e o f a p ro noun h a s many s e m a n t ic i m p l i c a t i o n s .

The f o l l o w i n g d e f i n i t i o n s a r e o n ly a p p ro x im a te . When a l l o -

l e x e s o c c u r t h e y a r e l i s t e d i n d e s c e n d in g o r d e r o f f o r m a l i t y .t

I*.2311 1 s t - p e r s o n p ro n o u n s

1 . /k n o m / ( g e n e r a l , p o l i t e )

2 . / q a n / (be tw een i n t i m a t e f r i e n d s , s u p e r i o r t o i n f e r i o r , o r

a d u l t t o c h i l d ; o th e r iy i s e I n s u l t i n g )

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 163: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

3* /y9©^)/ ( s i n g u l a r o r p l u r a l e x c l u s i v e when u s e d by s u p e r i o r

t o i n f e r i o r t p l u r a l i n c l u s i v e when u s e d among i n t i m a t e s )

1+• /yoejQ-knom / ( s u b s e r v i e n t , i n f e r i o r t o s u p e r i o r )

/ q a e y / (b e tw e en i n t i m a t e f r i e n d s , c o n t r a s t i v e c o n n o t a t i o n )

6 e / k n e s / ( i n t i m a t e f r i e n d s , s i n g u l a r o r p l u r a l i n c l u s i v e )

7 . / k n o m - p r e e h - b a a t / ^I ( i n f e r i o r t o s u p e r i o r , r e s p e c t f u l o r

/ k n o m - p r e b a a t / /I e x t r e m e ly f o r m a l )

/ k n o m - b a a t / J

8 . / k n o m - p r e o h - k a q r u n a a / 1I ( laym an t o p r i e s t , i n f e r i o r t o

/ k n o m - k a q r u n a a / r1 s u p e r i o r o f e x a l t e d r a n k )

/k n o m - k e n a a / J

9 . / q a a tm a a - p h e o p / 1) ( p r i e s t t o lay m an )

/ q a a t m a a / *»

I4..2312 2n d - p e r s o n p ro n o u n s

1 . / l o o k / ( f o r m a l , p o l i t e , i n f e r i o r t o s u p e r i o r )

2 . / n e e q / (b e tw een e q u a l s , o r s u p e r i o r t o i n f e r i o r )

3 . / q a e $ / (b e tw een i n t i m a t e f r i e n d s , o r s u p e r i o r t o i n f e r i o r )

1| . / k l u o n / (b e tw een i n t i m a t e f r i e n d s , r e f l e x i v e c o n n o t a t i o n )

5 . / q a a - q s e q / ( d e r o g a t o r y , g o o d - n a t u r e d i n s u l t be tw een f r i e n d s ,

a d u l t t o c h i l d )

6 , / p r e e h - d a c p r e e h - k u n / ( i n f e r i o r t o s u p e r i o r o f e x a l t e d

/ p r e e h - d a c c e e h - k u n / r a n k , o r t o v e n e r a b l e p r i e s t )

U-.2313 3r d - p e r s o n p ro n o u n s a r e c o n t e x t - o r i e n t e d o n ly i f t h e

r e f e r e n t i s p r e s e n t . O th e rw is e t h e c h o ic e o f p ronoun depends

on t h e a b s o l u t e s t a t u s o f t h e r e f e r e n t o u t s i d e t h e f a c e - t o - f a c e

c o n t e x t .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 164: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

153

1 , / k o o t / ( r e s p e c t f u l , y o u n g e r o f e l d e r , i n f e r i o r o f s u p e r i o r )

2 , / k e e / ( i n f o r m a l , o t h e r , e x c l u s i v e )

/ k e e / a l s o o c c u r s a s an i n d e f i n i t e p ro n o u n s

/ k e e thaa 'J ' l q o o n a h l , /

/ t h e y s a y b e a u t i f u l v e r y

‘ They s a y [ i t ' s ] v e r y b e a u t i f u l . 1

3 , /w e© / ( s u p e r i o r o f i n f e r i o r , a d u l t o f c h i l d j o th e r w i s e

i n s u l t i n g )

/w e© / a l s o o c c u r s a s a s u b s t i t u t e f o r n o n - p e r s o n a l

n o u n s , e ' . g . s / c k a e n u h t we© k c i l n a h l . /

dog t h a t i t l a z y v e r y

'T h a t d o g , i t ' s v e r y l a z y . 1

A f u r t h e r u s e o f /w e© / i s as an e x p l e t i v e p ro n o u n :

/ r a a e t we© kdaw n a h l . /

i n t e r j e c t l o n - o f - a n n o y a n c e i t b e - h o t v e r y

'S a y , i t ' s r e a l l y h o t l '

lj.,232 I n d e f i n i t e p ro n o u n s a r e p ro n o u n s whose r e f e r e n t s a r e

i n d e f i n i t e . They t y p i c a l l y o c c u r as o b j e c t s i n b o th

a f f i r m a t i v e and n e g a t i v e c l a u s e s . The f o l l o w i n g exam ples

i n v o lv e t h e i n d e f i n i t e p ro n o u n / q w e y / 's o m e t h in g , a n y t h i n g ' .

A f f i r m a t i v e : /knom t i n qway ha© yf t r o l o p tow p t e o h l . /i •I buy so m e th in g p e r f e c t i v e r e t u r n go h o u se

'A f t e r I buy s o m e th in g , [ I 'm ] g o in g b a ck hom e. '

N e g a t iv e s /knom min t i n qw©y te e * ! ' , /

I n e g a t i v e buy a n y th i n g e m p h a t i c - p a r t i c l e

' I d i d n ' t buy a n y t h i n g . ' '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 165: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

151*.

The c l a s s h a s f o u r m em bers, t h e f i r s t member h a v in g t h r e e

R e d u p l i c a t e d i n d e f i n i t e p ro n o u n s o c c u r i n a f f i r m a t i v e

u t t e r a n c e s w i th a c o n n o ta t i o n o f v a r i e t y o r g e n e r a l i t y .

Exam ple; /da© tow m se l qw©y-qw©y h a s y t t r o l o p tow so n th aake© 4 '. /

w a lk go s e e v a r i o u s - t h i n g s a l r e a d y , r e t u r n go h o t e l

'When [ I h a d ] w a lk ed a ro u n d t o s e e v a r i o u s t h i n g s ,

[ I ] w ent b ack t o t h e h o t e l . 1

I n d e f i n i t e p ro n o u n s a r e n o n - s p e c i f i c as t o num ber, b u t

s i n g u l a r num ber can be s p e c i f i e d by a d d in g t h e n u m e ra l /m u© y/

'o n e ' t o t h e i n d e f i n i t e p rono uns

Exam ple; /ba© lo o k coq t i n qwoy-m uoyf qo nceen tow I . /

i f you w ant buy s o m e th in g -o n e , i n v i t e f i n a l - p a r t i c l e

' I f you w ant t o buy some (o n e ) t h i n g , go a h e a d . '

P l u r a l i t y may a l s o be s p e c i f i e d by a d d in g t h e p a r t i t i v e

p ro n o u n / k l a h / 's o m e ' t o t h e i n d e f i n i t e p ro n o u n .

Exam ple:

/knom t i n q w e y -k la h h a o y f k i t tow nam b a a y { . /

I buy s o m e th i n g - p l u r a l a l r e a d y , p l a n go e a t r i c e

' [ A f t e r ] I buy some t h i n g s , I p l a n t o go e a t . ’

I n d e f i n i t e p ro n o u n s a l s o o c c u r w i th a d j e c t i v a l f u n c t i o n

a f t e r n o u n s .

a l lo m o r p h s :

1 ) /qw ey - sq e y - q o y /

2 ) / n e © q - n a a /

3 ) / n a a /

Ip) / q a a n a a ~ q a n a a /

's o m e th in g , , a n y th i n g '

' som eone, a n y o n e '

'so m ew h ere , an yw h ere '

'w h ic h e v e r o n e , any o n e '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 166: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

155

E xam ple : / l o o k lo it t i n po e qwey koo b a a n h /

you t h in k , buy c o l o r w h a te v e r t h e n a b l e

‘You can buy w h a te v e r c o l o r you l i k e . 1

1+.233 I n t e r r o g a t i v e p ro n o u n s

The c l a s s o f i n t e r r o g a t i v e p ro n o u n s h a s t h e same member­

s h i p a s t h e c l a s s o f i n d e f i n i t e p ro n o u n s , (ty..2 3 2 ) , b u t i n t e r ­

r o g a t i v e p ro n o u n s may o c c u r i n u t t e r a n c e - f i n a l p o s i t i o n ,

w h i l e i n d e f i n i t e p ro n o u n s do n o t . As i n t e r r o g a t i v e p ro n o u n s ,

t h e fo rm s h a v e t h e f o l l o w in g m e a n in g s :

1 ) /q w o y / ’ w h a t? ’

2 ) / n o o b - n a a / ‘w ho?’

3 ) / n a a / ‘ w h e re ? 1

U-) / q a a n a a / 'w h ic h o n 8? ‘

E x am p le s : / l o o k coq t i n qwoyt , /

you w an t buy what

'W h a t 'd o you w ant t o b u y ? ’

/ l o o k maok r o e k n e e q - n a a f . /

you come s e e k who

’ Whom d i d you come t o s e e ? '

/ l o o k tow n a a f . /

you go w here

'W here a r e you g o in g ? '

/ l o o k cog t i n q a a n a a f . /

you want buy w h ic h -o n e

'W hich one do you w ant t o b uy ? 1

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 167: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

l£6

A l l o f t h e above e x c e p t / n a a / a l s o s u b s t i t u t e f o r noun

s u b j e c t s , e . g . *

/ n e e q - n a a m a o k f , /

who.come

‘ W ho's com ing? 1

I n t e r r o g a t i v e p ro n o u n s a l s o o c c u r w i th a d j e c t i v a l fun$*~

tlon a f t e r n o u n s , e . g . *

/ l o o k so m ra c -co .t n^tf t&n p o e q w o y f . /

you s e t t l e - h e a r t f u t u r e buy c o l o r what

•What c o l o r d i d you d e c id e t o b u y ? '

ij.. 2.34 F a r t i t l v e p ro n o u n s a r e s u b s t i t u t e s whose r e f e r e n t s a r e

am ounts o r q u a n t i t i e s . They d i f f e r f ro m i n d e f i n i t e p ro n o u n s

■in t h a t t h e y a r e s p e c i f i c a s t o num ber, and do n o t o c c u r as

i n t e r r o g a t i v e p ro n o u n s . P a r t i t i v e p ro n o u n s t y p i c a l l y o c c u r

as s u b s t a n t i v e o b j e c t s i n a f f i r m a t i v e u t t e r a n c e s .

Exam ples /knom y o e k to S Q -q o h 'J ' . /

I t a k e a l l

‘ I ' l l t a k e a l l [ o f th em ].*

The c l a s s i n c l u d e s a t l e a s t t h e f o l l o w i n g members*

1 ) / t e e g - q o h / ‘ a l l *

2 ) / t e e y - q o h - k n e e / ' e n t i r e g r o u p '

3 ) / k l a h / 'so m e '

I4.) / b o n t o c / ' a l i t t l e '

5 ) / c r a s n / 'm uch, many'

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 168: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

157

^■•235 R e l a t i v e p ro n o u n s a r e p ro n o u n s w h ich o c c u r a s h e a d s

o f a t t r i b u t i v e p h r a s e s w h ich t h e n f i l l t h e t y p i c a l s u b s t a n t i v e

p o s i t i o n s o f t o p i c , s u b j e c t , an d o b j e c t . The f o l l o w i n g

examples-, i n v o lv e t h e r e l a t i v e p ro noun / d a e l / ’ t h a t w h ic h ,

t h o s e w h ic h 1.

As t o p i c : . / d a e l l q o o t knom lu o q qoh h a e y j . /

t h o s e - w h ic h p r e t t y I s e l l c o m p le t e ly a l r e a d y

’ I ’ve a l r e a d y s o l d a l l t h e p r e t t y o n e s , ’

As s u b j e c t : / d a e l lq o o t l a y n a h l , /

t h o s e - w h ic h p r e t t y b e - e x p e n s i v e v e r y

’The p r e t t y o n es a r e v e r y e x p e n s i v e . 1

As o b j e c t s /knom cog t i n d a e l l q o o i ' . /

I w ant buy th a t -x y h ic h p r e t t y

’ I want t o buy a p r e t t y o n e . 1

The c l a s s h a s o n ly two members*

1 , / d a e l / ’ t h a t , t h a t w h ic h , t h o s e w h ic h '

2 . / d o n / ' t h a t , t h a t w h ic h , t h o s e w h ich ( c o l l o q u i a l ) '

ip.2lp Q u a n t i f i e r s

Q u a n t i f i e r s a r e d e f i n e d b y theii> o c c u r r e n c e in t h e

c o n t e x t #N J3# . Q u a n t i f i e r s a r e c l a s s i f i e d a s n u m e r ic a l

and n o n - n u m e r i c a l .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 169: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

158

i | , 2 l4-l N u m e ric a l q u a n t i f i e r s

N u m e ric a l q u a n t i f i e r s (o r s im p ly n u m e r a l s ) a r e q u a n t i -

f i e r s whose r e f e r e n t s a r e nu m bers . Cambodian h a s tw e lv e

s im p le n u m e ra l le x e m e s , as f o l lo w s ;

1 ) /m u o y / ' o ne ' 7 ) / r o o y / 'h u n d re d *

2) / p i i / 1 tw o ' 8 ) / p o o n / ' t h o u s a n d '

3) / h a y / ' t h r e e « 9 ) /m o o n / ' t e n - t h o u s a n d '

k) / b u o n / ' f o u r 1 1 0 ) / s a e n / ' h u n d r e d - th o u s a n d '

$) / p r a m / ' f i v e ' 1 1 ) / l e e n / ' m i l l i o n '

6 ) / d o p / ' 1 t e n 1 1 2 ) / k a o t / ' t e n - m i l l i o n '

The f o l lo w in g n u m e ra ls a r e com plex le x e m e s :

1 3 ) /m oph4y / ;1 1 tw e n ty '

l l | ) / s a a m - s o p / ' t h i r t y '

1 5 ) / s a e - s e p / ' f o r t y '

1 6 ) / h a a - s o p / ' f i f t y '

1 7 ) / f r o k - s o p / ' s i x t y '

1 8 ) / c o t - s o p / ' s e v e n t y '

1 9 ) / p a e t - s o p / ' e i g h t y '

2 0 ) / k a w - s o p / ' n i n e t y '

1 . The lexem e /m o p M y / ' t w e n t y 1 som etim es o c c u r s in t h e fo rm /m u o y - p h ly / , p o s s i b l y by a n a lo g y w i th t h e c l a s s o f m u l t i p l i ­c an d s ( so e b e lo w ) , b u t i t . i s n e v e r m u l t i p l i e d by any n u m era l o t h e r t h a n 'o n e * , /m o p h iy / may bo a r e s i d u a l fo rm o f an o ld sy s te m o f m u l t i p l i c a n d s w hich i n c l u d e d th e p a r t i t i v e s p e c i ­f i e r s /d o m b o o / ' a f o u r s o m e ' , / p l o o n / f a f o r t y - l o t ’ , and / s l o k / ' a Ij-OO-lot' w h ich a r e now l i m i t e d t o s p e c i f y i n g l o t s o f f r u i t s o r v e g e t a b l e s .2 . E xam ples l lp -20 above a r e composed o f th e bound morphemes 13—9* and t h e bound m u l t i p l i c a n d / - s o p / ' t e n ' . T hese form s a r e a p p a r e n t l y bo rrow ed i n t o t o from T h a i , b u t t h e y a r e p ro v en t o be com plex by t h e o b s e rv e d form / h a a - r i i h o k - s o p / ' f i f t y o r s i x t y ' .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 170: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

159

A l l o t h e r num bers a r e r e p r e s e n t e d by s e q u e n c e s o f t h e

above n u m e ra ls , in . e i t h e r a d d i t i v e o r m u l t i p l i c a t i v e

c o n s t r u c t i o n . The b a s i c p a t t e r n i n su ch c o n s t r u c t i o n s

i s a s f o l l o w s :

Any n u m e ra l i s . i n a d d i t i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n w i t h a f o l lo w in g

s m a l l e r n u m e ra l .

Any n u m e ra l i s i n m u l t i p l i c a t i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n w i th a

f o l lo w in g l a r g e r n u m e ra l .

The f o l l o w i n g a d d i t i v e n p in e ra l c o n s t r u c t i o n s o c c u r w i t h s t r e s s

and j u n c t u r e p a t t e r n s t y p i c a l o f compounds, and a r e th u s

a n a ly z e d a s n u m e r ic a l compounds:

2 1 ) /p ram m uoy / * s i x ’

2 2 ) / p r a m p i i « p r a m p l l / 1 s e v e n ’

•23) / p r a m b e y / 1 e i g h t ’

21+) /p r a m b u e n / 1 n i n e ’

25 ) /d o p - m u e y / ~ /mu ey -d o n d o p / ’*' 1 e l e v e n ’

2 6 ) / d o p - p i i / « / p i i - d o n d o p / 1 t w e l v e ’

27) /dop-pram m uey - p raram uey-dondop / ’ s i x t e e n ’

2 8 ) / d o p - p r a m p i l ~ p r a m p i l - d o n d o p / ’ s e v e n t e e n ’

29) /m o p h ly -rau o y / ’ tw e n ty -o n e

30) /saam -s© p -p ram m u ey / 1 t h i r t y - s i x

In exam ples 22 and 2 5 -2 8 a b o v e , t h e s e c o n d fo rm i s t h e

m ore c o l l o q u i a l .

1'. T he ' a l t e r n a t i v e fo rm s f o r " t h e n u m e ra ls 1 1 -1 9 (exam ples 25 2 8 ) , xdiich a r e fo rm ed w i th a d e r i v a t i v e o f / d o p / ’ t o n ’ , may be t h e o r i g i n a l form s o f t h e n u m e ra ls 1 0 -9 0 w h ich w ere r e ­p l a c e d by t h e T h a i fo rm s , s i n c e t h e y a r e t h e o n ly a d d i t i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n s i n w hich a s m a l l e r n u m era l p r e c e d e s a l a r g e r .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 171: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

160

A l l o t h e r num bers a r e r e p r e s e n t e d by s e q u e n c e s o f t h e

above lex e m e s i n s y n t a c t i c c o n s t r u c t i o n . ^ E xam ples 7 -1 2

above o c c u r a s m u l t i p l i c a n d s i n m u l t i p l i c a t i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n

a f t e r t h e n u m e ra ls ‘ o n e ’ t o ‘n i n e * , e . g . :

3 1 ) /p r a m r o s y / - (5 x 1 0 0 ) ' f i v e h u n d r e d '

3 2 ) /p ra m b e y p o a n / (8 x 1 , 0 0 0 ) ' e i g h t t h o u s a n d ’ , e t c .

VJhen. t h e m u l t i p l i e r i s /m u a y / ’ o n e ’ , i t u s u a l l y o c c u r s a s

t h e bound m u l t i p l i c a t i v e a l lo ra o rp h / m e - / ( s e e 3 . 3 1 2 2 ) , e . g . :

/ m a r o o y / 'o n e h u n d r e d ’

/m a p 5 o n / 'o n e t h o u s a n d ’ , e t c .

N um eral lex e m e s i n a d d i t i v e , c o n s t r u c t i o n a r e t y p i c a l l y

f o l lo w e d by r i s i n g p h r a s e c o n to u r / f / , e . g . :

. / p i i s a e n t pram maanf buon p o a n t b ay r o a y t h a a - s a p - p r a m ! . /

2 0 0 ,0 0 0 + 5 0 , 0 0 0 + I; , 000 + 300 + 55

/ 2 5 ^ 3 5 5 ’

The lexem e / s o o n / i s a noun m eaning ' z e r o ' , n o t a

n u m e r a l , s i n c e i t does n o t o c c u r b e f o r e s p e c i f i e r s . I t i s

u s e d , h o w e v e r , i n r e a d i n g n u m b ers , s u c h a s a l o t t e r y t i c k e t

num ber:

/p ra m m u a y t b u a n t s o o n t s o o n t pram l1 m u a y i . /

’ S i x , f o u r , z e r o , z e r o , . . f i v e , o n e . '

1 . They a r e t h u s d e a l t w i th on t h e l e v e l o f s y n ta x ( s e e 5 A N u m e r ic a l c o n s t r u c t i o n s ) . T hese c o n s t r u c t i o n s a r e a l s o ' i l l u s t r a t e d h e r o , hox-rover, i n o r d e r t o p r o v i d e an o v e r a l l v iew o f t h e n u m e r i c a l s y s t e m . .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 172: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

161

l+.2l|2 Non- n u m e r i c a l Q u a n t i f i e r s o c c u r i n t h s c o n t e x t #NJS#,'

a s do n u m e r a l s , b u t a r e i n d e f i n i t e o r p a r t i t i v e i n num ber.

The c l a s s i s s m a l l and c l o s e d .

1 ) /p o n m a a n / ‘how many, so m any’

2 ) / c r a e n / ‘m any’

3 ) / k o n l a h / ‘h a l f ’

U-) / p l a a y / ’ a f r a c t i o n ’

5 ) / n e e - n e e / ‘ v a r i o u s ’

Exam ples*

/ l o o k mean bo og -pq oon ponmaan n e e q f . /

you h av e o l d e r - a n d - y o u n g e r - s i b l i n g s how-many p e r s o n

•How many b r o t h e r s and s i s t e r s do you h a v e ? ’

/knom mean b o o ^ -p q o o n c r a e n n e o q K /

I h a v e o l d e r - a n d - y o u n g e r - s i b l i n g s many p e r s o n

’ I h a v e many b r o t h e r s and s i s t e r s . ’

/ t i i ~ n u h m*n mean ponmaan neeq t e e t . /

t h e r e n o t h a v e so -m any p e r s o n n e g a t i v e - f i n a l - p a r t i c l e

’ T h e re w e r e n ' t so many p e o p le t h e r e . ’

/p o n m a a n / . .a n d / c r a e n / s h a r e w i t h t h e n u m e ra ls ‘ o n e ’ t o ’ n i n e '

t h e p r i v i l e g e o f o c c u r r i n g i n t h e m u l t i p l i e r p o s i t i o n b e f o r e

m u l t i p l i c a n d s (I+.2I+1, exam ples 7 - 3 2 } .^

When / k o n l a h / ‘h a l f o c c u r s b e f o r e a s p e c i f i e r i t h a s th o

m ean ing ’h a l f a ’ , e . g .*

1 . See 5.1+2.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 173: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

162

/ b a r o y k o n la h k onco 'p /

c i g a r e t t e h a l f p a c k a g e

• h a l f a p a c k o f c i g a r e t t e s ’

When i t o c c u r s a f t e r a s p e c i f i e r , i t h a s t h e a d d i t i v e mean­

i n g 'a n d a h a l f ’ , e . g . :

/ b a r o y muey koncop k o n l a h /

c i g a r e t t e one pack ag e h a l f

’ a p a c k and a h a l f o f c i g a r e t t e s '

The n um era l / p l a a y / 'a n d a f r a c t i o n , and some' o c c u r s o n ly i n

a d d i t i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n a f t e r b o th n u m e ra ls and s p e c i f i e r s , e . g . *

/knom meen dop p l a a y r i o l ! . /

I h a v e t e n and-som e r i e l s

' I h a v e a l i t t l e o v e r t e n r i e l s . '

B u t : /knom meon pram r i o l p l a a y ! . /

I h ave f i v e r i e l a n d - a - f r a c t i o n

',1 h av e f i v e and a f r a c t i o n r i e l s . '

The s p e c i f i e r / c o m h i o ^ / ' h a l f an o b j e c t ' a l s o o c c u r s i n a d d ­

i t i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n a f t e r o t h e r s p e c i f i e r s , b u t i t i s n o t a

n u m e ra l , s i n c e i t n e v e r p r e c e d e s s p e c i f i e r s .

/ p r a q p i i r i o l com hi© $/

money two r i o l h a l f

' tw o - a n d ~ a - h a l f r i e l s ’

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 174: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

1 6 3

D e m o n s t r a t iv e s

D e m o n s t r a t iv e s a r e d e f i n e d by t h e i r a b s o l u t e f i n a l

p o s i t i o n i n any s u b s t a n t i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n . The c l a s s h a s o n ly

two m em bers, e ach w i t h s e v e r a l a l lo m o rp h s .

1 ) / n i h ~ n e h ~ n s io / ’ t h i s / t h e s e ( i n s i g h t ) , t h e r e f e r r e d

t o ’

2 ) / n u h ~ n o h ~ n o q - n o ^ / ’ t h a t / t h o s e ( i n s i g h t , b u t d i s t a n t ,

o r o u t o f s i g h t ) , t h e r e f e r r e d t o ’

D e m o n s t r a t iv e s o c c u r i n a l l t h e t y p i c a l s u b s t a n t i v e p o s i t i o n s s

As t o p i c j / n i h q w s y t , /

t h i s w hat

’ What i s t h i s ? ’

As s u b j e c t ; / n i h maok p i i n a a f . /

t h i s come from whore

’ Where d id t h i s come f r o m ? 1

As o b j e c t ; / c u o y y o sk n i h tow c a o l l . /

h e l p t a k e t h i s go th ro w -aw ay

’ P le a s e t a k e t h i s [ a n d ] th ro w [ i t ] a w a y . '

As a t t r i b u t e ; / k o o n - s o h p i i neoq n i h c l a a t n a h i . /

s t u d e n t two p e r s o n t h i s c l e v e r v e r y

’ T h ese two s t u d e n t s a r e v e r y c l e v e r . 1

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 175: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

161}.

lj.,3 P r e d i c a t i v e s

A p r e d i c a t i v e i s any lexem e w h ich may o c c u r i n t h e fram e

/m&n ___ t e e . / , w here / m i n / i s a n e g a t i v e a u x i l i a r y (I}.,51+)

and / t e e / i s a n e g a t i v e f i n a l s e n t e n c e p a r t i c l e ( I + . 8 1 ) . I n .

o t h e r words* a p r e d i c a t i v e i s any lex em e w h ich may be n e g a t e d .

A p r e d i c a t i v e may o c c u r a s t h e s o l e le x e m ic c o n s t i t u e n t

o f a p r e d i c a t i o n . A p r e d i c a t i o n i s any v e r b o r v e rb p h r a s e ,

w i t h o r w i t h o u t a s u b j e c t o r t o p i c , w hich can o c c u r a s an "V

i s o l a t e d u t t e r a n c e . A p r e d i c a t e i s any v e r b o r v e r b p h r a s e

i n an y o c c u r r e n c e a s t h e com plem ent o f a s u b j e c t o r t o p i c .

P r e d i c a t i v e s a l s o f i l l t y p i c a l s u b s t a n t i v e p o s i t i o n s a s t o p i c s ,

s u b j e c t s , o r o b j e c t s . Any lexem e w h ich f u n c t i o n s b o t h a s a

s u b s t a n t i v e an d a p r e d i c a t i v e i s a p r e d i c a t i v e ; any lexem e

w h ich o c c u r s o n l y a s a s u b s t a n t i v e i s a s u b s t a n t i v e .

1+.31 A d j e c t i v a l v e r b s

An a d j e c t i v a l v e r b i s any p r e d i c a t i v e w h ich may p r e c e d e

t h e i n t e n s i f y i n g a d j e c t i v e / n a h / ‘ v e r y ’ . A d j e c t i v a l v e rb s

n e v e r o c c u r i n c o n s t r u c t i o n w i t h a s u b s t a n t i v e o b j e c t . B e s id e s

o c c u r r i n g a s p r e d i c a t i v e s , a d j e c t i v a l v e rb s a l s o o c c u r as

a t t r i b u t e s i n a t t r i b u t i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n s w i th b o th noun and

v e r b h e a d s .

As p r e d i c a t e ; / s r e y nuh l q o o l . /

g i r l t h a t - p r e t t y

‘ T h a t g i r l i s p r e t t y . 1

As noun a t t r i b u t e s / s r e y Iqo o n u h f m i t k n o m ! . /

g i r l p r e t t y t h a t , f r i e n d my

•T h a t p r e t t y g i r l [ i s ] my f r i e n d . ’

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 176: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

16$

As v e r b a t t r i b u t e : / s r e y nuh s o s e e I q o o ' h /

g i r l t h a t w r i t e p r e t t y

• T h a t g i r l w r i t e s p r e t t i l y . 1

Ip. 32 A c t iv e v e r b s

A c t iv e v e r b s a r e p r e d i c a t i v e s w h ic h do n o t p re c o d e t h e

i n t e n s i f y i n g a d j e c t i v e / n a h / ’v .ery* . A c t iv e v e r b s may be

p r e c e d e d by m odal v e r b s iCIp.33)» w h i l e a d j e c t i v a l v e r b s may

n o t .

Ip.321 T r a n s i t i v e v e rb s

A t r a n s i t i v e v e r b i s any a c t i v e v e r b w hich may o c c u r i n

A yv %A /“« 4>Vkt1 A * AVV « 4- a. 1% A 4* AV%4* 4 «f A a K 4 A A 4* l"P VI A Vt A 4 4“ 4 *t A A V> V\ nu u i i o i / r u v u x ^ n vw j_ u x x a u u j o v > u e v Uw?

a l s o o c c u r w i th i n t r a n s i t i v e and a d j e c t i v a l f u n c t i o n . E xam ples:

T r a n s i t i v e : /knom baelc t w e e j ' , /

I open d oo r

I I o p e n /o p e n e d t h e d o o r . '

I n t r a n s i t i v e : / tw e e kompuQ b a e k ' k /

d o o r i n - p r o c e s s - o f open

'T h e d o o r i s o p e n i n g . '

A d j e c t i v a l : / tw e e b a s k h a e y K /

d o o r open p e r f e c t i v e - p a r t i c l e

•The d o o r i s o p e n . '

C e r t a i n t r a n s i t i v e v e r b compounds t y p i c a l l y o c c u r as

s o l e le x e m ic c o n s t i t u e n t s o f u t t e r a n c e s , e . g . :

/ c u m r e e p / ' t o in f o r m ' + / s u e / ' t o a s k '

> / c u m r o o p - s u o / ' g r e e t i n g s '

/ s u e / ' t o a s k ' + / s d e y / ' t o s a y ' > / s u e - s d e y / 'h e l l o *

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 177: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

166

/ s o o m / ' t o b e g 1 + / t o o h / ' p u n is h m e n t '

. > / s o o m - t o o h / 'p a r d o n '

S uch v e r b s , ho w ev er , do o c c u r w i t h s u b j e c t s and o b j e c t s , e . g . ?

/k o o n t re t* so o m -too h k r u u i ' . /

c h i l d m ust beg i-pardon t e a c h e r

•You ( c h i l d ) m ust beg t h e t e a c h e r i s p a r d o n . 1

^ •3 2 2 I n t r a n s i t i v e v e rb s

An i n t r a n s i t i v e v e r b i s any a c t i v e v e r b w hich n e v e r

p r e c e d e s a s u b s t a n t i v e o b j e c t . Such v e r b s d e s c r i b e s e l f -

m o t i v a t e d a c t i o n .

Exam ples* / d e s k / ! l i© down'

/ t l e e q / ' f a l l '

/ b a o k / ' b r e a k '

Many i n t r a n s i t i v e v e rb s s e r v e a s b a s e s f o r t r a n s i t i v e v e rb

d e r i v a t i v e s w h ich o c c u r w i th o b j e c t s . F o l lo w in g a r e t h e

t r a n s i t i v e d e r i v a t i v e s o f t h e t h r e e i n t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s c i t e d

a b o v e : / p d e e k / ' t o l a y . ( so m e th in g o r som eone) down1

/ t u m l e a q / ' t o d ro p ( s o m e th in g ) '

/b o m b a e k / ' t o b r e a k ( s o m e th in g '

ip* 33 Modal v e r b s -

A modal v e rb i s any p r e d i c a t i v e w h ich o c c u r s i n c o n ­

s t r u c t i o n w i t h , and in some \my q u a l i f i e s o r l i m i t s , a fo l lo v r -

in g a c t i v e v e r b . . >

E xam ples : /knom c eh n i y e e y p h e e s a a con I - . /

I know -how -to sp e a k la n g u a g e C h in e se

' I know how t o sp e a k C h i n e s e . '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 178: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

/ k o e t t r a w tow p t e e h i . /

ho m ust go h o u se

’ He h a s t o go h o m e .’

Modal v e r b s a lw ay s f o l l o w a u x i l i a r i e s ( l | . .6 ) , i n c l u d i n g t h e

n e g a t i v e a u x i l i a r y / m i n / w h ich ' d e f i n e s t h e c l a s s o f p r e d i c a t ­

i v e s . E xam p le*

/knom m in t r e w tow t e e i| ' . /

I n e g . m ust go n e g a t i v e - f i n a l - p a r t i c l ©

’ I d o n ’ t h a v e t o g o . '

A l th o u g h some m odal v e r b s a l s o o c c u r a s t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s

w h ic h t a k e s u b s t a n t i v e o b j e c t s , an o b j e c t n e v e r I n t e r v e n e s

be tw een a m odal v e r b and t h e v e r b i t m o d i f i e s .

Exam pleJ /k o o n c u e y tw e e - k a a m d a a y i ' . /

c h i l d h e l p work m o th e r

’ The c h i l d h e l p s [ h i s ] m o th e r w o r k . ’

I f a s u b s t a n t i v e o b j e c t i n t e r v e n e s , t h e f i r s t v e r b i s a

t r a n s i t i v e v e r b , n o t a m odal v e r b , as i n t h e f o l l o w i n g example*

/k o o n tow p s a a t i n t r e y * ! ' . /

c h i l d go m a rk e t buy f i s h

’ The c h i l d i s g o in g t o t h e m a rk e t t o buy f i s h . ’

S e v e r a l m odal v e r b s may o c c u r i n a s e q u e n c e , e a c h on© q u a l i ­

f y i n g t h e s u c c e e d in g m odal v e r b . A se q u e n c e o f t h r e e 1 h a s b een

observed*.

/knom min d a a l baan r l s n n i y e e y p h e e s a a c e n K /

I n e g . h a v e - o v e r g e t - t o l e a r n - t o s p e a k la n g u a g e C h in e se

’ I ’ ve n e v e r h a d th e c h a n c e t o l e a r n t o sp e a k C h i n e s e . ’

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 179: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

1 6 8

The p o s i t i o n a l s u b - c l a s s e s o f m odal v e r b s h a v e n o t y e t been

f u l l y a n a l y z e d . F o r t h e p r e s e n t , t h e f o l l o w i n g two s u b ­

c l a s s e s a r e s e t up* 1 ) s p e c i f i c m odal v e r b s , w h ic h o c c u r

b n l y l a s m odal;.:verbs', and w h ich d e f i n e t h e c l a s s , and

2 ) g e n e r a l m odal v e r b s , w h ic h f o l l o w s p e c i f i c m odal v e r b s ,

a n d w h ich o c c u r b o t h a s m odal v e rb s and a s t r a n s i t i v e v e r b s .

The c l a s s e s a r e s m a l l and c l o s e d , a l t h o u g h t h e f o l l o w in g l i s t s

may n o t b e c o m p le te .

14..331 S p e c i f i c m odal v e r b s

1 ) / p r o o m / ' t o a g re e t o 1

2 ) / t a 013/ ' t o be a cc u s to m e d t o * :

3 ) . / k r o o n / ' t o be enough t o '

l\.) / c o g / ' t o w is h t o '

5>) / t l o a p / 'u s e d t o , t o hav e e v e r '

6 ) / h e p n / ' t o d a re to*

7) / p r o n a p / ' t o h u r r y t o '

8 ) / q a a c / ' t o be l i k e l y t o '

9 ) / k u © / 'o u g h t t o '

10 ) / r o w u © l / • t o be b u sy a t '

1 1 ) /k h o m / ' t o s t r i v e t o ’

1 2 ) / d a e l / ' t o h a v e e v e r '

I4. . 3I12 G e n e r a l m odal v e r b s

1 ) / c e l l / ' t o know how t o '

2 ) / r i e p / ' t o p r e p a r e t o '

3 ) / t r o w / ' t o h a v e t o ’

Ij.) / n o w / ' s t i l l t o '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 180: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

169

5) / c o o l - c s t / ' t o l i k e t o ' ;

6 ) / t r e w - k a a / ' t o n e e d t o '

7) / c a p / ' t o b e g in t o '

8 ) /p d a e m / ' ' t o b e g in t o '

9 ) /c a p -p d a © m / 1 t o b e g in t o '

l O j / l a e g / ' t o q u it*

l l ) / c h u p / ' t o s t o p '

1 2 ) / t o t u e l / ' t o t a k e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y fo r*

1 3 ) / c u © y / ' t o h e lp t o '

l l | ) / k h o o q / ' t o f a i l to*

' t o p l a n t o '

1 6 ) / l o © / ' t o t r y t o '

1 7 ) / s o m / ' t o a s k t o '

1 8 ) / b a a n / ' t o have been a b l e t o , t o g e t t o

1 9 ) /m e e n / ' t o have t o '

2 0 ) / q a a n e t / 1 t o be good enough t o '

2 1 ) / k h a a n / ' t o m is s , f a i l t o '

22 J / p r s t o / 1 t o be d e te r m in e d t o '

2 3 ) /m * n - b a c / ‘*' ' n o t n e c e s s a r y t o '

2 l} .) /cam -bac/^ 'n e c e s s a r y t o '

2 ^ ) /b o m ro t3 / ' t o i n t e n d t o '

2 6 ) / q o n c e s n / 1 t o i n v i t e t o '

2 7 ) / q o t / ' t o l a c k , m is s '

1* / b a c / ' n e c e s s a r y ' o c c u r s o n ly n e g a t i v e l y and in compounds.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 181: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

170

L}., 3k- D i r e c t i o n a l v e r b s

D i r e c t i o n a l ' v e r b s o c c u r a f t e r a c t i v e v e r b 3 w h ich a r e

n o n - s p e c i f i c as t o d i r e c t i o n o r g o a l , and s p e c i f y t h e

d i r e c t i o n o r o r i e n t a t i o n o f t h e i n i t i a t e d a c t i o n .

The c l a s s i s s m a l l and c l o s e d ..•>

1 ) / t o w / ’ t o go ; away, t o w a rd (away f ro m s p e a k e r ) ’

2 ) / m a o k / ’ t o come; t h i s way, to w a rd ( i n s p e a k e r ’ s d i r e c t i o n ) '

3 ) / c o h / ' t o go dovm; down'

I4.) / l a ©53/ ' t o go u p j u p , i n c r e a s i n g l y '

5 ) / c o o l / ' t o e n t e r ; i n , i n t o '

6 ) / c a n / ' t o go o u t ; o u t ’

7 ) / t a a m / ' t o fo l low ;- a l o n g , f o l l o w i n g ’

8 ) / n o w / ' t o r e m a in ; s t i l l , a t ’

9 ) / q a o y / ' t o g i v e ; as a f a v o r , f o r ’

1 0 ) / c u u n / ' t o g i v e ; a s a f a v o r , f o r ( e l e g a n t ) ’

Examples* /q sw p u k m i n - t o a n t r o l o p maok4*./

f a t h e r n o t - y e t r e t u r n come

’ F a t h e r h a s n ' t come b a c k y e t . '

S u b s t a n t i v e o b j e c t s i n t e r v e n e b e tw een an I n i t i a t i n g v e r b

and i t s d i r o c t i o n a l v e r b a t t r i b u t e .

/ y o o k hop n £ h tow I . /

t a k e box t h i s go

'T a k e t h i s box a w ay . '

When a d i r e c t i o n a l v e r b i s f o l l o w e d by a s u b s t a n t i v e o b j e c t ,

i t h a s a p r e p o s i t i o n a l f u n c t i o n , and c a r r i e s t h e s e c o n d a r y

s t r e s s / ' / c h a r a c t e r i s t i c o f p r o p o s i t i o n s . (JLp. 71 ) s r a t h e r

t h a n p r i m a r y s t r e s s / * / a s i n t h e above e x a m p le s .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 182: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

171

/ y e o k h e p n f h tow p t e e h j . /

t a k e box t h i s go h o u s e

•Take t h i s box t o t h e h o u s e . '

^••35 C o m p le t iv e v e r b s

C o m p le t iv e v e r b s o c c u r i n p o s t - p o s e d c o n s t r u c t i o n w i t h ,

a n d e x p r e s s t h e c o m p l e t i o n , e x p e c t e d r e s u l t , o r p o s s i b i l i t y

o f a c h ie v e m e n t o f , v e r b s w hich i n i t i a t e , an a c t i o n . I n

n e g a t i v e e x p r e s s i o n s , t h e n e g a t i v e a u x i l i a r y a lw a y s f o l l o w s

t h e i n i t i a l vei*b, a s opposed uo c o o r d i n a t e o r a t t r i b u t i v e

v e r b s e q u e n c e s , i n which t h e n e g a t i v e p r e c e d e s t h e f i r s t v e r b

o f t h e s e q u e n c e .

C o m p le t iv e v e r b s a r e o f two k i n d s : 1 ) s p e c i f i c c o m p l e t i v e

v e r b s , w h ic h h a v e a r e s u l t a t i v e r e l a t i o n s h i p w i t h a s p e c i f i c

i n i t i a t i n g v e r b , and 2) g e n e r a l c o m p l e t i v e v e r b s , w h ic h o c c u r

a f t e r a l a r g e number o f v e r b s , and e x p r e s s t h e p o s s i b i l i t y o f

a ch iev e m e n t ' , o r t h e c o m p l e t i o n , o f t h e i n i t i a t e d a c t i o n .

The n e g a t i v e e x p r e s s i o n o f e i t h e r c l a s s i m p l i e s f a i l u r e o r

i n a b i l i t y t o a c h i e v e t h e i n i t i a t e d a c t i o n .

The f o l l o w i n g exam ples i n v o l v e t h e s p e c i f i c c o m p l e t i v e

v e r b / l u e q / ‘ t o s l e e p ' x

/ y u p m i n t knom doek l u e q s o p b a a y n a h / . /

n i g h t l a s t , I l i e - d o w n s l e e p p l e a s a n t v e r y

' L a s t n i g h t , I s l e p t v e r y w e l l . *

Nog . : / y u p m in t knom deek min l u e q s o h l . /

n i g h t l a s t , I l i e - d o w n n e g . s l e e p a t - a l l

• I d i d n ' t s l e e p a t a l l l a s t n i g h t . '

Or: *1 c o u l d n ' t s l e e p a t a l l l a s t n i g h t . '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 183: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

172

A l th o u g h t h e f o l l o w i n g l i s t s may n o t be c o m p l e t e , t h e

c l a s s i s p r o b a b l y c l o s e d .

lj.. 35>1 S p e c i f i c c o m p l e t i v e v e r b s

E ach s p e c i f i c c o m p l e t i v e v e r b i n t h e f o l l o w i n g l i s t i s

shown ty i th i t s s p e c i f i c a n t e c e d e n t , and i t s s p e c i a l f u n c t i o n

i s i l l u s t r a t e d i n b o t h a f f i r m a t i v e and n e g a t i v e e x p r e s s i o n s .

1 ) / l u e q / ’ t o go t o s l e e p ’ ( / d e e k / ’ t o l i e down’ )

/ d e e k l u e q / ' t o s l e e p 1

/ d e e k min l u e q / ’ t o f a i l t o s l e e p '

2 ) / k h e e n / ' t o s e e ' ( / k i t / ' t o t h i n k ’ )

/ k i t k h e e n / ’ t o u n d e r s t a n d '

/ k i t min k h e e n / ' t o f a i l t o u n d e r s t a n d '

( / m e e l / ' t o l o o k , w a t c h ' )

/ m e e l k h e e n / ' t o s e e '

/meeji min k h e e n / ' t o f a i l t o s e e '

( / r o e k / ' t o h u n t f o r ’ )

/ r o o k k h e e n / ' t o f i n d '

/ r o e k min k h e e n / ' t o f a i l t o f i n d '

( / n i k / ' t o r e f l e c t ' )

/ n i k k h e e n / ' t o r e a l i z e ’

/ n i k min k h e e n / ' t o f a i l t o r e a l i z e '

3 ) / i o e n / ' t o be on t i m e '

/ t o w t o o n / ' t o c a t c h '

( / t o w / 1 t o g o ' )

/ t o w min t o e n / ' t o f a i l t o c a t c h , t o m i s s '

lj.) / l i i / ' t o h e a r ' ( / s d a p / ' t o l i s t e n ' )

/ s d a p l i i / ' t o h e a r '

/ s d a p min l i i / ' t o f a i l t o h e a r '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 184: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

173

/ s d a p / c an a l s o be f o l l o w e d by on© o f t h e g e n e r a l c o m p l e t i v e

v e r b s , / b a a n / ' t o be a b l e ' , i n w h ich c a s e t h e m ean ing o f t h o

e x p r e s s i o n i s ' t o u n d e r s t a n d ' .

$ ) / p h o t / ' t o be c l e a r o f ( / c i e h / ' t o a v o i d ' )

/ c i e h p h o t / ' t o e s c a p e '

/ c i o h min p h o t / ' t o f a l l t o a v o i d '

6 ) / c . e h / ' t o know' ( / r i o n / ' t o s t u d y ' )

/ r i e n c e l l / ' t o l e a r n '

/ r i e n min c e h / ' t o f a i l t o l e a r n '

7 ) / t h u m / ' t o s m e l l ' ( / h o t / ' t o s n i f f ' )

/ h e t th u m / ' t o s m e l l '

/ h e t min th u m / ' t o f a i l t o s m e l l '

8 ) / m a t / ' t o p i e r c e ' ( / c a q / ' t o s t a b ' )

/ c a q m u t / ' t o s t a b t l i r o u g h , t o p e r f o r a t e 1

/ c a q min m u t / ' t o f a i l t o p i e r c e '

9 ) / c o o p / ' t o s t i c k t o ' ( / p r o l o o ^ / ' t o c o m p e t e ' )

/ p r o l o o g c o o p / ' t o p a s s (an e x a m i n a t i o n ) '

A l th o u g h / p r o l o o g mill c o o p / ' f a i l t o p a s s ' may o c c u r , t h e

n e g a t i o n o f / p r o l o o g c o o p / i s u s u a l l y e x p r e s s e d by a n o t h e r

s p e c i f i c c o m p l e t i v e v e r b / t l e o q / ' t o f a l l ' *

/p ro loo jQ t l e o q / ' t o f a i l (an e x a m i n a t i o n ) '

I |. 3S>2 G e n e r a l c o m p l e t i v e v e r b s

The i n i t i a t i n g v e r b s u s e d w i t h t h e f o l l o w i n g g e n e r a l

c o m p l e t i v e v e r b s a r e o n l y examples o f t h e k i n d s o f v e r b s

w h ic h can p r e c e d e g e n e r a l c o m p l e t i v e v e r b s .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 185: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

1 ) / b a a n / ' t o be a b l e ’

/ t o w b a a n / ’ can g o ’

/ t o w min b a a n / ’ c a n ’ t g o ’

2 ) / k a e t / ’ t o be a b l e ’ o c c u r s l e s s g e n e r a l l y t h a n / b a a n /

and u s u a l l y o n l y In n e g a t i v e e x p r e s s i o n s *

/knom maok min k a e t t e e K /

I come n e g . a b l e f i n a l - p a r t i c l e

' I c a n ' t c o m e . ’

3 ) / r u e c / ’ t o be a b l e , t o f i n i s h * o c c u r s i n two c o n t e x t s

1) p h y s i c a l c a p a b i l i t y

/knom l e e k t o k n i h min ruecv l - . /

I l i f t t a b l e t h i s n e g . a b l e

' I c a n ' t l i f t t h i s t a b l e ; ’

2 ) c o m p l e t i o n i n t e r m s o f t im e

/knom m ee l siewphow n i h min r u e c K /

I r e a d book t h i s n e g . f i n i s h

’ I c a n ’ t f i n i s h r e a d i n g t h i s b o o k . ’

or* ' I ' m n o t t h r o u g h r e a d i n g t h i s b o o k . '

I}.) / s r a c / ' t o f i n i s h , c o m p l e t e ’

/knom tw ee k a a n i h m i n - t o e n s r a c I . /

I do work t h i s n o t - y e t f i n i s h

' I h a v e n ’ t y e t f i n i s h e d t h i s w o r k . ’

5 ) / c o p / ' t o g e t t o t h e end , t o c o m p l e t e '

/knom m eel k a s a e t n i h min c o p j ; /

I r e a d n e w sp a p e r t h i s neg . c o m p le t e

' I d i d n ' t f i n i s h r e a d i n g t h i s n e w s p a p e r . '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 186: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

175

6 ) / k h a m i / ’ t o l a c k , f a i l , m i s s ’

■ / l o o k t r o w tow mi-n k h a a n l , /

you m us t go n e g . f a i l

’ You m u s t go w i t h o u t f a i l . ’

14-. 14- A d v e r b i a l s

A d v e r b i a l s a r e l ex e m e s w h ich o c c u r a s a t t r i b u t e s o f

e n t i r e p r e d i c a t i o n s .

I4..I4I G e n e r a l a d v e r b i a l s

G e n e r a l a d v e r b i a l s a r e a d v e r b i a l s w h ic h e i t h e r p r e c e d e

o r f o l l o w t h e c o n s t i t u e n t w hich t h e y m o d i f y . As p r e p o s e d

a t t r i b u t e s , a d v e r b i a l s c a r r y g r e a t e r e m p h a s i s t h a n as p o s t -

p o s e d a t t r i b u t e s , and a r e t y p i c a l l y s e t o f f f ro m t h e r e ­

m a in d e r o f t h e u t t e r a n c e by t h e p h r a s e c o n t o u r / f / .

P r e p o s e d : / tho o m m o d aa f knom maok nara b a a y t i i - n i h K /

u s u a l l y I come e a t r i c e h e r e

’ U s u a l l y , I come h e r e t o e a t . ’

P o s t - p o s e d * ' /k n o m maok nam ba ay t i i - n i h thoGmmedaa 'i ' . /

I come e a t r i c e h e r e u s u a l l y

’ I u s u a l l y come h e r e t o e a t . ’

G e n e r a l ad\re r b i a l s m o d i f y t h e c o n s t i t u e n t s w i t h w h ich t h e y

c o - o c c u r as t o mode, p l a c e , o r t i m e , and a r e t h u s c l a s s e d

a s : 1 ) m odal a d v e r b i a l s

2 ) l o c a t i v e a d v e r b i a l s

3 ) t e m p o r a l a d v e r b i a l s

No more t h a n one member f rom eac h c l a s s may o c c u r in : .a s i n g l e

u t t e r a n c e . I f more t h a n o n e - c l a s s i s r e p r e s e n t e d , t h e o r d e r

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 187: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

176

i s u s u a l l y 1 - 2 -3 i n p r o p o s e d p o s i t i o n , and 3 - 2 -1 i n p o s t -

posed . i p o s i t i o n . T y p i c a l members o f t h e t h r e e c l a s s e s a r e

l i s t e d b e lo w .

I4. . ip l l Modal a d v e r b i a l s

1 ) / q one ©13/

2 ) / d o o c c n o h /

3 ) / h a © y /

' t h e r e f o r e ’

’ t h e r e f o r e , l i k e t h a t ’

’ t h e n , t h e r e f o r e ’

C e r t a i n p r e p o s i t i o n a l and noun p h r a s e s t y p i c a l l y o c c u r

w i t h m odal a d v e r b i a l f u n c t i o n s Examples*

1 ) /ba© q o n c e g / ’ i n t h a t c a s e '

2 ) /ba© y a a q - n a a k o o - d a o y / 'h o w e v e r t h a t may b e ’

.3 ) / h a e t n i h / ' f o r t h i s r e a s o n '

lj..l|12 L o c a t i v e a d v s r b i a l s

1 ) / t i l - n i h /

2 ) / t i i - n u h /

3 ) / k h a g - m u k / /

’ h e r e ’

' t h e r e '

' i n f r o n t ? 5

C e r t a i n p r e p o s i t i o n a l and noun p h r a s e s a l s o o c c u r w i t h

l o c a t i v e a d v e r b i a l f u n c t i o n . Examples*

1 ) / k o n l a e g n u h / ,

2 ) / b o o r i w e e n n i h /

3 ) /knoQ s r o k n u h /

l!-.l|13 Tem poral a d v e r b i a l s

1 ) / q s y l e w " q s y l s w - n i h /

2 ) / s q a e k /

3) / t g a y - n i h /

Ll-) / c u o n - k a a l /

’ t h e r e , i n t h a t p l a c e '

' [ i n ] t h i s r e g i o n '

' i n t h a t c o u n t r y !

' nov;'

' tom orrow '

' t o d a y '

1 s o m e t im es '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 188: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

177

Many noun p h r a s e s t y p i c a l l y o c c u r i n . t e m p o r a l a d v e r b i a l

f u n c t i o n , e . g . t

1 ) / t g a y c a n / ‘ [on ] Monday’

2 ) / p r i k l a o g / ' ’ t h e n e x t m o r n in g ’

3) /sa raay n u h / ’ [ i n ] t h o s e d a y s ’

b 'kZ I n t e r r o g a t i v e a d v e r b i a l s

I n t e r r o g a t i v e a d v e r b i a l s a lw ays o c c u r w i t h i n t e r r o g a t i v e

m ean ing i n u t t e r a n c e - f i n a l ’ p o s i t i o n . . The c l a s s i s s m a l l and

c l o s e d . Most o f t h e f o l l o w i n g exam ples i n v o l v e s e q u e n c e s o f

morphemes. I t i s n o t c l e a r w h e th e r t h e y s h o u l d be t r e a t e d as

compounds o r as p h r a s e s , b u t t h e y a r e t r e a t e d h e r e a s com­

p ound a d v e r b i a l s b e c a u s e o f t h e i r t y p i c a l o c c u r r e n c e as u n i t s

. in t h a t f u n c t i o n .

Examples / l o o k k i t tow d o o c - m d o c ^ . /

you t h i n k go howt

’ How do you p l a n t o g o ? ’

1 ) / d o o c - m d o c / ’ how?

2) / y a a q - n a a / ’how?’

3 ) / y a a q - m o c / ’how?’

l|.) / q o ^ k a l / ’ when ( f u t u r e ) ? ’

£ ) / p i i - q o ^ k a l / . ’ when ( p a s t ) ? ’

6 ) / k a a l - n a a / ’ when ( f u t u r e ) ? ’

7) / p i i - k a a l - n a a / ’when ( p a s t ) ? ’

8 ) / p o n m a a n / ’how much?’

9) / p o n n a a / ’ how much?’

1 0 ) / s m a o - m a a h / ’ how much, t o what e x t e n t ? ’

1 1 ) /qo m baa l~ m aan / ’how much, t o what e x t e n t ? ’

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 189: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

178

lj..I|-3 I n d e f i n i t e a d v e r b i a l s

The c l a s s o f i n d e f i n i t e a d v e r b i a l s h a s t h e same member­

s h i p as t h e c l a s s o f i n t e r r o g a t i v e a d v e r b i a l s (i|..I|.2) , b u t

t h e y n e v e r o c c u r i n . u t t e r a n c e - f i n a l p o s i t i o n , a s do i n t e r ­

r o g a t i v e a d v e r b i a l s . They o c c u r i n f i n a l p o s i t i o n o n l y i n

n o n - f i n a l c l a u s e s , and a r e f o l l o w e d by a f i n a l s e n t e n c e

p a r t i c l e i n s i m p l e p r e d i c a t i o n s .

E xam ples : / l o o k tow d ooc-m doc t t r s w to w dom rDojj^ . /

you go how ever m ust go r i g h t - a w a y

’ ’ However you g o , [y ou ] must go r i g h t a w a y . ’

/l/V ir tW vn4.v\ I r l a Am v\AV\vnr> a m 4* a a !. /^ t i t i v i a x u z z n <ru»wk>lx p v ;4 x u a a l i v v v / /

I n e g . b e - h u n g r y t o - a n y - e x t e n t f i n a l - p a r t i c l e

’ I 'm n o t so h u n g r y . '

The form s a r e l i s t e d be low w i t h t h e i r i n d e f i n i t e m e a n in g s :

1 ) / d o o c - m d e c / ’h o w e v e r ’

2 ) /y a a jQ - n a a /

3 ) / y a a g - m e c /

14-) / q b ^ k a l /

$ ) / p i i - q o q k a l / •

6 ) / k a a l - n a a /

7) / p i i - k a a l - n a a /

8 ) / p o n m a a n /

9) / p o n n a a /

1 0 ) / sm aefm aan /

1 1 ) / q omb a a l -ma a n /

•how ever '

'h o w e v e r '

'w h e n e v e r ( i n t h e f u t u r e ) '

'w h e n e v e r ( i n t h e p a s t ) '

'w h e n e v e r ( i n t h e f u t u r e ) '

'w h e n e v e r ( i n t h e p a s t ) '

' t o any e x t e n t '

' t o any e x t e n t '

' t o any e x t e n t '

' t o any e x t e n t '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 190: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

179

k*5 A d j e c t i v e s

A d j e c t i v e s a r e le x e m e s w h ich o c c u r a s p o s t - p o s e d

m o d i f i e r s o f n o u n s , v e r b s , o r o t h e r a d j e c t i v e s , and w h ic h

n e v e r o c c u r as s u b s t a n t i v e s o r p r e d i c a t i v e s .

A d j e c t i v o s a r e d i v i d e d i n t o t h r e e s u b - c l a s s e s s

1 ) g e n e r a l a d j e c t i v e s

2 ) I m i t a t i v e a d j e c t i v e s

3 ) o r d i n a l n u m e r a l a d j e c t i v e s

Ip. ^1 G e n e r a l a d j e c t i v e s " •

T h i s C l a s s i s l a r g e and o p e n - e n d e d , and i n c l u d e s a l l

a d j e c t i v e s w h ich do n o t b e l o n g t o c l a s s e s 2 and 3 a b o v e .

A d j e c t i v a l v e r b s (Lp.31) a l s o f u n c t i o n l i k e a d j e c t i v e s o f

t h i s g r o u p , i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e i r p r e d i c a t i v e f u n c t i o n .

G e n e r a l a d j e c t i v e s a r e d i v i d e d i n t o t h e f o l l o w i n g t h r e e

s u b - c l a s s e s *

1 ) A d j e c t i v e s which m o d i fy e i t h e r n o u n s o r v e r b s

Noun m o d i f i e r s /knom mean p r a q b o n t e c K /

I h a v e money a - l i t t l e

' 1 h a v e a l i t t l e m o n e y .1

Verb m o d i f i e r s

/ t w e o - k a a bontoc ' l ' l e e Q b o n t e c t s r u o l ceoQ’k /

work a - l i t t l e p l a y a - l i t t l e c o m f o r t a b l e more

•To work a l i t t l e and p l a y a l i t t l e i s more a g r e e a b l e . '

2 ) A d j e c t i v e s which m o d i f y o n l y v e r b s and o t h e r a d j e c t i v o s

• A d j e c t i v e s o f t h i s c l a s s hav e a d v e r b i a l f u n c t i o n , b u t

d i f f e r f rom t h e c l a s s o f a d v e r b i a l s (Ip.lj.) i n t h a t t h e y do

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 191: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

180

n o t o c c u r a s p r e p o s e d m o d i f i e r s , and a r e a lw ay s a t t r i b u t i v e

t o a p r e c e d i n g v e r b o r a d j e c t i v e , r a t h e r t h a n t o an e n t i r e

p r e d i c a t i o n . Many, r e d u p l i c a t i v e compounds, e s p e c i a l l y

t h o s e i n v o l v i n g vowel a b l a u t ( 3 .5 2 1 ) b e lo n g t o t h i s g r o u p .

Examples* /monuh c a h dae t o t r e e t - t o t r o o t ' i ' . /

man o l d w alk s t a g g e r i n g l y - y

‘ The o l d man w a lked u n s t e a d i l y . 1

F r e q u e n t l y u p t o t h r e e su c h a d j e c t i v e s o cc t i r i n c o o r d i n a t e

c o n s t r u c t i o n w i t h an i n t e n s i f i e d m ea n in g , as f o l l o w s : •

/k m eeg l .eeg k n e e t e e n - t a a f l r o 3 e e m - ro s a a m row iim-roweera t o w l . /

c h i l d r e n p l a y t o g e t h e r s k i t t i s h l y b o i s t e r o u s l y c o n f u s e d l y on

The c h i l d r e n p l a y e d on t o g e t h e r [ i n a ] s k i t t i s h , b o i s t r o u s ,

and c o n f u s e d [ m a n n e r ] . 1

( A l l o f t h e s e a d j e c t i v e s a r e d e s c r i p t i v e o f u n s t r u c t u r e d

b e h a v i o r o f one k i n d o r a n o t h e r . The g l o s s e s a r e a p p r o x i m a t e . )

3 ) A d j e c t i v e s w h ich o c c u r o n l y a s m o d i f i e r s o f n o u n s .

The c l a s s i s q u i t e s m a l l and may be l i m i t e d t o t h e

f o l l o w i n g members:

1 ) / q a e t i o t / ‘ o t h e r ’

2 ) / q a e t i o t - q a e t i e t / ‘ v a r i o u s o t h e r '

3 ) / n i r a u e y / ‘ e a c h ’

lj.) / n i m u e y - n i m u o y / ' e a c h i n i t u r n ’

5 ) / d o t i y / ' o t h e r , f o r e i g n

6 ) / d o d a e l / ' s a m e '

M o d i f i e r s w h ich d e s c r i b e t h e s i z e , s h a p e , o r c o l o r o f t h e i r

noun h e a d s a r e u s u a l l y a d j e c t i v a l v e r b s .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 192: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

181

b*$2 I m i t i a t i v e a d j e c t i v e s

I m i t a t i v e . a d j e c t i v e s a r e o n o m a to p o e t i c a d j e c t i v e s

w h ic h o c c u r a f t e r v e r b s and a f t e r t h e noun / s o o / ' s o u n d ' .

The c l a s s i s l a r g e and o p e n -e n d e d , and t h e g r e a t m a j o r i t y

o f i t s members a r e r e p e t i t i v e r e d u p l i c a t i v e s (3 .5 > l l ) . Such

a d j e c t i v e s a r e u s u a l l y acco m p an ied by a s p e c i a l i m i t a t i v e

i n t o n a t i o n , p r e c e d e d , and i f n o n - f i n a l , f o l l o w e d , by p a u s e .

E x am ple s ; / k e e ban k n e e* c ch a ^ s ! ; chafl : I qonc-eg t o w l /

t h e y s h o o t t o g e t h e r bang bang l i l c e - t h a t c o n t i n u a t i v e

' ’ They were f i r i n g a t e a c h o t h e r [ w i t h a]

’ ’ bang! b a n g ! * ’ ( t h u s ) .

/ p d e y - p r o p u e n c l u e h k n e e l i i s o o : kokao lc -k o kao k i ! /

h u s b a n d - w i f e a r g u e t o g e t h e r h e a r sound y a k k i t y - y a k

’ The c o u p le were a r g u i n g t o g e t h e r ( w i t h a ) ’ ’ y a k k i t y -

y a k ' ’ s o u n d , '

O r d i n a l nu m era l a d j e c t i v e s

N u m era ls , a s w e l l as t h e - - n o n - n u m e r i c a l q u a n t i f i e r

/ p o n m a a n / ’how many’ , combine w i t h t h e o r d l n a l i z i n g p r e f i x

/ t i i - / t o fo rm o r d i n a l n u m e ra l a d j e c t i v e s . Such compounds

a r e n o t n u m e r a l s , s i n c e t h e y n e v e r o c c u r b e f o r e s p e c i f i e r s .

E x am ple s : / k o o n - p r o h t i i - b e y /

son t h i r d

' t h e t h i r d so n '

/ t g a y t i i - p o n m a a n / .

day h o w -m a n y ' th

'w h a t day ( i n a s e r i e s ) ? '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 193: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

1 8 2

lj.,6 A u x i l i a r i e s

A u x i l i a r i e s a r e l ex em es w h ic h q u a l i f y a f o l l o w i n g v e r b

o r modal v e r b , b u t w h ich n e v e r o c c u r as p r e d i c a t i v e s , a s do

modal v e r b s . A u x i l i a r i e s a r e d e f i n e d b y t h e f o l l o w i n g

c r i t e r i a :

1 ) They p r e c e d e modal v e r b s

2 ) They n e v e r o c c u r a s p r e d i c a t i v e s

3 ) They a r e n e v e r n e g a t e d

Ip) They n e v e r p r e c e d e s u b s t a n t i v e o b j e c t s

Many compound a u x i l i a r i e s i n c l u d e t h e p r e p o s i t i o n / t a e / ' b u t 1,

w i t h s e c o n d a r y s t r e s s , a s s e c o n d e l e m e n t . In some a u x i l i a r i e s

/ t a e / i s o p t i o n a l , and h a s an i n t e n s i f y i n g f u n c t i o n :

W i th o u t / t a e / : /knom t o e p maok p i i p t e e h s £ m j . /

I j u s t come f rom h o u s e Sim

' I ’ ve j u s t come f ro m S i m 's h o u s e . '

W ith / t a e / : /knom t e e p - t a e maok p i i p t e e h s i m j . /

' I ' v e j u s t t h i s m in u te -c o m e f ro m S im 's h o u s e . '

In o t h e r a u x i l i a r i e s , h o w e v e r , / t a e / i s a d e r i v a t i o n a l

e l e m e n t w h ich d e r i v e s a u x i l i a r i e s f ro m v e r b s :

V/i thou t / t a e / : / k e e c e h n i y e e y b a r a q s a e h ' ! ' . /

h e knows sp e a k F r e n c h

'He knows how t o s p e a k F r e n c h , '

W ith / t a e / : / k e e c e h - t a e n i y e e y b a r a f l s a e h ' k /

h e a lw ays s p e a k F r e n c h

'He a lw ays s p e a k s F r e n c h . '

In t h e f i r s t e x am p le , / c e h / i s a modal v e r b ; / c e h - t a e / i n t h e

s e co n d example i s an a u x i l i a r y .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 194: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

183

The c o p u l a t i v e / c e e / ' i s 1 a l s o o c c u r s a s an o p t i o n a l

s e c o n d e le m e n t i n some compound a u x i l i a r i e s . I t s f u n c t i o n

seems t o be p r i m a r i l y one o f s i g n i f y i n g g r e a t e r f o r m a l i t y

o r d e l i b e r a t i o n , e . g . :

/q ow puk knom mult tow d a e f . /

f a t h e r ray l i k e l y - t o go to o

’ My f a t h e r i s l i k e l y t o go t o o . ’ .

But* /qe i^puk knom m uk-cee tow d a e j / . /v

' I t i s q u i t e l i k e l y t h a t my f a t h e r w i l l go t o o , '

^ • 6 1 G e n e r a l a u x i l i a r i e s a r e a u x i l i a r i e s w h ic h may a l s o o c c u r

r* -I- •? r\v» n n n n o r M v irp •f’.ViCi 0 1 1 K r \ ■f* f . K nff a. vaa u U v v i , it/ j* . a. v iu v w p j. w v v a a v w m v . i w v v a v a a v iva v —

d i c a t i o n t h e y m o d i f y . The c l a s s i s c l o s e d , a l t h o u g h t h e

f o l l o w i n g l i s t may n o t be c o m p l e t e .

1 ) / s o o m /

2 ) / c o o /

3) / c r a © n ( - t a e ) /

) / co ranara - t& e/

5>) / t a e i o - t a e /

6 ) / t r © w - t a e /

7) / r o m e e Q ( - t a e ) /

8 ) / s o t ( - t a e ) /

9) / k u © g ( - t a e )

1 0 ) / m u k ( - t a o )

11 ) / s r a p ( - t a e ) /

12 ) / k u © ~ ta o ) /

1 3 ) / p r o h a e l ( - c e o ) /

' p l e a s e '

' g o a h e a d an d '

'm o s t ly *

' u s u a l l y '

*u s u a l l y '

' n e c e s s a r i l y '

1 u s u a l l y '

' a l l w i t h o u t e x c e p t i o n '

' u s u a l l y '

' p r o b a b l y '

' . s u d d e n ly '

' p r o p e r l y '

' p e r h a p s *

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 195: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

1814-

ll}.) / m u k ( - c e s ) / ’ p r o b a b l y 1

l £ ) / t o o l - t a e / ’w i t h o u t e x c e p t i o n , e n t i r e l y '

16) / m a c ( - k o o j / 'w hy? '

1 7 ) /m d0c ( » k o o ) / 'w h y? '

1 8 ) / m © c . . . . r a o c / ' i f . . . t h e n why?'

1 9 ) / m d o c . . .m d o c / ' i f . . . t h e n why?'

E xam ples 18 and 19 above a r e p a r a l l e l a u x i l i a r i e s . They

o c c u r i n c o n s t r u c t i o n s c o n s i s t i n g o f one o r more d e p e n d e n t

c l a u s e s , f o l l o w e d by a m ain c l a u s e , and s i g n a l t h e f a c t t h a t

t h e m a i n - c l a u s e i s a r h e t o r i c a l q u e s t i o n , e . g . j

/ tu m ro om qewpuk w e s t indec wee min k l a a c _ coh

cohtl’ n e e q d o t i y t mdec wee k l a a c _ . /

i f - e v e n f a t h e r h i s i f h e n e g . r e s p e c t

t e l l - m o p e r s o n o t h e r th en -w h y h e r e s p e c t

' I f he d o e s n ' t r e s p e c t even h i s f a t h e r , t h e n t e l l me, why

1 s h o u l d he ] r e s p e c t anyone e l s e ? '

I}..62 P r e v e r b a l a u x i l i a r i e s a r e a u x i l i a r i e s which a lw a y s p r e ­

ced e v e r b s . The c l a s s i s c l o s e d , a l t h o u g h t h e f o l l o w i n g l i s t

may n o t be c o m p l e t e .

1 ) / t 9 o p ( - t a o ) / I t o h a v e j u s t '

2 ) / s t e e - t a e / ' o n t h e p o i n t o f '

3 ) / c i t / ' n e a r l y ')

Ll) /kompug(-tae)/ ' in the process of'

5 ) / s e g ( - t a e ) / ' a l m o s t a l l '

6 ) / k a n - t a e / ' i n c r e a s i n g l y '

7) /ceh - tae / 'always'

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 196: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

1 8 5

1 i n c r e a s i n g l y ’

‘ b a r e l y ’

1 a l m o s t ’ ;

’ s t i l l , c o n t i n u a l l y ’

' e n g r o s s e d i n '

’ t r y o n l y t o ’

‘ e s p e c i a l l y ’

’vhave o n l y t o ’

1 e x t r e m e l y ’

' s o , t h e n , a c c o r d i n g l y ’

The f o l l o w i n g two exam ples o c c u r o n l y as compound n e g a t i v e

a u x i l i a r i e s :

1 8 ) / m i n - t o o n / ’ n o t y e t ’

1 9 ) /m in -s© w / ' h a r d l y , n o t so v e r y ’

lj.,63 The i n c i p i e n t a u x i l i a r y / n i g / ‘ w i l l , j u s t a b o u t t o ’

p r e c e d e s n e g a t i v e a u x i l i a r i e s , b u t f o l l o w s a l l o t h e r a u x ­

i l i a r i e s , e . g . * /knom c-i t n i g min t o w j . /

I a lm o s t f u t u r e n e g a t i v e go

’ I a lm o s t d i d n ' t g o . ’,

I4. .6 I4. N e g a t i v e a u x i l i a r i e s f o l l o w a l l o t h e r a u x i l i a r i e s .

T h e i r o c c u r r e n c e im m e d ia t e l y p r e c e d i n g v e r b s d e f i n e s t h e

c l a s s o f p r e d i c a t i v e s . The c l a s s h a s f o u r members.

1 ) / m i n / ’ n o t ( g e n e r a l ) '

2 ) / q o t / ’ n o t ( c o l l o q u i a l ) '

3 ) / p u m / ’ n o t ( l i t e r a r y ) '

lj.) / k o m / ’ d o n ’ t ( n e g a t i v e i m p e r a t i v e ) ’

8 ) / r i - t ( - t a e ) /

9 ) / k r o s n - t a e /

1 0 ) / r i o p - t a e /

1 1 )/ n o w - t a e /

12 ) / r o w u o l - t a e / .

1 3 ) / k h o m - t a e /

lL}.)/c om pu eh - tae ' /

1 5 ) / m e o n - t a e /

16 ) / s a e n /

1 7 ) / k o o /

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 197: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

186 ’

b*7 R e l a t o r s

R e l a t o r s a r e lex em es whose f u n c t i o n i s t o i n d i c a t e t h e

r e l a t i o n s h i p b e tw ee n two c o - c o n 3 t i t u e n t s . Such lexem es a r o

n o t s u b s t a n t i v e s , s i n c e t h e y n e v e r o c c u r a s s u b j e c t s o f

v e r b s (1|*2), and t h e y a ro n o t p r e d i c a t i v e s , s i n c e t h e y a r e •

n e v e r n e g a t e d Cl}..3 ) . R e l a t o r s a r e d i v i d e d , on t h e b a s i s

o f s y n t a x , i n t o f i v e c l a s s e s , as f o l l o x j s i

1 ) p r e p o s i t i o n a l r e l a t o r s ( p r e p o s i t i o n s )

2 ) s u b o r d i n a t i n g c o n j u n c t i o n a l r e l a t o r s ( s u b o r d i n a t i n g

' c o n j u n c t i o n s )

3 ) g e n e r a l r e l a t o r s (which o c c u r b o t h as p r e p o s i t i o n s

and as s u b o r d i n a t i n g c o n j u n c t i o n s )

I4.) c o o r d i n a t i n g c o n j u n c t i o n a l r e l a t o r s ( c o o r d i n a t i n g

c o n j u n c t i o n s )

S) c o p u l a t i v e r e l a t o r s ( c o p u l a t i v e s )

U-* 71 P r e p o s i t i o n a l r e l a t o r s (o r s i m p l y p r e p o s i t i o n s ) a r e

r e l a t o r s w hich p r e c e d e o n l y s u b s t a n t i v e o b j e c t s and which

show t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p o f t h e s u b s t a n t i v e t o a c o - c o n s t i t t i e n t ,

A c o n s t r u c t i o n whose c o n s t i t u e n t s a r e a p r e p o s i t i o n and i t s

o b j e c t i s a p r e p o s i t i o n a l p h r a s e . P r e p o s i t i o n a l p h r a s e s a r e

a lw ay s a t t r i b u t i v e t o a c o - c o n s t i t u e n t . The f o l l o w i n g

exam ples i n v o l v e t h e p r e p o s i t i o n / k r a o m / ‘u n d e r 1:

/ k r o b o y d e ek now lcraora p t e o h ' h /

b u f f a l o l i e r e m a in u n d e r h o u s e

‘ The b u f f a l o a r e l y i n g u n d e r t h e h o u s e .*

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 198: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

187

/ k r o b o y kraom p te© h n u h t thum n a h l ; /

b u f f a l o under* h o u s e t h a t b o - b i g v e r y

’ The b u f f a l o u n d e r t h a t h o u s e a r e v e r y b i g ! ’

Many p r e p o s i t i o n s o c c u r w i t h a d j e c t i v a l f u n c t i o n t ^ i t h o u t a

f o l l o w i n g o b j e c t , e . g . :

/kampucce© k ra o m /

Cambodia u n d e r

’ Lower Cambodia!

The f o l l o w i n g s u b - c l a s s e s o f p r e p o s i t i o n s a r e e s t a b l i s h e d

on t h e b a s i s o f s e m a n t i c c r i t e r i a :

1|. 711 L o c a t i o n a l p r e p o s i t i o n s i n d i c a t e t h e l o c a t i o n a l r e ­

l a t i o n s h i p o f a f o l l o w i n g o b j e c t t o a c o - c o n s t i t u e n t .

1 ) / k n o q /

2 ) / k r a w /

3) / l o o /

’ i n ’

' o u t s i d e ’

’ onj a b o v e ’

U.) / k r a o m /

5 ) / m u k /

6 ) / k r a o y /

7) / c i t /

8 ) / q a e /

9) / b o n t o o p /

1 0 ) / k b a e /

1 1 ) / k o n d a a l /

1 2 ) / c o © p /

’u n d e r ’

’ i n f r o n t o f ’

• a f t e r , b e h i n d '

’ n e a r ’

• a t ’

’ s u c c e e d i n g , n e x t t o ’

' b e s i d e ’

’ i n t h e c e n t e r o f ’

' a t t a c h e d t o ’

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 199: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

188

lj.,712 D i r e c t io n a l ! p r e p o s i t i o n s i n d i c a t e t h e d i r e c t i o n a l

r e l a t i o n s h i p o f a f o l l o w i n g o b j e c t t o a c o - c o n s t i t u e n t . '

1 ) / p i i / -‘ f r o m 1

2 ) / d o l / 1 t o w a r d ’

3) / c u m w i n / ‘ a r o u n d 1

lj.) / wuoq/ ’ a r o u n d ’

$ ) / c w i e l / ‘ c i r c l i n g ’

^ . 7 1 3 Q u a n t i t a t i v e p r e p o s i t i o n s i n d i c a t e - t h e q u a n t i t a t i v e -or

d i s t r i b u t i o n a l r e l a t i o n s h i p o f a f o l l o w i n g o b j e c t t o a

c o - c o n s t i t u e n t .

1 ) / s m a o /

2 ) / t e e p /

3 ) / q o h /

lj.) / t e o Q - q o h /

5 ) / p i n /

6 ) / 0 0 3 5 3/7) / I e o h /

8 ) / h u o h /

9 ) / c o m /

1 0 ) / t a e / .

11 ) / r o o l / V

1 2 ) / s o p /

1 3 ) / k r u p /

11).) / l c r u p - k r u p /

l 5 ) / k r u p - s o p /

16 ) / s o p - k r u p /

1 7 ) / c u o h /

e q u a l l i n g ’

i n c l u d i n g ’

a l l o f ’

i n c l u d i n g a l l o f ’

t o t h e e x t e n t o f ’

more t h a n '

e x c e e d i n g '

e x c e e d i n g ’

e x a c t l y ’

o n l y '

e v e r y ( w i t h u n i t s o f t i m e ) '

e v e r y '

a l l o f '

e v e r y '

e v e r y one o f '

e v e r y one o f

i n s t e a d o f

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 200: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

189

lj., 711). Q u a l i t a t i v e p r e p o s i t i o n s i n d i c a t e t h e q u a l i t a t i v e

r e l a t i o n s h i p o f a f o l l o w i n g o b j e c t t o a c o - c o n s t i t u e n t .

1 ) / r o b o h / ’ o f , b e l o n g i n g t o ’

2 ) / q o m p i i / ’ a b o u t , o f ’

3 ) / p t o e l / ’ c o n c e r n i n g ’

k ) / c e a - m u s y / ’ w i t h ’

5 ) / c e o - m u e y - n i g / ’ t o g e t h e r w i t h '

1)..72 S u b o r d i n a t i n g c o n . j u n c t i o n a l r e l a t o r s ( o r s im p ly

s u b o r d i n a t i n g c o n j u n c t i o n s ) a r e r e l a t o r s w hich i n t r o d u c e

s u b o r d i n a t e c l a u s e s . The r e s u l t i n g c o n s t r u c t s a r e a lw ays

i n a t t r i b u t i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n w i t h a c o - c o n s t i t u e n t . In t h e

f o l l o w i n g ex am ple , / b a o / i s a c o n j u n c t i o n m ean ing ' i f ' :

/ b a o pqoon cog t i n l a a n t qan cuey b o n to c b a a n j - . /

i f y o u ( o l d e r t o y o un g e r s i b l i n g ) want buy cap

I h e l p a - l i t t l e a b l e

' I f you want t o buy a c a r , I can h e l p a l i t t l e . '

I n t h e m in im a l c a s e , t h e c o - c o n s t i t u e n t o f a s u b o r d i n a t i n g

c o n j u n c t i o n may b e a s i n g l e p r e d i c a t i v e (which i s n e v e r t h e ­

l e s s a p r e d i c a t i o n j s e e i)..3)» as i n t h e f o l l o w i n g exam ple :

/ b a e t h a o k f knom t i n b a a n j ’. /

i f i n e x p e n s i v e I buy a b l e

’ I f [ i t ’ s ] i n e x p e n s i v e , I c an buy [ i t ] . ’

Most o f t h e f o l l o w i n g c o n j u n c t i o n s a r e m o r p h o l o g i c a l l y com­

p l e x . The bound morpheme / - b e y / which o c c u r s as a s e c o n d

e le m e n t i n exam ples 6 -8 below seems t o f u n c t i o n o n l y as a

m ark e r o f s u b o r d i n a t i n g c o n j u n c t i o n s ( s e e 3 . 2 3 ) . Sequences

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 201: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

190

o f morphemes eac h o f w hich o c c u r s by i t s e l f a s a c o n j u n c t i o n

a r e t r e a t e d a s c o o r d i n a t e compound c o n j u n c t i o n s , e . g . ?

/ t u e h / • a l t h o u g h ’ + / c e e / ’ t h a t ’ > / t u o h - c e e / ' a l t h o u g h ’

Some o f t h e ' f o l l o w i n g exam ples c o n s i s t o f s e q u e n c e s o f

morphemes w h ich o c c u r e l s e w h e r e as f r e e f o r m s , b u t whose

f u n c t i o n a s e l e m e n t s o f c o n j u n c t i o n a l compounds seems t o be

i d i o m a t i c . F o r example?

/ b a a / ' i f ' + / s e n / ( o c c u r s e l s e w h e r e o n l y as an im p e r -

B oth / b a a - s e n - n a a / ’ i f and / b a a - s a n - c e a / ' i f ' (exam ple H4.

b e lo w ) can s u b s t i t u t e s y n t a c t i c a l l y and s e m a n t i c a l l y f o r t h e

m o r p h o l o g i c a l l y s im p le c o n j u n c t i o n / b a a / ’ i f . Such s e ­

q uences a r e t r e a t e d as i d i o m a t i c compound c o n j u n c t i o n s .

Some o f t h e exam ples b e low c o u l d p o s s i b l y ; be a n a l y z e d

as s y n t a c t i c p h r a s e s . However, s i n c e t h e y seem t o f u n c t i o n

l i k e c o n j u n c t i o n s , t h e y a r e f o r t h e p r e s e n t a n a l y z e d as

compound c o n j u n c t i o n s . The f o l l o w i n g l i s t may n o t be c o m p l e t e .

a t i v e f i n a l s e n t e n c e p a r t i c l e ) + / n a a / 'w h i c h '

• > / b a e - s e n - n a a / ' i f

1 ) / b a o /

2 ) / l u l l /

3). / c e e /

I4.) / t h a a /

$) / k a a l /

' when '

' i f '

' when'

' t h a t '

' t h a t '

6 ) / d a e m - b e y /

7) / k o m - b e y /

8 ) / s o o m - b o y ( - t a e ) /

9) / t u 0h ( ~ c e o ) /

’ i n o r d e r t o '

' i n o r d e r t o n o t '

1 a l t h o u g h ’

1 a l t h o u g h ’

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 202: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

10) / t u a h - b a y (- b a a ) /

11) / t u m r o a m /

12) / t u m r o a m - d o l /

13) / b a a - s a n - n a a /

Ilf.) / b a a - s a n - c e a /

15) / k a a l - n a a /

16) / k a a l - d a e l /

17) / k a a l - n a a - b a a /

18 ) / b a a - k a a l - n a a /

19) / k a a l - p i i /

20) / p e e l - n a a /

21) / p e e l - d a e i /

22) / k n o j 3- p e e l « d a e l /

23) / d o l - p e e l ° d a e l /

2k ) / q a o y /

25) / q a o y - ’t a e /

26) / k o m - q a o y /

27) / k o m - q a o y - t a e /

28) / l u h - t a e /

29) / l u h * * t r a a ~ t a e /

30) / t u k - b a a ( - c e a ) /

31) / c i i - c e a g /

32) / d b a t ( - t a e ) /

1 a lth o u g h ’

’u n t i l , even i f ’

• u n t i l ’

’ i f ’

‘ i f ’

' w h e n e v e r ’

' when’

’w h e n e v e r ’

' w h e n e v e r ’

’ when ( i n t h e p a s t ) ’

1 w h e n e v e r ’

’ when ( i n t h e p a s t ) '

’ w h i l e ’

' when’

’ so t h a t '

' s o l o n g a s '

' i n o r d e r t h a t n o t '

' s o l o n g as n o t '

' o n l y when '

' u n l e s s '

' g i v e n t h a t '

' a l t h o u g h ’

' a l t h o u g h '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 203: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

192

14-. 72X C o r r e l a t i v e conjunctions a r e p a i r e d f o r m s , t h e f i r s t

o f tyhich i n t r o d u c e s t h e s u b o r d i n a t e c l a u s e , and t h e se co n d

o f w h ic h i n t r o d u c e s t h e main c l a u s e , o f com plex s e n t e n c e s

(6 .1 2 ) , The s e c o n d member o f s u c h c o r r e l a t i v e p a i r s i s

i n v a r i a b l y t h e c o o r d i n a t i n g c o n j u n c t i o n / t a e / ‘ b u t , n e v e r ­

t h e l e s s ’ .

1 ) / d b e t . . . t a e / 1 a l t h o u g h . . . n e v e r t h e l e s s ’

2 ) / t u o h , . . t a e / ’ a l t h o u g h , . . n e v e r t h e l e s s ’

3) / c i i - c e o f l / . . t a e / ’ a l t h o u g h . . . n e v e r t h e l e s s ’

I}.) / s o o m - b o y . , . t a e / ’ a l t h o u g h . . . n e v e r t h e l e s s ’

Example*

/ d b o t knom c h i & f t a e knom tow t w e o - k a a d a e l . /

a l t h o u g h I b e - i l l b u t I go work anyhow

’ A l th o u g h I [was] i l l , n e v e r t h e l e s s I went t o work

( anyhow) . 1

b*73 G e n e r a l r e l a t o r s a r e r e l a t o r s w hich o c c u r w i t h b o t h

p r e p o s i t i o n a l and s u b o r d i n a t i n g c o n j u n c t i o n a l f u n c t i o n .

The f o l l o w i n g exam ples i n v o l v e / s o m r a p / ’ f o r ’ ?

As p r e p o s i t i o n s

/knom t i n siowphow n i h somrap ko o n -p ro h ' l ’, /

I buy book t h i s f o r son

’ I b o u g h t t h i s book f o r [my] s o n , ’

As s u b o r d i n a t i n g c o n j u n c t i o n :

/knom t i n siewphow n i h somrap y oek tow s a l a a - r i e n l . /

I buy book t h i s f o r t a k e t o s c h o o l

’ I b o u g h t t h i s book t o t a k e t o s c h o o l . ’

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 204: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

193

The f o l l o w i n g l i s t may n o t be c o m p l e t e :

1 ) / s o m r a p /

2 ) / d a o y /

3 ) / m u n /

k ) / k r a o y ( - p i i ) /

£>) / r u o c - p i i /

6 ) / t a g - p i i /

7) / d o o c ( - c e s ) /

8 ) / d o l /

9 ) / r o h o o t ( - d o l ) /

1 0 ) / s r a c - t a e /

11 ) / c o m p u e h ( - t a e )

1 2 ) / k r a w - p i i /

1 3 ) / r i o i o /

lLl-J/cumnuoh/

l £ ) / p r o p e n /

16 J / p r o e m - t e e q /

l ? ) / p r u 9 h /

1 8 ) / p i p r u 9 h /

1 9 - ) / t o 9 l - t a o /

2 0 ) / d a o y - s a s /

1 f o r 1

by*

b e f o r e ’

a f t e r ’

a f t e r ’

s i n c e '

l i k e ’

u n t i l '

up u n t i l '

d e p e n d in g on '

j u s t f o r '

b e s i d e s '

a b o u t 1

i n s t e a d o f

l i k e '

w h i l e *

b e c a u s e 1 ( o f ) '

b e c a u s e ( o f ) '

to tf t i l*

b e c a u s e ( o f ) '

k*7k C o o r d i n a t i n g c o n j u n c t i o n a l r e l a t o r s (o r s i m p ly c o o r d i n ­

a t i n g c o n j u n c t i o n s ) i n t r o d u c e t h e s e c o n d c o i r c o n s t i t u e n t o f

c o o r d i n a t e c o n s t r u c t i o n s . They p r e c e d e s u b s t a n t i v e s , p r e d ­

i c a t i v e s , o r p r e d i c a t i o n s . The f i r s t t h r e e members o f t h e

c l a s s l i s t e d be low a r e p u re m a r k e r s ( i . e . s e r v e o n l y t o mark

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 205: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

1914-

c o o r d i n a t e c o n s t r u c t i o n ; t y p e s ) , w h i l e o t h e r s h a ve s e m a n t i c

c o n t e n t , e . g . *

/ y e e g tow nara b a a y f t e e p tow m ea l k o n h /

we go e a t r i c e t h e n go w a tc h f i l m

' W e t ' l l ] go e a t , t h e n go t o a m o v i e , '

The c l a s s i s s m a l l and c l o s e d . Exam ples 9 -1 1 a r e compounds.

1 ) / r i i / ' o r ' 7 ) / t a e / ' b u t '

2 ) / h a a y / ' a n d ' 8 ) / p o n t a e / ' b u t '

3 ) / h a e y - n i g / 'and* 9 ) / k o o - p o n t a e / ' b u t ' .

l\.) / r u a c / ' t h e n ' 1 0 ) / k 4 i - t h a a / ' t h a t i s '

5 ) / s e r a / ' a n d t h e n ' 1 1 ) / d o o c - t h a a / ' t h a t i s '

6 ) / t a a p / ' o n l y t h e n '

i|.. 7U1 P a r a l l e l c o o r d i n a t i n g con . j u n c t io n s o c c u r b e f o r e b o t h

c o - c o n s t i t u e n t s o f a c o o r d i n a t e c o n s t r u c t i o n .

Example* / r 4 4 t knom tow p n u m -p 4 n 1 ' ' r 4 i f ’ knom tow s ia m - r e a p ' J ’. /

o r I go Phnom-Penh o r I go S ie m - r e a p

' I ' m g o i n g e i t h e r t o Phnom Penh o r t o S i e m r e a p . '

The c l a s s h a s o n l y two members*

1 ) / r 4 4 . . , r 4 4 / ' e i t h e r . . . o r '

2 ) / t e e q . . . tee^o / ' b o t h . . . a n d '

I4.. 7k2 P a i r e d c o o r d i n a t i n g c o n j u n c t i o n s a r e p a i r s o f c o n ­

j u n c t i o n s , t h e f i r s t o f w h ich o c c u r s b e f o r e t h e f i r s t c o -

c o n s t i t u e n t , and t h e s e c o n d o f w h ich o c c u r s b e f o r e t h e s e c o n d

c o - c o n s t i t u e n t , o f c o o r d i n a t e c o n s t r u c t i o n s .

Example* / t e e q knom tow p lo w n i h f h a e y - n i g l o o k tow p le w n u h J - , /

b o t h I go s t r e e t t h i s and you go s t r e e t t h a t

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 206: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

195

• I ' l l go [b y ] t h i s s t r e e t , and ( a t t h e same t i m e ) you

go [b y ] t h a t s t r e e t . ’

The c l a s s h a s two members:

1 ) / t e e g . . . h a e y - n i g / ’ b o t h . . . a n d ’

2 ) /pro8m-te933.. .haey-n iio / ’w h i l e . . . at the same tim e’

1+. 71+3 P o s t - p o s e d p a r a l l e l c o o r d i n a t i n g con . j u n c t i o n s f o l l o w

t h e c o n s t i t u e n t s w h ich t h e y mark a s c o o r d i n a t e , e . g . :

/ m i t tow k d e y I min to w k d e y f knom tow d a e ^ . /

y o u ( f r i e n d ) go w h e t h e r n o t go w h e th e r I go anyhow

’ W h eth e r y ou go o r n o t , I ’m g o i n g . ’

The c l a s s h a s ' t h e f o l l o w i n g two members:

1 ) / k d e y . . . k d e y / ’ w h e t h e r . . . o r ’

2 ) / k o o - d a o y . . . k o o - d a o y / ’p o s s i b l e . . . a l s o p o s s i b l e '

1+. 75 C o p u l a t i v e r e l a t o r s ( o r s i m p l y c o p u l a t i v e s ) o c c u r b e ­

tw een t h e c o - c o n s t i t u e n t s o f e q u a t i o n a l o r t o p ic - c o m m e n t

c o n s t u c t i o n s ( 5 . 1 2 ) . The c l a s s h a s t h r e e members:

1) / k i i / ’b e’

2 ) / c e e / 'be'

3 ) / m i n - m e e n / ’ n o t b e ’

E xam ples 1 and 2 a r e n o t c l a s s e d a s v e r b s , s i n c e t h e y do n o t

m e e t t h e r e q u i r e m e n t o f o c c u r r i n g a f t e r t h e n e g a t i v e a u x ­

i l i a r y / m i n / . Example 3 i s t h e n e g a t i o n o f exam ples 1 and 2 .

/ m e e n / and i t s n e g a t i v e e x p r e s s i o n a l s o o c c u r s , a s , ^ . a n ^ a d j e c t i v a l

v e r b , b u t w i t h t h e m ean ing ' t o be t r u e ' , / c e e / o c c u r s a l s o as

an a d j e c t i v a l v e r b w i t h t h e m ean in g ' t o be w e l l , i n good

h e a l t h ’ .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 207: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

1 9 6

ij.,8 P a r t i c l e s

P i n a l s e n t e n c e p a r t i c l e s

P i n a l s e n t e n c e p a r t i c l e s o c c u r i n a b s o l u t e f i n a l

p o s i t i o n i n a l l s e n t e n c e s e x c e p t s e n t e n c e s i n v o l v i n g a

p o s t - p o s e d , t o p i d ' , , i n w h ic h c a s e t h e y f o l l o w t h e comment

( 5 . 1 2 2 ) . P i n a l p a r t i c l e s c o - o c c u r i n c a r e f u l s p e e c h w i t h

c h a r a c t e r i s t i c p h r a s e c o n t b u r s ; However, i n r a p i d s p e e c h ,

many f i n a l p a r t i c l e s h a v e r e d u c e d a l lo m o r p h s w h ich c o - o c c u r

w i t h t h e p h r a s e c o n t o u r / l / . The p a r t i c l e s b e lo w a r e c i t e d

i n t h e i r c a r e f u l s p e e c h a l l o m o r p h s , f o l l o w e d by t h e i r r a p i d

s p e e c h a l l o m o r p h s w here d i f f e r e n t . P i n a l p a r t i c l e s as

l i s t e d be low a r e m u t u a l l y e x c l u s i v e . Those s e q u e n c e s w h ich

do c o - o c c u r seem t o be compounds.

1 ) / t e e - I ' - t e h l /

2 ) / t e e J ~ t e h l /

3 ) / r i i t - r i h l /

h) / r 4 4 - t e e f - r i t e h l /

5 ) / t e e l r i i /

6 ) /dae ' l ' ~ d e h l /

7) /phooiQ I «. htxgl/

8 ) / h a e y ^ ~ h e y l ~ q e h l /

9 ) / n a a l - na h l ~ n © h l /

1 0 ) / s e n l /

1 1 ) / c o h l /

12)/tov7-l' ~ t o h l /

1 3 ) / n a e | /

l l 4. ) / n a o 1 /

• e m p h a t i c p a r t i c l e '

• n e g a t i v e p a r t i c l e 1

• q u e s t i o n p a r t i c l e 1

• o r n o t ? '

• r e a l l y ? '

• a s w e l l ( c o n t r a r y t o b e l i e f ) '

• t o o , a l s o '

' a l r e a d y ( p e r f e c t i v e p a r t i c l e ) '

' y o u s e e ? ! ( p o l i t e i m p e r a t i v e H

• f i r s t j go a h e a d '

' g o a h e a d '

•go on '

' e m p h a t i c i m p e r a t i v e '

' emphat i c imp e r a t i v e '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 208: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

197

15>) /w eey l - way! - weh 1/ 'jo c u la r emphatic p a r t ic le '

ij.,82 Pause p a r t ic le s

Pause p a r t ic le s s ig n a l that an u tteran ce has been su s ­

pended, e ith er tem porarily or permanently. I f the u t t e r ­

ance i s not resumed, the pause p a r t ic le i s the co -c o n stitu e n t

o f a l l th at precedes in the sen ten ce . I f the sentence Is r e ­

sumed, the pause p a r t ic le , u su a lly preceded and fo llow ed by

pause, i s in con stru ction w ith the d iscontinuous sen ten ce .

Pause p a r t ic le s , l ik e f in a l sentence p a r t ic le s , are extrem ely

v a r ia b le in shape. In the fo llo w in g three examples, the

commonest allomorphs precede,

1 ) /nae__ ~ nee_ - neh_ /

2 ) /q e e _ - q44__ - q©h_ /

3 ) /qadon_ - qeden_ - den__ /

I t i s d i f f i c u l t to assign g lo s s e s to pause p a r t ic le s , but

th ese p a r t ic le s have the general meaining ' l e t me see now',

or ' th at i s to s a y , . , ' ,

1 6) / q e e y l - q e y l /

17) / s o h ' /

18 ) / l a e y l /

19) / s o h - l a e y | /

2 0 ) / t e e - s o h - l a e y l /

2 1 ) / t e e - t a o t /

2 2 ) / t a e l - t e h l /

23) / 4 i a e y - r 4 I - n o w t /

2l±) /m ea l-to w t „ m etowi/

25) /m een-nehl ~ m enehi/

y e t or not?'

perhaps'

r e a l l y ! '

a t a l l (a fte r n e g a tiv e s) '

at a l l (a fte r n e g a t iv e s ) 1

at a l l (a fte r n e g a tiv e s ) '

at a l l (a fte r n e g a tiv e s ) '

p o l i t e q uestion p a r t ic le '

th a t 's a l l (d isavow al)'

emphatic p a r t ic le '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 209: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

5 .0 Syntax

Syntax d ea ls w ith the arrangement o f lexemes and in -

to n a tio n a l morphemes in u tter a n c e s . I t i s assumed th a t

every u tteran ce con ta in s at le a s t one sen ten ce , A sentence

i s any sequence o f lexemes which occurs in sim ultaneous

construction;:w ith an in to n a tio n . An in to n a tio n i s any

sequence o f in to n a tio n a l morphemes whose f in a l morpheme

in clu d es the in to n a tio n a l phoneme / . / . Thus the immediate

co n st itu e n ts o f any sentence are a segm ental co n stitu e n t and

an in to n a tio n .

Examples* / t o w I . / ‘ [He’ s ] g o in g .’

Segmental co n stitu e n t: / to w / ' t o go'

In tonation: /I,/ 'end o f statement*

/b a a tJ kee n iyeoy th a a l to w I ./

resp on sive he say th a t go

'Y es, he sa id th a t [h e 's ] g o in g .'

Segmental c o n stitu e n t:

/b a a t kee n iyeey thaa tow /

In tonation: /\\\ ,/ 'th ree-p h ra se statem ent'

The minimum segm ental sy n ta c t ic co n stitu e n t i s a

lexem e. Any sequence o f more than one lexem e, in any

con text in which i t i s not a sen ten ce , i s a sy n ta c tic

phrase. A sy n ta c tic c la u se i s any verb or verb phrase,

w ith or w ithout a su b je c t , whose c o -c o n st itu e n t a lso con­

ta in s a verb or verb phrase.

198

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 210: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

199

Although the p rocess o f immediate co n st itu e n t a n a ly s is

a n a ly t ic . proceeding from the sentence through the syn­

t a c t ic phrase to the minimum sy n ta c t ic c o n s t itu e n t , or

lexem e, the order o f p resen ta tio n adopted here i s s y n th e t ic ,

proceeding from lexeme c la s s e s (I4..O) to co n stru ctio n s (5 . 0 )

to sen ten ces (6 . 0 ) .

F ollow ing i s a l i s t o f the major co n stru ctio n types

d iscu ssed in t h is chapter, and the symbols used to id e n t i fy

them.

5 .1 Uncentered co n stru ctio n s

5 .1 1 S u b ject-p red ica te co n stru ctio n s ( J

5 .1 2 P a r a t a c t i c c o n s t r u c t i o n s ( 0

5*13 O b j e c t i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n s ( » )

5 .U 4. R e la tio n a l co n stru ctio n s ( ^

5 .1 5 Completive co n stru ctio n s ( j

5 .2 Centered co n stru ctio n s

5 .2 1 P ost-posed a ttr ib u te s ( <

5 .2 2 Preposed a t tr ib u te s ( >

5 .3 Coordinate co n stru ctio n s

5 .3 1 C u m u la t iv e c o n s t r u c t i o n s ( ,

5 .3 2 A ltern a tiv e co n stru ctio n s • ( /

5 .3 3 A p p o s i t i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n s ( t5 .3 ^ I n c l u s i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n s ( . , .

5.14- Numerical co n stru ctio n s

5.1+1 A dd itive co n stru ctio n s ( +

5 . ^ 4 2 M u lt ip lic a tiv e co n stru ctio n s ( x

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 211: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

200

*>< 1 U n c e n te re d c o n s t r u c t i o n s

An u n c e n t e r e d c o n s t r u c t i o n i s any c o n s t r u c t i o n whose

form c l a s s i s d i f f e r e n t from t h a t o f any o f i t s c o n s t i t u e n t s .

5*11 S u b j e c t - p r e d i c a t e c o n s t r u c t i o n s ( | )

A s u b j e c t - p r e d i c a t e c o n s t r u c t i o n c o n s i s t s o f a> noun o r

noun p h r a s e , o r a v e r b o r v e rb p h ra s e ^ a s a s u b j e c t , f o l l o w ­

ed by a v e r b o r v e r b p h r a s e a s a p r e d i c a t e ( d e f i n e d i n I*.,3 )*

5 .1 1 1 A c t iv e s u b j e c t - p r e d i c a t e c o n s t r u c t i o n s h a v e an a c t i v e

v e r b (V t /V i) o r a c t i v e v e r b p h r a s e a s p r e d i c a t e .

E x am p le s : / p r o h | n a m l . / (man | e a t ) 'T h e man i s e a t i n g . 1

/ rao n u h -p ro h b e y n eeq nuh. jk o m p u g -tae tw ee q w e y f . /

man t h r e e p e r s o n t h a t | i n - p r o c e s s - o f do what

'W hat a r e t h o s e t h r e e men d o in g ? '

/knom | m in - to e n b aan tow d a e l e e g k h a e t n u h ! . /

I | n o t - y e t a b l e go w a lk p l a y p r o v in c e t h a t

• I ' v e n e v e r h a d th e c h a n c e t o v i s i t t h a t p r o v i n c e . '

/ p h e k s r a a | tw ee qaoy knom s r o w e i j ! . /

d r i n k a l c o h o l J make t h a t I d i z z y

• D r in k in g a l c o h o l makes me d i z z y . '

"5 .112 A d j e c t i v a l s u b j e c t - p r e d i c a t e c o n s t r u c t i o n s h a v e an

a d j e c t i v a l v e r b o r a d j e c t i v a l v e r b p h r a s e a s p r e d i c a t e .

E x am p le s : / s r e y nuh j i q o o l , /

woman t h a t | p r e t t y

'T h a t woman [ i s ] p r e t t y . '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 212: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

201

i

/ p l e e g d a e l k e e kompug l e e g q e y le w - n ih | p i r u e h s d a p l , /

song w h ieh t h e y p r o g r e s s i v e p l a y now | p l e a s i n g h e a r

•The song t h e y ' r e p l a y i n g now i s p r e t t y . ( t o h e a r ) . '

/tw es srae J pibaaq n a h i . /

do r i c e f i e l d | d i f f i c u l t v e r y •

• R ic e - f a r m in g [ i s ] v e r y d i f f i c u l t . ’

5 .1 2 P a r a t a c t i c c o n s t r u c t i o n s ( 0 )

P a r a t a c t i c c o n s t r u c t i o n s a r e c o n s t r u c t i o n s whose c o ­

c o n s t i t u e n t s a r e . j u x ta p o s e d com plem ents w hich s t a n d i n an

a s s o c i a t i v e o r co m p lem en ta ry r e l a t i o n s h i p . In t h e c a s e o f

e q u a t i o n a l c o n s t r u c t i o n s (5 . 1 2 1 2 ) , t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p i s m arked

- by a c o p u l a t i v e r e l a t o r r a t h e r th a n by s im p le p a r a t a x i s .

5 .1 2 1 E q u a t io n a l c o n s t r u c t i o n s c o n s i s t o f a noun o r noun

p h r a s e a s t o p i c f o l lo w e d by a noun o r noun p h r a s e a s a

synonymous com plem ent. E q u a t i o n a l . c o n s t r u c t i o n s a r e e i t h e r

unm arked o r m arked by ono o f t h e c o p u l a t i v e r e l a t o r s (i|..6 5 ) .

In t h e exam ples b e lo w , su ch m a rk e rs a r e w r i t t e n t o t h e r i g h t

o f t h e c o n s t r u c t i o n sym bol, s i n c e t h e y o c c u r i n t h e same,

p h o n o l o g ic a l p h r a s e a s t h e s e c o n d com plem ent.

5 .1 2 1 1 Unmarked e q u a t i o n a l c o n s t r u c t i o n s

E xam ples: / n i h J q w s y f . / ( t h i s 0 w h a t) ‘What [ i s ] t h i s ? '

•'* ■' .♦ •> f » .» *' •

/monuh nuh Q qewpuk knom I . /* ' » - r ; \ ‘ I . ' ■ !

person t h a t B f a t h e r my

•T h a t person [ i s ] my f a t h e r . '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 213: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

202

5*1212 Marked e q u a t i o n a l c o n s t r u c t i o n s

E xam pless /s l© w -phow n i h 0 k44 kbuen p r o w o o t t e s a a h J - . /

book t h i s Q i s t e x t h i s t o r y

•T h is book i s a h i s t o r y t e x t . 1

/b o o g - p r o h knom D ce© k r u u { . /

e l d e r - b r o t h e r my 0 i s t e a c h e r

'My e l d e r b r o t h e r i s a t e a c h e r . '

5 .1 2 2 T opic-com m ent c o n s t r u c t i o n s c o n s i s t o f a n o u n , noun

p h r a s e , v e r b , v e r b p h r a s e , o r p r e d i c a t i o n a s t o p i c , an d a

p r e d i c a t i o n , p r e d i c a t e , o r n o n - p r e d i c a t e a s comment. The

t o p i c may be e i t h e r t h e s u b j e c t o r t h e o b j e c t o f t h e s e n t e n c e ,

b u t i t i s t y p i c a l l y t h e o b j e c t . T o p ic s may e i t h e r p r e c e d e

o r f o l l o w t h e comment. P o s t - p o s e d t o p i c s i n d i c a t e r e d u c e d

em p h as is o f t h e t o p i c , and a r e a lw ay s , f o l lo w e d by t h e i n t o ­

n a t i o n a l m o rp h e m e \ /_ * / ’ e m o t i o n a l ly u n i n v o l v e d ' , i n c o n t r a s t

w i t h t h e r e g u l a r f i n a l i n t o n a t i o n a l morpheme o f s t a t i v e

u t t e r a n c e s , A p r e p o s e d t o p i c , on t h e o t h e r h a n d , i s t y p i ­

c a l l y f o l lo w e d by t h e p h r a s e c o n to u r ; / ' f / ,

5 .1 2 2 1 P re p o s e d t o p i c s

Exam ples? /k o o n n u h f 0 qaayuq pram c n a m j . /

c h i l d t h a t 0 age f i v e y e a r s

•T h a t c h i l d i s f i v e y e a r s o l d , '

/qowpuk knomf 0 koet k i t qaoy knom tw©9 k r u u -p e e t l ,/

f a t h e r my 0 h e p l a n t h a t I do d o c to r

'My f a t h e r , (h e ) p l a n s f o r me t o be a d o c t o r . '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 214: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

203

/ lo o k . twee-kaa t i i - n u h f 0 baan praq-khao ponmaan?,/

you work t h e r e fl g e t s a l a r y how-much

’How much s a l a r y do you g e t , w o rk in g t h e r e ? ’

/ p i i pnum-p£n tow s i s r a - r e e p t 0 pohmaan k i l o o m a e t ' t . /

from Phnora-Penh go S ie m -re a p D how-many, k i l o m e t e r

•How many k i l o m e t e r s i s i t v f r o m Phnom Penh t o S ie m re a p ? ’

5 .1 2 2 2 P o s t - p o s e d t o p i c s

E x am p les : / l q o o n a h J ' B s r e y n u h _ . /

p r e t t y v e r y 0 woman t h a t

’ [ S h e ’ s ] v e r y p r e t t y , t h a t w om an.’

/knom rain t u k - c e t t e e i Q monuh n u h _ . /

I n eg a tiv e tr u s t em p h a tic -p a rtic le D person th a t

’ I don’ t tr u s t [him ], that m an.’

/knom q e t n i y e e y qwey s o h 4 D knom__./

I n e g a t i v e s a y a n y th i n g a t - a l l 0 m y s e l f

• I . d i d n ’ t s a y a n y th in g a t a l l , m y s e l f . ’

5 .1 2 3 E x c la m a to r y c o n s t r u c t i o n s a r e c o n s t r u c t i o n s whose f i r s t

c o n s t i t u e n t i s an i n t e r j e c t i o n ( I p . l l ) . Such p r i o r c o n s t i t u e n t s

a r e s e p a r a t e d fro m t h e i r c o - c o n s t i t u e n t s by a p h r a s e c o n t o u r .

E x am p le s ; / m a e t Q kdaw n a h l , /

i n t e r j e c t i o n - o f - a n n o y a n c e Q b e - h o t v e r y

’ Gee, [ i t ’ s ] r e a l l y h o t l 1

/ t a e -I 0 l o o k qonceefi tow n a a f . /

i n t e r r o g a t i v e - i n t e r j e c t i o n 0 you p o l i t e - A u x , go where

'P a r d o n me, w here a re you g o i n g ? ’

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 215: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

20k

R e sp o n s iv e c o n s t r u c t i o n s a r e c o n s t r u c t i o n s whose f i r s t

c o n s t i t u e n t i s a r e s p o n s i v e ■(k*1 2 ) . R e s p o n s iv e s a r e

t y p i c a l l y s e p a r a t e d f ro m t h e i r c o - c o n s t i t u e n t s by th e

p h r a s e c o n to u r / J - / .

Exam ples* / b a a t i D l q o o l ; /

p o l i t e r e s p o n s i v e u s e d by men 8 b e - p r e t t y

•Y es, [ i t ' s ] p r e t t y . ' '

/ c a a h I D knom t r o l o p roaok p i i p s a a h a e y J ' . /

p o l i t e r e s p o n s i v e u s e d by women 0 I r e t u r n come from

m a rk e t a l r e a d y

'Y e s , I 'm b a c k from t h e m a r k e t . '

5>.12£> V o c a t iv e c o n s t r u c t i o n s a r e c o n s t r u c t i o n s one o f whose

c o n s t i t u e n t s i s a p e r s o n a l name, k i n s h i p te r ra , o r t i t l e

whose f u n c t i o n i s t o i d e n t i f y t h e a d d r e s s e e . Such c o n s t i t u e n t s

may e i t h e r p r e c e d e o r f o l lo w t h e i r c o - c o n s t i t u e n t s , and a r e

s e p a r a t e d from them by a p h r a s e c o n to u r .

Exam ples* / s i r a t 0 n e e q k i t tow p s a a q 'o g k a l i . . /

Sim B you p l a n go m a rk e t when

'S im , when do you p l a n t o go t o t h e m a r k e t? '

/ l o o k - p u u t fi knom som l e e h a e y l . /

u n c l e 1 I beg t a k e - l e a v e a l r e a d y

'U n c le , I m ust s a y goodby now; 1

/ k r a o k l a e g 0 n a e l l . /

r i s e up Q N el

'G e t u p , N e l l »

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 216: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

205

When a v o c a t i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n i s p r e c e d e d by an i n t e r ­

j e c t i o n , t h e r e s u l t i n g c o n s t r u c t i o n i s e x c la m a to r y , and t h e

f i r s t IC c u t i s made a f t e r t h e i n t e r j e c t i o n , as i n t h e

exam ple : / h e e l fl k r a o k l a e q n a e l ! . /

i n t e r j . - f o r - a t t r a c t i n g a t t e n t i o n B r i s e up N el

'H e y , g e t u p , N e l l 1

When t h e c o - c o n s t i t u e n t o f a p o s t - p o s e d v o c a t i v e i s an

i n t e r j e c t i o n o r a r e s p o n s i v e , t h e f i r s t c o - c o n s t i t u e n t w i l l

d e te rm in e t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n o f t h e c o n s t r u c t i o n .

E x am p les : / h e e l I s im ! . / 'H ey , S im ! ' (E x c la m a to ry )

/ b a a t l fl l o o k ! . / ’Y es , s i r . ' (R e s p o n s iv e )

5 .1 2 6 T e r m in a t lv e c o n s t r u c t i o n s a r e c o n s t r u c t i o n s whose

s e c o n d c o - c o n s t i t u e n t i s a f i n a l p a r t i c l e . P i n a l p a r t i c l e s

a r e c o - c o n s t i t u e n t w i th a l l t h a t p r e c e d e s them i n t h e same

p h o n o l o g ic a l p h r a s e .

E xam ples: / n e e q nuh 0 t e e f * /

person th a t Q em p h atic -p artic le

' [ I s ] th a t the person?'

/knom sok-sopbaay Q t e e ! . /

I w e l l - a n d - h a p p y 8 e m p h a t i c - p a r t i c l e

1 I 'm q u i t e w e l l . '

/ t h o o n yo ek b a a y b o n te c t i e t 8 t o w ! , /

Than t a k e r i c e some more B p o l i t e - i m p e r a t i v e

'T h a n , go ahead and t a k e some more r i c e ! '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 217: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

206

5 .1 2 7 Embedded p a r a t a c t i c c o n s t r u c t i o n s

Pour d i f f e r e n t p a r a t a c t i c c o n s t r u c t i o n - ty p e s a r e

embedded i n t h e f o l l o w i n g s e n t e n c e , i n t h e f o l l o w i n g

h i e r a r c h y *

r e s p o n s i v e Q c h i l d my 6 age f i v e y e a r 0 e m p h . - p a r t , 0 Sim

•Y es, my c h i l d i s r e a l l y f i v e y e a r s o l d , Sim.*

£ .1 3 O b j e c t i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n s ( » )

O b j e c t i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n s c o n s i s t o f a t r a n s i t i v e v e rb

f o l lo w e d by a n o u n , noun p h r a s e , o r p r e d i c a t i o n a s o b j e c t .

E x am p les : / b a e k » t w e e f . / (open » d o o r ) 'O pen t h e d o o r . '

/ s o m la p » t e e h e e n t e e g - q o h knoQ k o n la e g n u h /

k i l l » s o l d i e r a l l i n p l a c e t h a t

• k i l l e d a l l t h e s o l d i e r s i n t h a t p l a c e 1

/k h e e n » rnonuh nuh r u o t c en p i i p t e e h /

s e e » p e r s o n t h a t r u n l e a v e f ro m h o u se

•saw t h a t man r u n o u t o f t h e house*

When t h e o b j e c t o f a v e r b i n c l u d e s b o th an i n d i r e c t

and a d i r e c t o b j e c t , t h e i n d i r e c t o b j e c t p r e c e d e s t h e

d i r e c t , as f o l lo w s *

qaayuq pram cnam

f e r r a i n a t i v o

T opic-com m ent

V o c a t iv e

/ q a e ^ 0 koon knom t Q qaayuq pram cnam I t e e 'l' 0 s&a

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 218: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

207

/ q a o y » knom b a a y - c h a a rauey e a a n 'I ' . /

g i v e » me f r i e d - r i c e one p l a t e

'G iv e me a p l a t e o f f r i e d r i c e . '

i>,llj. R e l a t i o n a l c o n s t r u c t i o n s ( 4 )

R e l a t i o n a l c o n s t r u c t i o n s a r e c o n s t r u c t i o n s whose f i r s t

c o n s t i t u e n t i s a p r e p o s i t i o n o r s u b o r d i n a t i n g c o n j u n c t i o n

w h ic h i n d i c a t e s , t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p o f t h e c o n s t r u c t i n w h ich

i t o c c u r s t o a c o - c o n s t i t u e n t .

5>.H|JL P r e p o s i t i o n a l c o n s t r u c t i o n s c o n s i s t o f a p r e p o s i t i o n a l

r e l a t o r a s f i r s t c o n s t i t u e n t , f o l lo w e d by a s u b s t a n t i v e o r

s u b s t a n t i v e p h r a s e a s se c o n d c o n s t i t u e n t . The r e s u l t i n g

c o n s t r u c t i o n i s a p r e p o s i t i o n a l p h r a s e . P r e p o s i t i o n a l

p h r a s e s o c c u r a s a t t r i b u t e s o f n o u n s , c l a u s e s , and p r e d i ­

c a t i o n s , and a s t o p i c s o r comments i n to p ic -c o m m e n t c o n ­

s t r u c t i o n s . In c th e - - . fo l lo w in g e x a m p le s , t h e p o r t i o n s o f

u t t e r a n c e s w h ic h do n o t p a r t i c i p a t e i n t h e c o n s t r u c t i o n -

b e in g i l l u s t r a t e d a r e e n c l o s e d i n p a r e n t h e s e s .

/ ( d a q ) kno$ 4 h e p /

( p u t ) i n 4 box

' p u t [ i t ] i n t h e box*

/ ( k o e t tw e e - k a a ) k r a o y 4 p t e o h .4 . /

(he w o rk ) b e h in d 4 h o u se

'H e ' s w o rk in g b e h in d t h e h o u s e . '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 219: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

208

/ ( r o d o w kdaw m ean) t a g - p i i 4 k h a e -m e e q k e ra a •

to w - d o l 4 k h a e -m in e e 'J ' . /

( s e a s o n h o t e x i s t ) s t a r t i n g - f r o m 4 J a n u a r y u p - t o 4 March

'T h e h o t s e a s o n l a s t s fro m J a n u a r y t o M a rc h . '

/ p i i 4 s i e m - r e e p tow 4 q o g k o e -w o e t^ p r o h a e l 4 prammuey

k i l o o - r a a e t 4 . /

f ro m 4 S ie m - re a p t o 4 Angkor-W at a b o u t 4 s i x k i l o m e t e r

'P rom S ie m re ap t o Angkor Wat [ i s ] a b o u t s i x k i l o m e t e r s . '\

5.11^2 S u b o r d in a te c o n s t r u c t i o n s c o n s i s t o f a s u b o r d i n a t i n g

c o n j u n c t i o n a s f i r s t c o n s t i t u e n t f o l lo w e d by a v e r b , v e r b

p h r a s e , o r p r e d i c a t i o n a s se c o n d c o n s t i t u e n t , a s f o l lo w s :

/ (k n o m m in : deq > h th aa ! 4 looksm abk- t Q a y - h i h ^ . /

( I : n e g . know) that? 4 y o u come to d a y

'X d i d n ' t know ( t h a t ) you w ere com ing t o d a y . '

/ ( k e e :baok k h ao -q aaw ) qaoy 4 s q a a t ' l ' . /

( t h e y wash c l o t h e s ) i n - o r d e r - t h a t 4 c l e a n

'T h e y wash c l o t h e s ( su c h t h a t [ t h e y a r e ] ) c l e a n . '

/ d o l 4 k ru u c o o l knog b o n t u p f (k o o n - s e h chup s a s c d o m r o o g l . ) /

when 4 t e a c h e r e n t e r i n room ( s t u d e n t s t o p l a u g h r i g h t - a w a y )

'When t h e t e a c h e r e n t e r s t h e room , t h e s t u d e n t s s to p

l a u g h i n g i m m e d i a t e l y . '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 220: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

209

£.15> C o m p le t iv e c o n s t r u c t i o n s ( j )

C o m p le t iv e c o n s t r u c t i o n s c o n s i s t o f an i n i t i a t i n g v e r b

a s a f i r s t c o n s t i t u e n t and a c o m p le t iv e v e rb (h*3 5 ) a s a

s e c o n d c o n s t i t u e n t . In n e g a t i v e e x p r e s s i o n s t h e n e g a t i v e

a u x i l i a r y p r e c e d e s t h e c o m p le t iv e v e r b . Where d i s c o n t i n u o u s

c o n s t r u c t i o n s o c c u r in t h e fo l lo x y in g e x am p le s , t h e c o n ­

s t r u c t i o n sym bol i s p l a c e d be tw een t h e i n i t i a t i n g v e r b ( p h r a s e )

and t h e c o m p le t iv e v e r b ( p h r a s e ) .

/ (m d a a y ) . kompug d e ek j l u e q l , /

(m o th e r ) i n - p r o c e s s - o f l i e - d o w n j s l e e p

•M other i s s l e e p i n g . 1

/ ( y u p m i n t knom) d e ek j min l u o q s o h j . /

( n i g h t l a s t I ) l i e -d o w n j n e g a t i v e s l e e p a t - a l l

• L a s t n i g h t I c o u ld n ’ t s l e e p a t a l l ! •

/ (k n o m ) h o t p k a a n i h j m in thura qwoy s o h l . /

( I ) s n i f f f lo w e r t h i s j n e g a t i v e s m e l l a n y th in g a t - a l l

•T h is f l o w e r h a s no o d o r a t a l l . 1

/(yoaJD) tow nam -baay now p t e o h con j koo baan d a e ' t . /

(we) go e a t - r i c e a t shop C h in e s e j t h a n a b l e a s - w e l l

•We c an go e a t a t C h in e s e shop i f you w ish .*

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 221: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

210

5 , 2 C e n te r e d c o n s t r u c t i o n s

C e n te r e d c o n s t r u c t i o n s a r e c o n s t r u c t i o n s i n w h ich

one im m e d ia te c o n s t i t u e n t i s a h e a d , and t h e . o t h e r im m e d ia te

c o n s t i t u e n t i s an a t t r i b u t e ,

5 .2 1 P o s t - p o s e d a t t r i b u t e s ( < )

5 .2 1 1 Noun p h r a s e s

A l l c e n t e r e d noun p h r a s e s c o n s i s t o f a noun h e a d .

f o l lo w e d by one o r m ore p o s t - p o s e d a t t r i b u t e s . Noun

•p h ra se s o c c u r a s a t t r i b u t e s o f l a r g e r noun p h r a s e s , and

a s s u b j e c t s , t o p i c s , and o b j e c t s .

5 .2 1 1 1 Q u a l i f i e d noun p h r a s e s c o n s i s t o f a noun h e a d and

one o r more o f t h e f o l lo w in g a t t r i b u t e s *

1 ) a noun o r noun p h r a s e

/ p t e a h < c h e e / (house < wood) 'w ooden h o u s e '

/ k r o s u e g < p r i y s e n i i /

d e p a r tm e n t < p o s t o f f i c e

• p o s t o f f i c e d e p a r tm e n t

/ s r a y < rauk l q o o /

woman < p r e t t y f a c e

'woman [ w i th a ] p r e t t y f a c e '

2 ) an a d j e c t i v a l v e r b o r a d j e c t i v a l v e r b p h r a s e

/ p t e e h < l q o o /

h o u s e < p r e t t y

' p r e t t y h o u s e '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 222: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

/ s r a y < lq o o c e a g - k e e /

woman < p r e t t y m ost

' t h e p r e t t i e s t woman'

/ r a u a n t r e y < thum sombaam/

m i n i s t e r < b i g im p r e s s iv e

' v e r y i m p o r t a n t o f f i c i a l '

3 ) an a d j e c t i v e

/ p t e e h < d o d a e l / (h o u se < sam e) ' t h e same h o u s e '

/ p t e a h < t i i - b a y / (h o u se < t h i r d ) ' t h e t h i r d house*

Ij.) an a c t i v e v e r b o r v e r b p h r a s e

/ p t e a h < l u a q / (h o u se < s e l l ) ' t h e h o u se [w h ich i s ] s o l d '

/ p t e a h < tw ee daoy r i h s e y /

h o u s e < make w i t h bamboo

• t h e h o u s e made o f bamboo'

S>) a p r e p o s i t i o n o r p r e p o s i t i o n a l p h r a s e

/ p t e a h < l a e / (h o u se < a b o v e ) ' t h e u p p e r h o u s e '

/ p t e a h p i i < l a e pnura/

h o u s e two < on m o u n ta in

• t h e two h o u s e s on t h e m ounta in*

/m onuh t e e g - q o h < knoq p i i - p h o p - l o o l c /

human a l l < i n w o r ld

'e v e r y b o d y i n t h e w o r ld '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 223: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

212

6 ) a c l a u s e i n t r o d u c e d by a r e l a t i v e p ronoun

/ p t e e h < d a e l min meen n e e q - n a a now /

h o u se < w hich n e g . h av e anybody r e s i d e

‘ t h e h o u s e w hich h a s no one l i v i n g [ i n i t ] ’

£ .2 1 1 2 Q u a n t i f i e d noun p h r a s e s c o n s i s t o f a noun o r noun

p h r a s e a s h e a d , fo l lo w e d by a q u a l i f i e r ( e i t h e r n u m e r ic a l

o f n o n - n u m e r i c a l ) , a q u a l i f i e r p l u s s p e c i f i e r ( s p e c i f i e r

p h r a s e ) , o r a q u a n t i t a t i v e p r e p o s i t i o n i n c o n s t r u c t i o n w i th

w i t h a s p e c i f i e r p h r a s e , a s a t t r i b u t e .

E xam ples t •

/ p t e e h < b e y / (h o u se < t h r e e ) ’ t h r e e h o u s e s ’

/ k r u u < b e y n e e q /

t e a c h e r < t h r e e p e r s o n

’ t h r e e t e a c h e r s ’

/ k o o n - s e h < t e e g pram n e e q /

s t u d e n t < i n c l u d i n g f i v e p e r s o n

’ a l l f i v e s t u d e n t s '

£ .2 1 1 3 G e n i t i v a l noun p h r a s e s c o n s i s t o f a noun o r noun

p h r a s e a s h e a d ( p o s s e s s e d ) , f o l lo w e d by a p ro n o u n , noun ,

o r noun p h r a s e a s a t t r i b u t e ( p o s s e s s o r ) . The p o s s e s s o r

may o r may n o t be p r e c e d e d by th e g e n i t i v a l p r e p o s i t i o n

/ r o b o h / ' o f , b e lo n g in g t o ’ , b u t / r o b o h / a lw ays o c c u r s i f

t h e p o s s e s s o r i s s e p a r a t e d from t h e p o s s e s s e d by a n o th e r

a t t r i b u t e .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 224: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

213

E xam ples :

/ p t e e h < knom / (h o u se < my) 'my h o u s e '

/ p t e e h lq o o < r o b o h qew puk-m daay/

h o u s e p r e t t y < o f f a t h e r - m o t h e r

' p a r e n t s ' p r e t t y h o u s e '

/ b o o q - p r o h p i l n e e q < ro b o h raonuh n u h /

e l d e r - b r o t h e r two p e r s o n < o f p e r s o n t h a t

' t h a t m a n 's two e l d e r b r o t h e r s '

The a t t r i b u t e o f a g e n i t i v a l noun p h r a s e may i t s e l f be

a g e n i t i v a l noun p h r a s e , e . g . :

/ p t e e h < qe u k < knom /

h o u se < f a t h e r < my

'my f a t h e r ' s h o u se

5.211l|. D e m o n s t r a t iv e noun p h r a s e s

D e m o n s t r a t iv e s s t a n d i n a t t r i b u t i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n w i t h

p r e c e d i n g n o u n s , and w i th e n t i r e noun p h r a s e s . D e m o n s t r a t ­

i v e s o c c u r i n f i n a l p o s i t i o n i n any noun p h r a s e i n w hich

th e y o c c u r , e . g . :

/ p t e e h < n i h / (h o u se < t h i s ) ' t h i s h o u s e '

/ p t e e h lq o o < n u h /

h o u se p r e t t y < t h a t

' t h a t p r e t t y h o u s e '

/

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 225: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

211|

/ p t e e h lq o o b e y < n u h /

h o u s e p r e t t y t h r e e < t h a t

' t h o s e t h r e e p r e t t y h o u s e s '

£ .2 1 1 5 O rd e r o f a t t r i b u t e s i n noun p h r a s e s

. • The o r d e r o f a t t r i b u t e s i n c e n t e r e d noun p h r a s e s i s

a s f o l l o w s : 1 ) noun (N)

o l d e r - s i s t e r < p r e t t y < t h r e e p e r s o n < o f me < t h a t

' t h o s e t h r e e p r e t t y ( o l d e r ) s i s t e r s o f m in e 1

I f t h e A1 p o s i t i o n i s n o t f i l l e d by a q u a l i t a t i v e

a t t r i b u t e , i t may be f i l l e d by a n o n - p h r a s a l g e n i t i v e :

2 ) s i n g l e - l e x e m e a t t r i b u t e

3 ) q u a n t i f i e r a t t r i b u t e

I4.) p h r a s a l a t t r i b u t e

5>) d e m o n s t r a t i v e

(A l)

(X)

(AS)

(D)

E x am p le : N Al X A2 D

/ b o o n - s r o y < lo o p < b e y n e e q < ro b o h knom < nuh,

N Al X D

/ m i t < knom < boy n eeq < nuh,

f r i e n d < my < t h r e e p e r s o n < t h a t

' t h o s e t h r e e f r i e n d s o f m in e '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 226: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

21S>

I f t h e q u a n t i f i e r a t t r i b u t e does n o t i n c l u d e a

s p e c i f i e r , i t may o c c u r b e f o r e t h e A1 p o s i t i o n , e . g . :

N X A1 A2 D

/ p t 'e e h < bey <i;thum < ro b o h lo o k < n u h /V ~ ~r -y- — y— y -'^ =^ 2=L J

h o u se < t h r e e < l a r g e < o f you < t h a t

• t h o s e t h r e e l a r g e h o u s e s o f y o u r s 1

A d e m o n s t r a t i v e i s som etim es a t t r i b u t i v e t o an immedi­

a t e l y p r e c e d i n g n o u n , r a t h e r th a n t o t h e e n t i r e noun p h ra s e *

N A1 X A2

/m 4 t < thum < p i i neeq < ro b o h ^ monuh < n u h /TI—Z T ~7" lE z lo r

L j . / . t /

f r i e n d < l l a r g e < two p e r s o n < o f ^ ro&n < t h a t

' t h a t m a n 's two l a r g e f r i e n d s '

F r e q u e n t l y t h e h e a d t o w h ich t h e d e m o n s t r a t i v e i s

a t t r i b u t i v e i s s t r u c t u r a l l y am b ig u o u s , a s i n t h e f o l l o w in g

exam p le : / c k a e thum p i i knog p t e o h n u h /

dog b i g two i n h o u se t h a t

T h is s e n t e n c e i s s u b j e c t t o e i t h e r o f two i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s :

1 ) ' t h o s e two b i g dogs i n t h e h o u s e '

2 ) ' t h e two b i g dogs i n t h a t h o u s e '

I t i s q u i t e p o s s i b l e t h a t t h e r e i s a t h i r d and more a c c u r a t e

i n t e r p r e t a t i o n in some c a s e s - t h a t t h e d e m o n s t r a t i v e r e f e r s

s i m u l t a n e o u s l y t o b o th h e a d s . I n o t h e r w o rd s , t h e

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 227: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

216

s t r u c t u r a l a m b ig u i ty may. w e l l r e f l e c t a s e m a n t ic a m b ig u i ty .

5 .2 1 2 R e l a t i v e p ronoun p h r a s e s c o n s i s t o f a r e l a t i v e p r o ­

noun (!4. ,235>) a s h e a d , w i th a v e r b , v e r b p h r a s e , o r p r e d i ­

c a t i o n a s a t t r i b u t e . The r e l a t i v e p rono un may be e i t h e r

t h e s u b j e c t o f t h e o b j e c t o f t h e v e r b . R e l a t i v e p ro noun

p h r a s e s o c c u r a s a t t r i b u t e s o f noun p h r a s e s , and a s i n d e ­

p e n d e n t s u b j e c t s , t o p i c s , o r o b j e c t s . In t h e f o l lo w in g

exam ples / d a e l / i s a r e l a t i v e p rono un m ean ing ' t h a t w h ic h 1 .

/ l o o k /1 meen » d a e l < lq o o 1- r i i f . /aeJL < i q t

you j have » that-w hich < p r e tty 0- q u e s tio n -p a r tic le

'Do you. have any p re tty ones?1

/knom I trow-kaa » dael I meon » bonkan < w ee n } .// / 7 t /

I j n e e d » th a t -w h ic h . | h av e » h a n d le < lo n g

' I n e e d one w i th a lo n g h a n d l e . 1

✓B oth a r e l a t i v e p ro n o u n and t h e p e r s o n a l p ro nou n s u b ­

j e c t o f i t s m o d ify in g p r e d i c a t i o n may r e f e r t o th e same

noun h e a d . In t h e f o l l o w in g exam ple , b o th / d a e l / 'w ho '

and / k o s t / ' h e ' r e f e r t o t h e noun o b j e c t / b o o g - p r o h /

' o l d e r b r o t h e r ’ i n t h e m ain c l a u s e .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 228: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

217

//knom | tow rook » bo* roh < dael < koet D cee k r u u l . /

L /

7I | go h u n t - f o r » o l d e r - b r o t h e r < who < h e D i s t e a c h e r

' I ' m g o in g t o v i s i t [my] o l d e r b r o t h e r who i s a t e a c h e r . '

5 .2 1 3 V erb p h r a s e s

I n c e n t e r e d v e r b p h r a s e s c o n s i s t i n g o f a v e r b h e a d

f o l lo w e d by a p o s t - p o s e d a t t r i b u t e , im m ed ia te c o n s t i t u e n t s

may be?

1 ) a c t i v e v e r b < a c t i v e v e rb

/ d a e < l e e g / (w a lk < p l a y ) 'w a lk a ro u n d , amuse o n e s e l f '

/ l o e < m e e l / ( t r y < lo o k ) ' t o t r y t e n t a t i v e l y '

/m aok < t a a m / (come < f o l lo w ) ' t o come a lo n g b e h in d '

When p h r a s e s o f t h i s t y p e a r e n e g a t e d , t h e n e g a t i v e

a u x i l i a r y p r e c e d e s t h e f i r s t v e r b o f t h e s e q u e n c e , i n c o n ­

t r a s t w i t h c o m p le t iv e c o n s t r u c t i o n s (5 . 1 5 ) i n w hich t h e

n e g a t i v e p r e c e d e s t h e s e c o n d ( c o m p le t iv e ) v e r b .

2 ) a c t i v e v e r b < a d j e c t i v a l v e r b o r a d j e c t i v a l v e r b p h r a s e

/ d a e < l i e n / (w alk < f a s t ) ' t o w a lk f a s t '

/ c r i e g < p i r u e h n a h /

s i n g < p l e a s i n g - t o - h e a r v e ry

' t o s i n g v e r y b e a u t i f u l l y 1

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 229: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

218

/L e e g < pukae c e e g - k e e /

p l a y < b e - s k i l l f u l m o s t - o f - a l l

' t o p l a y t h e m ost s k i l l f u l l y '

In n e g a t i v e p h r a s e s o f t h e above ty p e , t h e n e g a t i v e

a u x i l i a r y o c c u r s b e f o r e t h e a t t r i b u t e , and t h e n e g a t e d

a t t r i b u t e i s i n a t t r i b u t i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n : w i t h t h e h e a d

v e r b :

/w a y < m in k l a g / ( h i t < n e g . h a r d ) ' t o h i t l i g h t l y '

When t h e h e a d v e r b i s s e p a r a t e d from i t s a t t r i b u t e by

an lr ife rven ing o b j e c t , t h e c o n s t r u c t i o n i s d i s c o n t i n u o u s *

/w ay ( s k o e ) < k l a g n a h /

h i t (drum ) < h a r d v e r y

' t o h i t t h e drum v e r y h a r d '

3 ) a c t i v e v e r b < a d j e c t i v e o r a d j e c t i v e se q u e n c e

/ n l y e o y < r i o y - r i e y /

s p e a k < c o n t i n u a l l y

' t o t a l k c o n t i n u a l l y '

/ t w e e - k a a < n ik - n o o p n a h /

w ork < q u i c k l y v e r y

' t o w ork v e ry q u i c k l y '

I n v e r b p h r a s e s i n v o l v i n g a s e r i e s o f n o n - c o o r d i n a t e

a d j e c t i v e s , e a c h s u c c e e d in g a d j e c t i v e i s a t t r i b u t i v e t o a l l

t h a t p r e c e d e s , .e .g .*

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 230: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

219

/ n i y e o y < b o n t s c ^ tow < t i e t /

t a l k < a - l i t t l e < on < f u r t h e r

• t a l k on a l i t t l e l o n g e r ’

When a s e r i e s o f a d j e c t i v e s i s c o o r d i n a t e , t h e e n t i r e

s e r i e s i s a t t r i b u t i v e t o t h e v e r b h e a d , e . g . :

/da© < r u u t - r e © h + n4k-no©p + p r o n a p - p r o n a l , /

. 1 t o r u s h '

Ij.) a c t i v e v e r b < p r e p o s i t i o n o r p r e p o s i t i o n a l p h r a s e

/ t o w < 1 ©©/ (go < ab o v e ) ' t o go a b o v e '

/ d a q < knog h © p / ( p u t < i n b ox ) ' p u t i n t h e box '

/no w < qae p t e e h / ( re m a in < a t h o u s e ) ' t o be a t home'

When an o b j e c t i n t e r v e n e s b e tw een t h e h e a d v e r b and

i t s a t t r i b u t e , t h e c o n s t r u c t i o n i s d i s c o n t i n u o u s , e . g . :

/ d a q (siewphow n i h ) < 1 ©© t o k /

p u t (book t h i s ) < on t a b l e

' p u t t h i s book on t h e t a b l e *

5 ) a d j e c t i v a l v e rb < a c t lv re v e r b

/ l q o o < m e© l/ ( p r e t t y < s e e ) ' p r e t t y t o lo o k a t '

/ s r u o l < tw©©/ (e a s y < d o ) ' e a s y t o d o '

/ p i r u e h < s d a p / ( p l e a s i n g ( t o t h e e a r ) < h e a r )

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

w alk < e n e r g e t i c a l l y + q u i c k l y + h u r r i e d l y

'p l e a s i n g t o h e a r '

Page 231: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

220

6 ) a d j e c t i v a l v e r b < noun

/ c h 44 < k b a a l / ( i l l < h e a d ) ' t o have a h e a d a c h e '

/ s o p b a a y < c o t / (happy < h e a r t ) ' t o be h a p p y '

/ p r o k < s l s k - t n a o t / ( t h a t c h e d < s u g a r -p a lm l e a v e s )

' t o be t h a t c h e d w i t h s u g a r - p a lm l e a v e s '

. 7 ) a c t i v e v e rb < noun o r p ro n o u n

/ t w e e - k a a < y u p / (work < n i g h t ) ' t o work aJb n i g h t '

/da© l e e q < p t e e h m i t / (w alk p l a y < h o u se f r i e n d )

' t o go v i s i t i n g [ a t a ] f r i e n d ' s h o u s e '

I f an o b j e c t i n t e r v e n e s , t h e c o n s t r u c t i o n i s d i s c o n ­

t i n u o u s , e . g . :

/ tw s© (mhoop) < k l u e n - q a e g /

m a k e ^ (fo o d ) < o n e s e l f

' t o do o n e ' s own c o o k in g '

8 ) a c t i v e v e rb < s p e c i f i e r p h r a s e

/h a w < b e y m a t /

c a l l < t h r e e u t t e r a n c e s

• t o c a l l t h r e e t im e s '

/ (k n o m ) m ae l (siowphow n u h ) < b e y cop h a e y , / . /

( I ) r e a d (book t h a t ) < t h r e e c o m p le t io n a l r e a d y

' I ' v e r e a d t h a t book t h r e e t i m e s , '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 232: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

221

£*2114- P o s t - p o s e d s u b o r d i n a t e c l a u s e s a r e a t t r i b u t i v e t o a l l

t h a t p r e c e d e s them, i n t h e same u t t e r a n c e .

/raaok < qaoy l i o n ! . /

come < i n - o r d e r - t h a t f a s t

•Come q u i c k l y ! '%

/knom tow rain baan < p i p r u a h mean k a a tw o s 4 . /

I go n e g . a b le < b e c a u s e h a v e work do

' I c a n ’ t go b e c a u s e [ I ] h a v e work t o d o . ’ *

/ y a a g tow n a a k o o -d a o y < k o ra -q a o y - ta e l a a n k h o o c i . /

we go anyw here a t - a l l < o n l y - i f - n o t c a r b e -b r o k e n

’We c a n go anyw here a t a l l so l o n g a s t h e c a r d o e s n ’ t

b r e a k d o w n . '

5 .2 2 P re p o s e d a t t r i b u t e s ( > )

5 .2 2 1 A u x i l i a r y c o n s t r u c t i o n s c o n s i s t o f an a u x i l i a r y (I4. . 6 )

a s p r e p o s e d a t t r i b u t e , f o l lo w e d by a v e r b , v e r b p h r a s e , o r

p r e d i c a t i o n a s h e a d . E x am p le s :

/ t a a p - t a e > raaok d o l p r o t e e h k m ae /

j u s t now > come a r r i v e c o u n t r y Cambodia

’ h a s j u s t now a r r i v e d i n C am bodia’

/ (k n o m ) min > k i t tow t e e ! . /

( I ) n e g . > t h i n k go (em p h a tic p a r t i c l e )

’ I ’m n o t p l a n n i n g t o g o . '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 233: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

222

/ k u e - t a e > l o o k t r p l o p tow p lew n i h i l ' . /

p r o p e r l y > you r e t u r n go way t h i s

•You s h o u ld go b a c k t h i s w a y .1

I n s e q u e n c e s o f p r e v e r b a l a u x i l i a r i e s , t h e n e g a t i v e

a u x i l i a r y f o l l o w s a l l o t h e r a u x i l i a r i e s , t h e i n c i p i e n t

a u x i l i a r y p r e c e d e s t h e n e g a t i v e a u x i l i a r y , and a l l o t h e r

a u x i l i a r i e s p r e c e d e t h e i n c i p i e n t a u x i l i a r y . E ach member

o f t h e s e q u e n c e i s s u c c e s s i v e l y a t t r i b u t i v e t o a l l t h a t

f o l l o w s , e . g . *

/ ( t g a y - n i h knom) c i t > n i g > min raaok tw ae-lcaa t e e ' k /t

( t o d a y I ) n e a r l y > f u t u r e > n e g . > come w ork ( e m p h . p a r t . )

' I n e a r l y d i d n ’ t come t o work t o d a y . 1

5 .2 2 2 Modal v e r b c o n s t r u c t i o n s c o n s i s t o f a m odal v e r b a s

p r e p o s e d a t t r i b u t e , f o l lo w e d by a v e r b o r v e r b p h r a s e as

h e a d . Exam ples*

/ k i t > t o w / ( t h i n k > g o ) ’ p la n t o g o ’

/ c a p > tw a a - k a a t i i - m i h /

b e g in > w ork t h e r e

’ b e g in w o rk in g t h e r e ’

/ (k n o m ) t l o e p > tow mdoog h a Q y 'k /

( I ) h a v e e v e r > go once a l r e a d y

' I ' v e ‘gone once a l r e a d y . ’

In s e q u e n c e s o f m odal v e r b s , e a c h member o f t h e s e ­

quence i s s u c c e s s i v e l y a t t r i b u t i v e t o a l l t h a t f o l l o w s .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 234: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

223

In t h e f o l l o w in g ex am p le , / d a e l / , / b a a n / , and / r i e n / a r e

m odal v e r b s .

/ (k n o m r a in - to e n ) d a e l > baan > r i a n > n iy e e y y p h e e s a a can I . . /

( I n o t - y e t ) e v e r > g e t - t o > l e a r n > s p e a k la n g u a g e C h in ese

• I ’ ve n e v e r y e t h a d t h e c h an ce t o l e a r n t o sp e a k C h i n e s e . ’

I f a m odal v e r b c o n s t r u c t i o n a c o n t a i n s an i n d i r e c t

s u b s t a n t i v e o b j e c t , b u t n o t a d i r e c t o b j e c t , t h e i n d i r e c t

o b j e c t f o l lo w s t h e m a in c v e r b ^ - a s f o l l o w s :

If . , h o w ev er , t h e m odal v e r b c o n s t r u c t i o n c o n t a i n s b o th a

d i r e c t and an i n d i r e c t o b j e c t , t h e d i r e c t o b j e c t f o l lo w s

t h e m ain v e r b , and th e i n d i r e c t o b j e c t i s p r e c e d e d by th e

d i r e c t i o n a l v e r b / q a o y / ’ t o givej* t o , f o r ' , a s f o l l o w s :

5 .2 2 3 A t t r l b u t e > c l a u s e c o n s t r u c t i o n s c o n s i s t o f an a d v e r b ­

i a l (I4..I4- ) , p r e p o s i t i o n a l p h r a s e , o r a s u b o r d i n a t e c l a u s e

a s a t t r i b u t e , w i t h a l l t h a t f o l l o w s i n t h e same c o n s t r u c t i o n

a s h e a d . S u b o r d i n a te c l a u s e a t t r i b u t e s may be m arked by a

s u b o r d i n a t i n g c o n j u n c t i o n (!+. 7 2 ) o r t h e y may be unm arked .

/

/ c u e y > l e a p » l o o k /

h e l p > p a i n t » you

• h e l p you p a i n t '

/ c u e y > l e e p » ro b o o g < qao y » l o o k /

h e l p > p a i n t » f e n c e < f o r » you

' h e l p you p a i n t t h e f e n c e '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 235: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

22k

P re p o s e d a t t r i b u t e s a r e t y p i c a l l y s e p a r a t e d f ro m t h e h e a d

w h ich f o l lo w s by t h e r i s i n g p h r a s e c o n to u r / t / .

A d v e r b i a l ? / q o n c e g l 1 > tow I . /

i n - t h a t - c a s e > go\

• I n t h a t q a s e , [ l e t ' s ] g o . 1

/ t Q a y - n i h f > .knom m in -sew so p b a a y t e e / . /

t o d a y > I h a r d l y w e l l em p h a tic p a r t i c l e

' I 'm n o t so w e l l t o d a y . '

P re p o s e d a d v e r b i a l a t t r i b u t e s m o d ify a f o l l o w in g c l a u s e

a s t o mode;1 p l a c e , and t im e . When more th a n one s u c h a t t r i ­

b u t e o c c u r s , m odal a t t r i b u t e s t y p i c a l l y p r e c e d e l o c a t i o n a l

' a t t r i b u t e s , and l o c a t i o n a l a t t r i b u t e s p r e c e d e te m p o r a l

a t t r i b u t e s , and e ach i s i n t u r n a t t r i b u t i v e t o a l l t h a ti

f o l l o w s , a s in t h e f o l lo w in g example?

/ th o o m m ed a a f > t i i - n u h t > k h a e - m in a a f > q a ak a ah kdaw n a h / . /

7 ~u s u a l l y > t h e r e > m onth-M arch > w e a th e r b e - h o t v e r y

*Th6: w e a th e r i s u s u a l l y v e r y h o t t h e r e in M a rc h . '

P r e p o s i t i o n a l p h r a s e a t t r i b u t e ?

/knoQ p r o t e e h n u h f > r o o k - s i i p ib a a q n a h / . /

i n c o u n t r y t h a t > e a r n - a - l i v l n g b e - d i f f i c u l t v e r y

' I n t h a t c o u n t r y , i t ' s v e ry d i f f i c u l t t o e a r n a l i v i n g . '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 236: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

225

/ k r a o y - p i i t g a y nuh m aokf > knom min khaan monuh nuh t i e t ^ . /

a f t e r day t h a t onward > I n e g . s e e p e r s o n t h a t a g a in

1 Prom t h a t day o n , I n e v e r saw t h a t man a g a i n . 1

S u b o r d in a te c l a u s e a t t r i b u t e i

/ b a a l o o k cog tow ^ > knom tow cea -m uey lo o k koo b a a n | . /

i f you w ant go > I go w i th you t h e n a b l e

1 I f you w an t t o g o , t h e n I can go w i th y o u . 1

/ l o o k can p i i s r o k n i h h a s y 'f > k i t tow q a e - n a a t i e t 4 . /

you l e a v e from d i s t r i c t t h i s a l r e a d y > t h i n k go w here more

•When you l e a v e h e r e , w here e l s e do you p l a n t o g o ? 1

~ -;'i ' I n t h e f o l l o w i n g a t t r i b u t i v e c l a u s e c o n s t r u c t i o n , t h e

c o - c o n s t i t u e n t s a r e m arked by c o r r e l a t i v e c o n ju n c t i o n s

Oi.721)./ d b e t qawpuk mean p r a q f > t a e knom min s o m - t e e l . /

~7~ T ~a l t h o u g h f a t h e r h a v e money > b u t I n e g . a s k - f o r f i r r a l - p a r t ,

’ A lth o u g h [my] f a t h e r h a s money, n e v e r t h e l e s s I d o n ’ t a s k

[h im ] f o r [ i t ] . ’ .

5 . 2 Z \ S p e c i f i e r p h r a s e s c o n s i s t o f a q u a n t i f i e r (L}..2l|.) o r

s e q u e n c e o f q u a n t i f i e r s (n u m e r a ls ) a s p r e p o s e d a t t r i b u t e ,

f o l lo w e d by a s p e c i f i e r a s h e a d . S p e c i f i e r p h r a s e s , e x c e p t

t h o s e i n v o l v i n g in d e p e n d e n t s p e c i f i e r s (ty.2 2 3 ) , a r e i n t u r n

a t t r i b u t i v e t o a noun o r v e rb h e a d .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 237: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

226

E x am p les : / (m o n u h <) b oy > n e a q /

(human < ) t h r e e > p e r s o n

' t h r e e p e r s o n s '

/ ( r u a t - y u a n k r o l a p < ) b a y > t r o l o p ^ . /

( c a r o v e r t u r n < ) t h r e e > r e v o l u t i o n s

'T h e c a r o v e r t u r n e d t h r e e t i m e s . '

/ ( k o a t t i f i s iaw phow < ) c r a a n > k b a a l 'K /

(h e buy book < ) many > volume

* He b o u g h t many b o o k s . 1

S p e c i f i e r p h r a s e s i n v o l v i n g i n d e p e n d e n t s p e c i f i e r s

may o c c u r w i t h o u t a h e a d a s t o p i c s , s u b j e c t , o b j e c t s , and

a t t r i b u t e s :

As t o p i c :

/ p i i > k h a e t n u h t 0 knom ra in -sew s k o a l t e e l . /

two > p r o v i n c e t h a t 0 I h a r d l y know f i n a l - p a r t .

'T h o se two p r o v i n c e s , I 'm n o t v e r y f a m i l i a r w i t h . '

As s u b j e c t :

/ b a y :> lp la e n i h | m in -sew l q o o t e e I . /

t h r e e > f r u i t t h i s | h a r d l y good f i n a l - p a r t .

'T h e s e t h r e e f r u i t s a r e n o t so good .*

As o b j e c t :

/k nom co$ t i n >> pram > k i l o o l . /

I w ant b u y » f i v e > k i l o

' I ' d l i k e t o buy f i v e k i l o . '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 238: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

227

As a t t r i b u t e :

/ p i i > cnara h a o y > knom baan tw oe-dom nae tow b a r a g ’k /

two > y e a r a l r e a d y > I a b l e t r a v e l go P ra n c e

'Two y e a r s a g o , I g o t t h e c h a n c e t o go t o P r a n c e . 1

5 . 3 C o o r d in a te c o n s t r u c t i o n s

C o o r d in a t e c o n s t r u c t i o n s a r e c o n s t r u c t i o n s any o f

w hose im m e d ia te c o n s t i t u e n t s can s u b s t i t u t e s y n t a c t i c a l l y

f o r t h e e n t i r e c o n s t i t u t e .

5 ,3 1 C u m u la t iv e c o n s t r u c t i o n s ( , )

C u m u la t iv e c o n s t r u c t i o n s a r e c o n s t r u c t i o n s whose

m ean ing i s t h e sum. o f t h e m ean in g s o f i t s c o o r d i n a t e c o n ­

s t i t u e n t s .

5 .3 1 1 C u m u la t iv e noun c o n s t r u c t i o n s a r e c o n s t r u c t i o n s whose

c u m u la t iv e c o n s t i t u e n t s a r e nouns o r noun p h r a s e s . S eq uences

o f two c u m u la t iv e c o n s t i t u e n t s a r e u s u a l l y s e p a r a t e d by a

c o o r d i n a t i n g c o n j u n c t i o n (Li-.7lj-) m ean ing ' a n d ' o r 'w i t h * .

I f a s e q u e n c e o f m ore th an two c o n s t i t u e n t s i n c l u d e s a

c o o r d i n a t i n g r e l a t o r , i t o c c u r s b e f o r e t h e l a s t c o n s t i t u e n t .

Such r e l a t o r s o c c u r i n . th e same p h o n o l o g i c a l p h r a s e w i th

t h e c o n s t i t u e n t t h e y p r e c e d e , and so a r e w r i t t e n t o t h e

r i g h t o f t h e c o n s t r u c t i o n ; symbol i n t h e ex am ples be low :

/knom , h a e y - n i g lo o k (tow cee -rau o y -k n eo s e n '! '.) /

I , and you (go t o g e t h e r p o l i t e - i m p e r a t i v e )

' L e t ' s you and I go t o g e t h e r . '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 239: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

228

/ ' ( k o o t mean) l a a n kmaw mu©y4 , l a a n krohoom m u o y l . /

(he h a v e ) c a r b e - b l a c k one , c a r b e - r e d one

•He h a s a b l a c k c a r [arid] a r e d c a r . '

/ (k n o m t r o w - k a a t i n ) s k o o f , q o g k o o f , h a o y - n i g t a e l . /

( I n e e d buy) s u g a r , h u s k e d - r i c e , and t e a

' I h a v e t o buy s u g a r , r i c e , and t e a . 1

£ .3 1 2 C u m u la t iv e v e rb c o n s t r u c t i o n s a r e c o n s t r u c t i o n s vrhose

c u m u la t iv e c o n s t i t u e n t s a r e v e rb s o r v e r b p h r a s e s .

/ ( k e e ) raaok pnum -pin , r o o k k a a tw o © I . /

( t h e y ) come Phnom-Penh , h u n t - f o r w ork do

1 They come t o Phnom Penh and f i n d w o r k .1

/ ( t i k ) t l e o q maok l o o t ra o o l , hoo w in f , qogkan lq o o n a l r k . /

( w a te r ) f a l l come on r o c k , f lo w b a ck , r i p p l e p r e t t y v e ry .

•The w a te r f a l l s down on t h e r o c k s and f lo w s away, r i p p l i n g

v e r y p r e t t i l y . 1

/ (k n o m t ro w ) t i n ro b o h p s e e g - p s e e g t , h ao y k a t s o q l . /

( I m u s t) buy t h i n g s v a r i o u s , and c u t h a i r

• I hav e t o buy s e v e r a l t h i n g s and g e t a h a i r - c u t . ’

5 .3 1 3 C u m u la t iv e a d j e c t i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n s a r e c o n s t r u c t i o n s

whose c o n s t i t u e n t s a r e a d j e c t i v e s i n c u m u la t iv e r a t h e r th a n

a t t r i b u t i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n ; Such c o n s t r u c t i o r s u s u a l l y i n v o lv e

t h e c o n c a t e n a t i o n o f r o u g h ly synonymous a d j e c t i v e s w i t h an

i n t e n s i f i e d m ean in g , a s in t h e f o l l o w i n g ex am p les :

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 240: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

229

/ ( p r o h nuh c e h - ta e dae le e g ) h i i - h a a , caefl-maeij ( n e h l . ) /

(man t h a t always walk p la y ) s e l f - im p o r ta n t , proud P

{That man always goes around in a s e l f - im p o r ta n t and

fflam boyant m anner. '

/ ( k e e dae) r u u t - r e e h , p a t - n a t , p ro n ap -p ro n a l ( tow K ) /

(he walk) e n e r g e t i c a l l y , q u ic k ly , h u r r i e d ly (p ro g re s s iv e )

•He was w alking along h u r r i e d ly and e n e r g e t i c a l l y . 1

£•31^ Cumulative c la u se c o n s t ru c t io n s a re c o n s t ru c t io n s /

whose cum ula tive c o n s t i tu e n t s a re c la u s e s . The c o n s t ru c t io n

may o r may n o t be marked by a c o o rd in a t in g r e l a t o r .

/ l o o k tow munt , knom. maok ta a m K /

you go b e fo re , I come fo llo w

•You go f i r s t , and I ' l l f o l lo w . '

/knom cee k ru u f , haoy-n&Q boog ceo k r u u - p e e t l . /

I be te a c h e r , and e ld e r be d o c to r

' I ' m a te a c h e r , and [my] e ld e r [ b ro th e r ] i s a d o c t o r . '

-■$•31^1 In th e fo llo w in g c o n s t ru c t io n , th e c o o rd in a te c la u s e s

a r e marked by p a i r e d c o o rd in a t in g c o n ju n c t io n s (Ij., 7k2)t

/p room -teeq knom tw ee-kaa baek-boo t a q s i i i , h ao y -n in propuen

tw99-kaa lu e q p s a a l . /

a t - th e -s a m e - t im e I work d r iv e t a x i , and w ife work s e l l

market

' I .work d r iv in g a t a x i , and a t th e same tim e [my] w ife s e l l s

t i n ] th e m a rk e t . '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 241: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

230

5>,32 A l t e r n a t i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n s

A l t e r n a t i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n s a r e c o n s t r u c t i o n s whose

c o n s t i t u e n t s a r e s e m a n t ic a l t e r n a t i v e s , Such c o n s t r u c t i o n s

may o r may n o t be m arked by t h e c o o r d i n a t i n g r e l a t o r / r i i /

' o r ' . I f a s e q u e n c e o f a l t e r n a t i v e s i n c l u d e s t h e a l t e r n a t i v e

m a rk e r / r 4 i / , i t o c c u r s b e f o r e t h e l a s t member o f t h e s e ­

q u e n c e . / r 4 4 / i s a p u r e m a rk e r , and d o e s n o t e n t e r i n t o t h e

c o n s t r u c t i o n w hich i t m ark s . I t t y p i c a l l y o c c u r s s im u l ­

t a n e o u s l y w i t h r-the p h r a s e c o n to u r / f / , and i s t h u s t h e s o l e

c o n s t i t u e n t o f a p h o n o l o g i c a l p h r a s e . Where i t o c c u r s i n

t h e f o l l o w i n g e x a m p le s , i t i s p r e c e d e d a n d f o l lo w e d by t h e

c o n s t r u c t io n ^ s y m b o l .

/ b e y / buen ( t q a y t i e t ) /

t h r e e / f o u r (d ay m ore)

' i n t h r e e Lor] f o u r d a y s '

/ ( t l a y ) h a a - s e p / r 4 4 / h o k - s e p ( r i e l p o n n o h l , ) /

( b e - w o r th ) f i f t y / o r / s i x t y ( r i e l o n ly )

' [ I t ' s ] w o r th o n ly f i f t y o r s i x t y r i e l s . '

/ p r o h \ / s r e y ' t . /

m a le / f e m a le

' [ I s i t ] a boy [ o r i s i t ] a g i r l ? '

/ ( ra e e n p o e ) k r o h o o m f / / k h i e w t / r 4 4 / (p o e ) s o o f . /

(have c o l o r ) r e d / b lu e / o r / ( c o l o r ) w h i te

'[W e] h av e r e d , b l u e , o r w h i te c o l o r s . '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 242: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

231

/ { l o o k k 4 t tow ) taam k o p a l - h o h / r i i / ta a m k o p a l t . /

(you t h i n k g o ) by a i r p l a n e / o r / by s h i p

•Do you p la n t o go by p l a n e c o r by s h i p ? 1,

5 .3 2 1 In t h e f o l lo w in g a l t e r n a t i v e c l a u s e c o n s t r u c t i o n , t h e

c o o r d i n a t e c l a u s e s a r e m arked by p a r a l l e l c o o r d i n a t i n g

con . ju n c t io n s (lj..7i £ ) .

/ r i i f knom tow s r o k b a r a g s a e h / r i i f knom tow s r o k q o g k le e h 'J ' . /

o r I go c o u n t r y F re n c h / o r I go c o u n t r y E n g l i s h

• I 'm g o in g e i t h e r t o F ra n c e o r t o E n g la n d . '

5 .3 2 2 In t h e f o l l o w in g c o n s t r u c t i o n , t h e a l t e r n a t i v e

c l a u s e s a r e m arked b y p o s t - p o s e d p a r a l l e l c o o r d i n a t i n g -

con . ju n c t io n s (1| . 71+2 ) .

/ q 9w proom. kdey t / m in proom kdoy f (knom tow h a © y | . ) /

f a t h e r a g r e e w h e th e r / n e g . a g r e e w h e th e r ( I go p e r f . - p a r t . )

'W h e th e r F a t h e r a g r e e s o r d o e s n ' t a g r e e , I 'm g o in g

. n e v e r t h e l e s s . '

5 .33 A p p o s i t i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n s ( : )

A p p o s i t i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n s a r e c o n s t r u c t i o n s whose f i r s t

c o n s t i t u e n t i s a noun o r noun p h r a s e and whose se c o n d c o n ­

s t i t u e n t i s a s u p p le m e n ta ry i d e n t i f i c a t i o n o f t h e f i r s t

c o n s t i t u e n t .

E x am p le s : / l o o k : s i m /

p o l i t e - t i t l e : Sim

'M r. Sim'

1Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 243: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

232

/m onuh y e eg * t e e g k ro o , t e e g r i h /

human we * i n c l u d i n g p o o r , i n c l u d i n g r i c h

’ we hum ans, b o th t h e p o o r and t h e r i c h 1

In s e q u e n c e s o f a p p o s i t i o n s , e a c h s u c c e e d in g a p p o s i t i o n

i s a p p o s i t i v e t o a l l p r e c e d in g a p p o s i t i o n a l c o n s t r u c t i o n s :

/ ( n i h 0 ) lo o k : s im » m i t knom ̂ .7

zzz_z- -y-( t h i s 0) Mr. : Sim : f r i e n d my

’ T h is ( i s ] Mr. Sim, my f r i e n d . '

5 > . I n c l u s i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n s ( . . . )

An i n c l u s i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n ; - i s any c o n s t r u c t i o n w h ich

i n c l u d e s one o f t h e pause p a r t i c l e s ( 1+*8 2 ) o r any o t h e r

i n s e r t e d m a t e r i a l a s a c o - c o n s t i t u e n t o f a d i s c o n t i n u o u s

s e n t e n c e . In t h e f o l l o w i n g e x am p le s , t h e i n c l u s i v e c o n ­

s t r u c t i o n sym bol i s p l a c e d on b o t h s i d e s o f t h e i n c l u d e d

c o - c o n s t i t u e n t .

/d o o c c n o h y o e $ . . , n a e . . . c u e y p r o t e e j i y e e g b a a n i1. /

th u s w e . . . e r . . . h e l p c o u n t r y o u r a b l e/*

'T h u s w e . . . e r . . . c a n h e l p o u r c o u n t r y . '

/k n o m . . , k 4 4 - t h a a . . . ra in -sew s k o e l b o o r iw e e n n i h t e e ’K /

I . . . t h a t - i s - t o - s a y . . . h a r d l y know a r e a t h i s f i n a l - p a r t i c l e

' I . . . t h a t i s t o s a y . . . d o n ' t know t h i s a r e a v e r y w e l l . '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 244: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

233

5,lj. N u m e ric a l c o n s t r u c t i o n s

S eq u e n ce s o f n u m e r ic a l lex em es (lj.;2l4l) s t a n d i n e i t h e r

a d d i t i v e o r m u l t i p l i c a t i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n , i n t h e f o l l o w i n g

p a t t e r n :

1 ) a l a r g e r n u m e ra l f o l lo w e d by a s m a l l e r n u m e ra l a r e

i n a d d i t i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n :

2 ) a s m a l l e r n u m e ra l f o l lo w e d by a l a r g e r n u m e ra l a r e

. i n m u l t i p l i c a t i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n .

5.U1 A d d i t i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n s ( + )

/m o p h iy + m uey / ( tw e n ty + o n e ) ' t w e n t y - o n e 1

/ r o o y + h a a - s e p / ,

o n e -h u n d re d + f i f t y

'o n e h u n d re d and f i f t y '

5 . i |2 M u l t i p l i c a t i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n s ( x )

/p ra m 7: r o s y / ( f i v e x 100) ' 5 0 0 '

/p ra m x p o e n / ( f i v e x 1 0 0 0 ) ' 5 0 0 0 '

The n o n - n u m e r ic a l q u a n t i f i e r s /p o n m a a n / 'how many' and

/ c r a e n / 'm any ' s h a r e w i th t h e n u m e ra ls f o r t h e num bers 1 -9 '

t h e p r i v i l e g e o f o c c u r r i n g a s m u l t i p l i e r s :

/ (m o n u h ,n u h meen p r a q ) c ra o n x poen ( r i o l ) i . /

(man t h a t h a v e money) many x th o u s a n d ( r i e l )

•T h a t man h a s many th o u s a n d s o f r i e l s . '

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 245: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

23k

$ , k 3 Any n u m e ra l c o n s t r u c t c o n t a i n i n g more t h a n two n u m e ra l

le x e m e s i n v o l v e s b o th a d d i t i v e and m u l t i p l i c a t i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n s ,

e . g . *

/ b e y x meen + pram x poen + pram bey x r o e y + h a a - s e p - p r a m // / / / l / / Z . /

z----------zt h r e e x t e n - t h o u s a n d + f i v e x th o u s a n d + e i g h t x h u n d re d +

f i f t y - f i v e

•38,855'

Im m ed ia te c o n s t i t u e n t a n a l y s i s

In t h e f o l l o w i n g two im m e d ia te c o n s t i t u e n t d ia g r a m s ,

a l l t h e m a jo r c o n s t r u c t i o n t y p e s d i s c u s s e d i n t h i s c h a p t e r

a r e i l l u s t r a t e d , w i t h t h e e x c e p t i o n o f t h e i n c l u s i v e

c o n s t r u c t i o n ty p e ( f o r w h ich s e e 5 . 3^-)*

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 246: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

Reproduced

with perm

ission of the

copyright ow

ner. Further

reproduction prohibited

without

permission.

1 ) / b a a t I monuh < y e e g : t e e n 4 p r o h > t e e n 4 s r e y I. t r e w > cencem » c i i w i t ' k // j zJLLy / l___ ___ /

/ 7----------

' ■ - . - T -........7

j

y e s Q human < we * I n c l u d i n g 4 m a le , i n c l u d i n g : 4 f e m a le j m u s t > s u p p o r t » l i f e

'Y e s , we hum ans, b o t h men an d women, m u s t e a r n a l i v i n g . 1

2 ) / b a e 4 l q o o > knom | q ao y » p i i x r o e y + h a a - s e p > r i e l j b a a n l . // / / / L____ /Z z /

z 1

i f 4 p r e t t y > I | g i v e » two x h u n d r e d + f i f t y > r i e l j a b l e

’ I f [ i t ’ s ] p r e t t y , I c a n g i v e two h u n d re d f i f t y r i e l s [ f o r i t ] . ’

ruwvn

Page 247: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

236

6 .0 S e n te n c e Types ^

6 .1 M ajor s e n t e n c e s

A m a jo r s e n t e n c e i s any s e n t e n c e w h ich c o n t a i n s a . ; ly

p r e d i c a t i o n ( l | . ,3 ) .

6 .1 1 S im p le s e n t e n c e s '

A s im p le s e n t e n c e i s any s e n t e n c e w h ich c o n t a i n s o n ly

one p r e d i c a t i o n .

E xam ples:

. / t o w ! . / (go) ' [ L e t ’ s ) g o ! '

( / l a a n lo o k poo q w o y 'h / ) / k r o h o o m l . /

( c a r you c o l o r w h a t) r e d

('"What c o l o r i s y o u r c a r ? ' ) ' [ . I t ! 6] r e d . '

/kom p h iy n o h ! . /

d o n ' t b e - a f r a i d e x h o r t a t i v e - f i n a l - p a r t i c l e

'D o n ' t be a f r a i d , n o w . '

/ k o o t tow h a o y I . /

h e go a l r e a d y

'H e ’ s a l r e a d y g o n e . '

/ r i o Q kon n u h f knom m4n d a e l b aan khoon t e e I . /

s t o r y f i l m t h a t I n e g . e v e r g e t - t o s e e n e g . - f i n . - p a r t .

'T h a t m o v ie , I ' v e n e v e r h a d a c h a n c e t o s e e . '

1 . S e n te n c e i s d e f i n e d in 5 .0 .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 248: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

237

6 .1 2 Complex s e n t e n c e s

A com plex s e n t e n c e i s any s e n t e n c e w h ich c o n t a i n s a t

l e a s t one s u b o r d i n a t e c l a u s e . I n t h e f o l l o w in g e x a m p le s ,

t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p be tw een t h e c la u p e s ^ i . s i n d i c a t e d b y t h e

a p p r o p r i a t e c o n s t r u c t i o n sym bol.

/c a m < d o l knom m ao lc^ ./

w a i t < u n t i l I come

’W ait u n t i l I c o m e .1

/knom khoon » monuh nuh r u o t con p i i p t e o h l . /

I s e e » man t h a t ru n e x i t f rom h o u s e

* I saw t h a t man ru n o u t o f th e . h o u s e . ’

/ b a o l o o k cog t i n qwoyl* > qoncoon t o w l . /

i f you w ish buy so m e th in g > ' i n v i t e ’ e x h o r t a t i v e - p a r t i c l e

1 I f you w ant t o buy s o m e th in g , go a h e a d . ’

/ tum room knom k ro o f ' > ba© qowpuk meon p r a q l >

t a e knom min heon som t e e l . /

e v e n - i f I b e - p o o r > i f f a t h e r my h a v e money >

b u t I n e g . d a re a s k - f o r n e g . - p a r t i c l e

’Even th o u g h I ’m p o o r , i f my f a t h e r h a d money,

I w o u ld n ’ t d a re a s k [ f o r som e].*

/ r a i t tow k d o y i / min tow k d o y t > knom tow d a e l , /

f r i e n d go w h e th e r / n o t go w h e th e r > I go anyhox-j

’W hether you ( f r i e n d ) go o r n o t , I ’m g o in g a n y h o w .’

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 249: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

238

6 .1 3 Compound s e n t e n c e s

A compound s e n t e n c e is- any s e n t e n c e w h ic h c o n t a i n s a t

l e a s t two c o o r d i n a t e c l a u s e s , n e i t h e r o f w h ich i s i t s e l f a

c o n s t i t u e n t o f a l a r g e r s u b o r d i n a t e c l a u s e ( s e e t h e l a s t

exam ple under. 6 , 1 2 ) . Such c l a u s e s a r e e i t h e r c u m u la t iv e

( 5 . 311J-) o r a l t e r n a t i v e (5 . 3 2 ) i n c o n s t r u c t i o n i

Exam ples}

/ l o o k tow / r i i f / m in t o w f . /

you go / o r / n e g . go

'A r e you g o in g o r n o t ( g o i n g ) ? 1

/ p i i yup m i n f y o e g tow m ea l k o n t , r u e c tow nam b i y e o 'K /

f ro m n i g h t l a s t we go s e e f i l m , t h e n go e a t / d r i n k b e e r

'L a s t n i g h t , we w en t t o s e e a f i l m , t h e n w ent and

d r a n k b e e r . *

/ b a e l o o k co g tow s q a e k f knom tow b a a n ^ ,

p o n t a e knom tow t g a y - n i h min b aan t e e f . /

i f you w an t go tom orrow I go a b l e , b u t I go to d a y

n e g , a b l e n e g a t i v e - f i n a l - p a r t i c l e

' I f y o u w ant t o go tom orrow , I c an g o , b u t I c a n ' t go

t o d a y . *

<6.2 M inor s e n t e n c e s

A m in o r s e n t e n c e i s any s e n t e n c e w hich do es n o t c o n t a i n

a p r e d i c a t i o n . I t may c o n s i s t o f any s i n g l e lexem e o r

s y n t a c t i c p h r a s e ( o t h e r t h a n a p r e d i c a t i o n ) w h ic h f u l f i l l s

t h e s e n t e n c e r e q u i r e m e n t o f s im u l t a n e o u s o c c u r r e n c e w i t h an

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 250: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

I n to n a t i o n ( 5 . 0 ) .

Exam ples*

/ m a e t . /

i n t e r j e c t i o n o f s u r p r i s e o r annbyance

1 W e i l l 1

( / l o o k tow q o g k a l f . / ) / s q a e k ' k /

(you go when) tom orrow

('V/hen a r e you g o i n g ? ' ) 'T o m o rro w .1

( / l o o k mean koon ponmaah n e s q 'f ' . / ) / b a y n e a q p o n n o h 'l ' . /

(you h a v e c h i l d how-many p e r s o n ) t h r e e p e r s o n o n ly

.(•How may c h i l d r e n do you h a v e ? ' ) 'O n ly t h r e e . '

/ l a a n kmaw n i h 0 l a a n ro b o h knom I . /

c a r b l a c k t h i s 0 c a r o f me

'T h i s b l a c k c a r [ i s ] ray c a r . 1

/ k o o n - p r o h knom f 0 qaayuq pram c n a m i . /

c h i l d - m a l e my 0 ag e f i v e y e a r

'My son [ i s ] f i v e y e a r s o l d . '

6 , 3 S e n te n c e f r a g m e n ts

A s e n t e n c e f r a g m e n t i s any u t t e r a n c e w hich o c c u r s w i th

an in c o m p le te i n t o n a t i o n as a r e s u l t o f an u n a n t i c i p a t e d

i n t e r r u p t i o n . Such f r a g m e n ts do n o t q u a l i f y y a s s e n t e n c e s .

Any u t t e r a n c e , h o w e v e r , w h ich i s i n t e n t i o n a l l y i n t e r r u p t e d

o r s u s p e n d e d o c c u r s w i t h t y p i c a l p a u s e i n t o n a t i o n , and i s

t h u s a m in o r s e n t e n c e t y p e .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 251: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

APPENDIX A

1 . 0 Com partson o f t h e Takeo D i a l e c t w i t h S t a n d a r d Cambodian

1 .1 S ta n d a r d Cambodian

S ta n d a r d Cambodian i s h e r e d e f i n e d a s t h e fo rm o f th e

n a t i o n a l w r i t t e n la n g u a g e w h ich i s t a u g h t i n t h e s c h o o l s ,

sp oken by e d u c a te d s p e a k e r s , and u s e d f o r mass co m m u n ica tio n .

W hile t h i s i d e a l i z e d fo rm o f t h e la n g u a g e p e rh a p s doe's n o t

o c c u r a s a c o l l o q u i a l d i a l e c t i n any r e g i o n o f t h e c o u n t r y ,

i t seems t o be b e s t r e p r e s e n t e d by t h e d i a l e c t s sp o k en i n

t h e p r o v in c e s im m e d ia te ly s u r r o u n d in g K and a l ( t h e p r o v in c e

i n w hich Phnom Penh i s l o c a t e d ) , s u c h a s P re y Veng, Kampong

Speu , Kampong Chhnang, and Kampong Cham,'*'

The d i a l e c t s o f Cambodian a r e r e m a r k a b ly hom ogeneous,

and t h e d e g re e o f d i a l e c t v a r i a t i o n seem s t o be r o u g h ly

c o m p a rab le t o t h a t be tw een t h e v a r i o u s d i a l e c t s o f A m erican

E n g l i s h , Even t h e Cambodian d i a l e c t s sp o k e n i n . n o r t h e a s t e r n

T h a i la n d and w e s te r n S o u th V ie tnam a p p e a r t o be m u tu a l ly

c o m p re h e n s ib le w i th t h e d i a l e c t s sp o k en i n Cambodia, t h e

d i f f e r e n c e s b e in g p e rh a p s on t h e o r d e r o f t h o s e b e tw een

B r i t i s h and Am erican E n g l i s h ,

The lo c u s o f g r e a t e s t d i a l e c t v a r i a t i o n i s t h e vow el

sy s te m , and i t i s w i th r e g a r d t o t h e vow el sy s te m t h a t t h e•r

d i a l e c t d e s c r i b e d i n t h e f o r e g o i n g w ork d i f f e r s m ost from

S ta n d a rd Cambodian,

1 , N o t, how ev er , t h e p r o v in c e o f K an da l i t s e l f ; s e e b e low ,

2k.O

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 252: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

■ 2 ia

I n t h e Cambodian w r i t i n g s y s te m , t h e r e a r e two d u p l i c a t e

s e t s o f c o n s o n a n ts w h ich a r e p h o n e t i c a l l y i d e n t i c a l i n p r o ­

n u n c i a t i o n . A l th o u g h some c o n s o n a n t sy m b o ls l a c k a c o u n t e r ­

p a r t i n t h e o p p o s i t e s e t , t h e y can b e c o n v e r t e d b y t h e u s e

o f s p e c i a l d i a c r i t i c s . The vow el sym bols t h e n r e p r e s e n t one

s e t o f v o w e ls when w r i t t e n w i t h one s e t o f c o n s o n a n t s , and

a d i f f e r e n t s e t o f vo w els when w r i t t e n w i t h t h e o t h e r s e t o f

c o n s o n a n t s . H enderson^ h a s t e rm e d t h e s e two s e t s o f vow els

’ • f i r s t r e g i s t e r ’ ’ and ’ ’ se c o n d r e g i s t e r ’ ’ v o w e ls . F i r s t

r e g i s t e r vo w els a r e c h a r a c t e r i z e d by a t e n s e n e s s o r

p h a r y n g e a l i z a t i o n p ro d u c e d by c o n s t r i c t i o n o f t h e p h a ry n x ,

w h i l e se c o n d r e g i s t e r vow els a r e c h a r a c t e r i z e d by l a x n e s sare,

o r b r e a t h i n e s s p ro d u c e d by l o w e r i n g t h e l a r y n x , a n s l i g h t l y

h i g h e r i n q u a l i t y t h a n t h e i r f i r s t r e g i s t e r c o u n t e r p a r t s .

S in c e t h e s e t o f c o n s o n a n t sym bo ls w hich s i g n a l s se c o n d

r e g i s t e r vow els c o r r e s p o n d s t o s o n a n t s i n t h e I n d i e a l p h a b e t

from w h ich t h e y a r e d e r i v e d , Cambodian may o r i g i n a l l y h ave

h a d a s e r i e s o f v o i c e d s t o p s w h ich l a t e r c o a l e s c e d w i t h t h e

v o i c e l e s s s e r i e s , t h u s m aking t h e vo w el a l l o p h o n e s p h o n em ic .

A se co n d p o s s i b i l i t y i s t h a t t h e f o r m u l a t o r ( s ) o f t h e f i r s t

Cambodian a lp h a b e t d e c id e d t o r e p r e s e n t a com p lex vow el

sy s te m by a d o p t in g an o t h e r w i s e u n n e c e s s a r y s e r i e s o f s t o p s ,

r a t h e r t h a n by p r o l i f e r a t i o n o f vow el sy m b o ls , o f w h ich t h e

I n d ie w r i t i n g sy s te m would h a v e p r o v i d e d a m ea g e r s o u r c e .

W hichever may h a v e been t h e c a s e , t h e r o l e o f r e g i s t e r

1 . ’ ’ The Main F e a tu r e s o f Cambodian P r o n u n c i a t i o n ’ ’ , p . l f ? l .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 253: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

2142

v a r i e s from d i a l e c t t o d i a l e c t . In some d i a l e c t s i t can be

a n a ly z e d a s phonem ic j ' i n o t h e r d i a l e c t s i t i s p h o n e t i c a l l y

p r e s e n t b u t s t r u c t u r a l l y i r r e l e v a n t , and i n s t i l l o t h e r s i t

d o e s n o t o c c u r even p h o n e t i c a l l y (a s i s t h e c a s e w i t h t h e

T akeo d i a l e c t ) . I n no d i a l e c t i s t h e d ich o to m y b e tw e e n f i r s t

and se c o n d r e g i s t e r v o w e ls c o m p le te . F u r th e r m o r e , r e g i s t e r

d i s t i n c t i o n s seem t o be r e l a t e d t o a c e r t a i n e x t e n t t o t h e

l e v e l o f t h e s p e a k e r ’ s e d u c a t i o n and t h e f o r m a l i t y o f t h e : ;.v

s o c i a l c o n t e x t . In t h e s c h o o l s , t h e two s e r i e s o f c o n s o n a n ts

a r e p ro n o u n c e d w i t h d i f f e r i n g 11 i n h e r e n t 11 v o w e ls , and

s y l l a b l e s w r i t t e n w i th c o n s o n a n t s o f t h e f i r s t s e r i e s a r e

c a l l e d *’ l i g h t ' 1 s y l l a b l e s ( / s r a a l / ' l i g h t ' o r / q a k h o o s a q /

' v o i c e l e s s ' ) , and s y l l a b l e s w r i t t e n w i t h c o n s o n a n ts o f t h e

s e c o n d s e r i e s a r e c a l l e d ' ' h e a v y 1' s y l l a b l e s ( / t ^ u o n / 'h e a v y '

o r / k h o o s a q / ' v o i c e d ' ) . H en derson ^ l i s t s t h e two s e t s o f

l o n g v ow els s c h e m a t i c a l l y , i n d i c a t i n g s e c o n d r e g i s t e r vow els

w i t h a g r a v e a c c e n t , a s f o l l o w s :« \ 4i tu U

e e o o .

ae e y o ao

a a r o

To t h i s i n v e n t o r y m u st b e added t h e vow el / © / , w h ich o c c u r s

i n a l i m i t e d num ber o f w ords o n l y , su c h a s /m o o n / '1 0 , 0 0 0 '

and / c r o o n / 'm uch , many' (Phnom Penh d i a l e c t ) . I f one adds

t o t h e l i s t t h e t h r e e com plex n u c l e i / i © / , / i © / (H e n d e r s o n 's

d t . . p . l £ 9 .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 254: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

21)3

/& © /) , a n d /u © / , w h ich a r e i n d i f f e r e n t t o r e g i s t e r , * 1 an d t h e

se c o n d r e g i s t e r d ip h th o n g /o © / , w hich o c c u r s i n a l i m i t e d

num ber o f w o rd s , s u c h a s / t h o e / 'd h a rm a , law* and /p o © /

• c o l o r 1, t h e r e a r e a t o t a l o f 20 lo n g n u c l e i c o n t r a s t s ,

a s f o l l o w s :

i ' i (H .u t)2 u

1© 4© u©

e , e . ©, © (H .J ) o , o

e a o© o , o

a e a©(H.aar) ao

" G i v e n ' t h i s i n v e n t o r y , a t l e a s t two d i f f e r e n t s o l u t i o n s

s u g g e s t t h e m s e lv e s . The f i r s t s o l u t i o n i s t o a r r a n g e t h e

s im p le n u c l e i i n n i n e c a r d i n a l p o s i t i o n s , and a b s t r a c t t h e

o c c u r r e n c e o f s e c o n d r e g i s t e r a s a phoneme o n ly i n t h o s e

p o s i t i o n s w here i t i s t h e p r im a r y d i s t i n c t i v e f e a t u r e b e ­

tw een two v o w e ls , a s f o l l o w s :

Complex n u c l e i a r e shown by a r ro w s . N o t i c e t h a t t h e 20

c o n t r a s t s a r e p r e s e r v e d . The .a d v an tag e s o f t h i s t r e a t m e n t

1,- In no d i a l e c t w ere t h e s e t h r e e d ip h th o n g s fo u n d t o o c c u r w i t h a r e g i s t e r c o n t r a s t .2 . Read (H e n d e rso n 1 s tu ) .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 255: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

z k k

a r e t h e sym m etry o f t h e 3 x 3 vow el s y s te m , and t h e economy

r e s u l t i n g from r e d u c i n g t h e o r i g i n a l tw e n ty lo n g vowel c o n ­

t r a s t s t o t e n phonem es, c o n s i s t i n g o f n i n e c a r d i n a l v o w e ls

and a phoneme o f r e g i s t e r . The o n ly asym m etry l i e s i n t h e

skew ed ness o f t h e r e g i s t e r c o n t r a s t i n t h e low b a ck p o s i t i o n ,

A se c o n d p o s s i b l e s o l u t i o n i s t o t r e a t t h e c o n t r a s t s

i n v o l v i n g r e g i s t e r p u r e l y i n te rm s o f t h e d i f f e r e n c e i n

vow el q u a l i t y , how ever s l i g h t , i g n o r i n g t h e c o n c o m ita n t

f e a t u r e s o f r e g i s t e r . T h is i s t h e s o l u t i o n a d o p te d by

M a r t i n i , ' 1’ a s f o l l o w s *

1 i

&9i e ( H . i o )

t (H .e )

e

e

ae

a

• / Tt A \w A*i. V)

A ( H .a r )

u

u o (H .u o )

XT (H .o )

o

0 (H .o )

1 (H .ao )

(H .o )

H ere a g a in m ust be ad d ed t h e m id c e n t r a l c o n t r a s t / © / : / ? /

( M a r t i n i ’ s / © / , H e n d e rs o n ’ s / y / ) , and t h e d ip h th o n g / o o / .

T h is sy s te m c o u ld thein be a r r a n g e d s y m m e t r i c a l ly a s fo l lo w s *

i

i

e

e

a

1 . ’ ’A per§u p h o n o lo g iq u e du c am b o d g ien ’ ' , p . 116 .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 256: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

T h is s o l u t i o n seems t h e more p l a u s i b l e when o ne c o n s i d e r s t h e

f a c t t h a t w i th t h e s h o r t n u c l e i , w h ic h a r e much m ore l i m i t e d

i n d i s t r i b u t i o n t h a n a r e t h e lo n g n u c l e i , r e g i s t e r d i s t r i -

b u t i o n i s even l e s s c o n s i s t e n t th a n w i t h t h e lo n g n u c l e i .

In t h e f o l lo w in g l i s t o f t h e s h o r t n u c l e i o f S t a n d a r d

Cam bodian, t h o s e v o w els w h ich o c c u r o n l y a f t e r t h e s e t o f

c o n s o n a n t sym bols w hich p ro d u c e s e c o n d r e g i s t e r ' c h a r a c t e r ­

i s t i c s i n t h e lo n g n u c l e i a r e m arked w i t h a g r a v e a c c e n t :

i

e

Among t h e s h o r t n u c l e i , h o w e v e r , r e g i s t e r d i f f e r e n c e s show

up w e a k ly , i f a t a l l , and i n f a c t t h e s h o r t d ip h th o n g s / e © /

and / 3 e / a r e n o t i c e a b l y t e n s e , w h ich i s c h a r a c t e r i s t i c o f

f i r s t r a t h e r t h a n se co n d r e g i s t e r v o w e ls . The lo n g s e c o n d

r e g i s t e r vow els / i v e 0/ h a v e no s h o r t c o u n t e r p a r t s , u n l e s s

one t r e a t s t h e s h o r t d ip h th o n g s /e© u e 5©/ a s c o u n t e r p a r t s

o f t h e l o n g n u c l e i / e v 0/ r e s p e c t i v e l y , l e a v i n g a g ap o n ly

i n t h e / Y / p o s i t i o n . ^

One c o u ld t h e n r e p r e s e n t t h e s h o r t vow el sy s te m a s

f o l lo w s :

1 . In no d i a l e c t e n c o u n te r e d was t h e r e a c o n t r a s t / Y / t / Y / o r / i / s / e / . Such a c o n t r a s t m ig h t v e r y w e l l t u r n u p , h o w e v e r , i n a more d e t a i l e d i n v e s t i g a t i o n .

u1V

8

a

OLt

u e+ 0o%wo©

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 257: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

21*6

r • * «

? v

e © o

S a o** ‘Qj

T h is s o l u t i o n p r o v i d e s f o r a n e a t c o r r e s p o n d e n c e b e tw een

t h e lo n g and s h o r t v o w e l - s y s te m s . «

W hile i t i s p e r h a p s d o u b t f u l t h a t t h e d i f f e r e n c e i n

v o w el h e i g h t i n v o lv e d i n t h e l o n g vow el c o n t r a s t s / i / - x / e / ,

/ $ / i / s / t and / v / x / o / w ould be s u f f i c i e n t t o t h e e a r o f a

Cambodian s p e a k e r w i t h o u t t h e c o n c o m ita n t f e a t u r e s o f

r e g i s t e r , t h e r e i s no r e a s o n why t h e c o n t r a s t s c a n n o t be

t h u s r e p r e s e n t e d p h o n e ra ic a l ly . In t h e c o n t r a s t / o / i / & /

(w h ich i s a r e g i s t e r c o n t r a s t / o / s / 0/ i n H e n d e rso n ’ s

t r e a t m e n t ) , / a / , i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e r e g i s t e r d i f f e r e n c e ,

i s c o n s i d e r a b l y f r o n t e r th a n / o / .

1 . 2 D i a l e c t s

D i a l e c t s d i f f e r p r i m a r i l y w i t h r e g a r d t o t h e o c c u r r e n c e

o f t h e f o u r c o n t r a s t s d i s c u s s e d above ( r e g i s t e r c o n t r a s t s

i n t h e f i r s t s o l u t i o n ) . In d i a l e c t s i n w h ich su c h c o n t r a s t s

o c c u r , t h e y a r e much more p ro n o u n ce d i n r e c i t a t i o n o r fo rm a l

s p e e c h th a n i n no rm al o r c o l l o q u i a l s p e e c h . However, some

o f t h e c o n t r a s t s w ere fo u n d t o o c c u r even i n t h e s p e e c h o f

i l l i t e r a t e c y c l o - d r i v e r s i n Phnom Penh , some o f whom came

from Phnom Penh , and some o f whom came from o u t e r p r o v i n c e s .

G e n e r a l l y s p e a k in g , i f an i n f o r m a n t ’ s sp e e c h h a s o n ly one o f

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 258: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

t h e f o u r c o n t r a s t s , i t i s / © / x / a / j i f i t h a s tw o, t h e y a r e

u s u a l l y / o / x / o j and A / j / © / , b u t som etim es / o / : / o / and

/ v / t / o / t i f i t h a s t h r e e , t h e y a r e / © / : / & / , A/*/©/» and

/ v / x / o / j A/*/©/ t h e l e a s t f r e q u e n t i n o c c u r r e n c e .

On t h e b a s i s o f vowel sy s te m s and o t h e r p h o n o l o g ic a l

c r i t e r i a , f o u r g e n e r a l d i a l e c t a r e a s a r e p o s t u l a t e d w i t h in

Cambodia p ro p e r?

1 . C o l l o q u i a l S ta n d a r d Cam bodian, i n w h ich a l l f o u r o f -

t h e above c o n t r a s t s o c c u r , w h ich i s spoken in t h e p r o v in c e s

b e tw een K and al and t h e s o u t h e r n end o f t h e T o n le Sap, su c h

a s P re y Veng, Kampong Speu , Kampong Chhnang, and Kampong Cham

2 . The d i a l e c t spoken in Phnom Penh and t h e im m e d ia te ly

s u r r o u n d in g a r e a . The Phnom Penh d i a l e c t i s c h a r a c t e r i z e d

by d l o s s , i n c o l l o q u i a l s p e e c h , o f t h e / i / : / e / and / v / i / o /

c o n t r a s t s , and by a h i g h l y d i s t i n c t i v e p r o n u n c i a t i o n o f t h e

/ r / phoneme, w hich i s p ro n o u n c e d as a v o ic e d u v u l a r f r i c a t i v e

(a s o pp osed t o sm oo th ) s p i r a n t [ H i ] . T h is / r / c o n d i t i o n s

v a r i o u s c h an g e s i n f o l lo w in g v o w e ls , and p ro d u c e s a s o - f a r

non -p hon em ic l o w - r i s i n g to n e on t h e s y l l a b l e i n w hich i t

o c c u r s .^ - S in c e t h e / r / c a r r i e s a h i g h f u n c t i o n a l l o a d i n

Cam bodian, b o th a s an i n i t i a l c o n s o n a n t and a s t h e se co n d

member o f c o n s o n a n t c l u s t e r s , t h i s

1 . N oss, h ow ev er , i n 11 The T re a tm e n t o f &/R/ i n Two ModernKhmer D i a l e c t s * ' , i n Norman H. Z id o , e d . , S t u d i e s i n Com­p a r a t i v e A u s t r o a s l a t l c L i n g u i s t i c s , (The Hague, Mouton and Co. 19 66 ) p . 8 9 , f i n d s t h a t / r / i s l o s t e n t i r e l y i n t h e Phnom Penh d i a l e c t , and th u s a n a ly z e s to n e as phonem ic . However, i n no i d i o l e c t e n c o u n te r e d in my a d m i t t e d l y s u p e r f i c i a l s u r v e y o f t h e Phnom Penh d i a l e c t d id to n e o c c u r a s t h e s o l e r e f l e x o f / r / .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 259: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

2i|£

v a r i a n t p r o n u n c i a t i o n p r o d u c e s a v e r y n o t i c e a b l e e f f e c t .

T h is f e a t u r e o f t h e Phnom Penh d i a l e c t h a s s p r e a d t o t h e

a d j a c e n t a r e a s o f t h e p r o v i n c e s s u r r o u n d i n g K a n d a l , a n d even

t o t h e p r o v i n c i a l c a p i t a l s o f some p r o v i n c e s i n t h e s t a n d a r d

c o l l o q u i a l a r e a , s u c h a s Kampong Cham. The i n d i c a t i o n s a r e

t h a t i t w i l l c o n t i n u e t o s p r e a d ,

3 i T h e v d i a l e c t s sp o k en i n B a ttam b an g and S ie m re a p p r o ­

v i n c e s , T h ese d i a l e c t s l a c k t h e / i / j / e / an d / v / : / o / c o n t r a s t s ,

and som etim es t h e / y / * / s / c o n t r a s t . In t h e i d i b l e c t o f one

in f o r m a n t f ro m B a ttam b an g , t h e r e w e re no c o n t r a s t s a t a l l

w h ic h w ere a t t r i b u t a b l e t o r e g i s t e r . The c h a r a c t e r i s t i c

f e a t u r e o f th & se d i a l e c t s i s t h e o c c u r r e n c e , i n b o t h t h e

l o n g and s h o r t vow el s y s te m s , o f a v e r y c l o s e c e n t r a l d i p h ­

th o n g ( u s u a l l y / y e / and / r e / ) w here s t a n d a r d . c o l l o q u i a l h a s

/ o e / a n d / 5 / ( ( o © 3 ) .

I*., The d i a l e c t s spok en i n s o u t h e r n Takeo an d Kampot

p r o v i n c e s , te rm e d : . th e Takeo d i a l e c t i n t h e p r e c e d i n g d e s c r i p ­

t i o n , The Takeo d i a l e c t d i f f e r s from S ta n d a r d Cambodian In

t h e f o l l o w i n g ways*

S ta n d a r d Takeo

i . / i / ^

/ o / _ ^ > / o /

3 . A /

/ * / — :

1 , T hese g ra p h s a r e n o t m ean t t o s u g g e s t any c h r o n o l o g i c a l o r d e r o f c h a n g e .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

S t a n d a r d Takeo

k. A / > A©/5 . / e / > / e / o r / a e /

6 . / i© /« ^ / i e /

'e e /

Page 260: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

214.9

I n #6 a b o v e , S t a n d a r d / i s / > Takeo / i s / i n Words s p e l l e d [*

and / e s / i n words s p e l l e d w i t h a c o n s o n a n t o f t h e s e c o n d

s e r i e s p l u s t h e vo w el sym bol -1 .

R e w r i t i n g S ta n d a r d / a , / a s / o / , t h e Takeo vow el s y s te m

c a n t h e n be shown a s fo llow s*^ -

Long n u c l e i S h o r t n u c l e i

i 4 u I S uwo

5

W ith r e g a r d t o c o n s o n a n t s and s u p r a s e g m e n ta l phonem es,

a s w e l l a s g r a m m a t i c a l l y , t h e r e seem t o be no s i g n i f i c a n t

d i f f e r e n c e s be tw een t h e Takeo d i a l e c t and o t h e r c o l l o q u i a l

d i a l e c t s .

0 V e ------

1* The lo n g v s . s h o r t vow el a n a l y s i s i s u s e d h e r e , r a t h e r t h a n t h e d o u b le v s . s i n g l e vow el a n a l y s i s d e s c r i b e d i n t h e c h a p t e r on P h o n o lo g y , f o r c o n v e n ie n c e i n c o m p a r in g t h e T akeo vow el s y s te m w i t h t h a t o f S t a n d a r d Cam bodian.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 261: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

2£0

BIBLIOGRAPHY

E n t r i e s a r e l i s t e d a l p h a b e t i c a l l y by a u t h o r ’ s l a s t name.

E n t r i e s by t h e same a u t h o r a r e l i s t e d c h r o n o l o g i c a l l y .

A yraonier, E t i e n n e F r a n c o i s , C ours e l e m e n t a l r e de cam bodgien ^ S a i^ o n , C o l l e g e des A d m i n i s t r a t e u r s s t a g i a r e s ,

B e n e d i c t , P . K . , 11 L anguages and L i t e r a t u r e s o f I n d o c h i n a 11 , F a r E a s t e r n Q u a r t e r l y 6 (191+7) p . 3 7 9 -8 9 .

B r i g g s , L aw rence P a lm e r , The A n c ie n t Khmer E m pire ( P h i l a ­d e l p h i a , The A m erican ' P h i l o s o p h i c a l S o c i e t y , 1 9 5 1 ) .

Cady, John F . , S o u t h e a s t Asia* I t s H i s t o r i c a l D evelopm ent • (New Y ork , M cG raw -H ill, 1961+). ■

C a m b e fo r t , G a s to n , I n t r o d u c t i o n au cam bodgien ( P a r i s , M aiso n n eu v e , 195>0’) .

C o ed es , G ., ’ ’ Les l a n g u e s de 1 * I n d o c h i n e '1, C o n fe re n c e sde l ’ I n s t i t u t de L i n g u i s t i q u e de l"'’U n i v e r s i t e de P a r i s V I I I ~ T l 91+0-1+8) PP. 6 j - 8 l .

_________ L es e ta t s . h i n d o u i s e s de 1* In d o c h in e e t d 1 I n d o n e s i aT P a r i s , E d i t i o n s E . de B o c a rd , 1961+).

Making o f S o u th e a s t A s ia (London, R o u t le d g e and Kegan P a u l , 1 9 6 6 ) . '

F a l l , B e rn a rd , Le p rob iern e de l 1a d m i n i s t r a t i o n des m i n o r l t e s e th n l q u e s au Cambodge, au L a o s , _et dans li e s deux z on es du VTet-Nam ( P a r i s , I 96T ).

G re e n b e rg , Jo se p h H . , ’ ’H i s t o r i c a l L i n g u i s t i c s and U n w r i t t e n L a n g u a g e s ’ ’ , i n A. L. K r o e b e r , A n th ro p o lo g y Today (C h ic a g o , U n i v e r s i t y o f C h icag o ' P r e s s , 1 9 5 3 ) .

H a l l , D. G. E . , A H i s t o r y o f S o u th - E a s t A s ia (London, M acM illan and Co, L t d . , 1961+7.

H a r r i s o n , B r i a n . S o u th - E a s t A sia* A S h o r t H i s t o r y (London, M acM illan and Co. TTtd7# 19^TTI

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 262: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

251

H e n d e rso n , E u g e n ie J . H , , 11 The Main F e a t u r e s o f Cambodian. P r o n u n c i a t i o n ’ ’ , B u l l e t i n o f th e S c h o o l o f O r i e n t ­

a l and A f r i c a n S t u d i e s 111. T l9 5 ^ 7 p p . .II4.9 - I 7I4-

H evesy , W ilhelm vo n , ’ ’ On W. S c h m id t’ s Munda-Mon-KhmerC o m p ar iso n s . Does an A u s t r i c f a m i ly o f la n g u a g e s e x i s t ? 11, B u l l e t i n o f t h e S c h o o l o f O r i e n t a l and A f r i c a n S tu d i e s ~ 6 (1930T V p . 1 8 7 -2 0 0 .

H o c k e t t , C h a r le s F . , ’ ’Two M odels o f G ram m atica l D e s c r ip ­t i o n ' ' , Word 10 (195b) PP. 210-231*-.

J o n e s , R o b e r t B . , K aren L i n g u i s t i c S t u d i e s , U n i v e r s i t y o f C a l i f o r n i a P u b l i c a t i o n s i n L i n g u i s t i c s 25 ( B e rk e le y and Los A n g e le s , U n i v e r s i t y o f C a l i f o r n i a P r e s s , 1 9 6 1 ) .

L eB a r , F ra n k M., G e r a ld D. H ic k ey , John K. M usgrave , E th n ic G roups o f M a in lan d S o u t h e a s t A s ia (New H aven,Human R e l a t i o n s A rea F i l e s , lWJ+T.

M anipoud, L . , Cours de l a n g u e c p ib o d g le n n e (Phnom Penh, I ra p r i ra e r ie R o y a le , 1 9 ^ 1 ) .

M a r t i n i , F r a n c o i s , ’ ’ A percu p h o n o lo g iq u e du c a m b o d g ie n ' ' , B u l l e t i n de l a s o c i e t e L i n g u i s t i q u e de P a r i s b2Tl9l|2-19'H-FT PP. 112 - 1 3 1 .

■ ' ' L a l a n g u e c a m b o d g ie n n e '» , F r a n c e - A s ie I4. (19U-9)pp . 9 0 1 -9 0 9 .

___________ ’ ’Les e x p r e s s io n s de ' e t r e ' en s ia r a o is e t enc a m b o d g ie n ' ' , B u l l e t i n de l a S o c i e t e L i n g u i s t i q u e de P a r i s 52 (1956) p p . 2 ^ 9 ^ 3 0 ^

' ’ ’ La d i s t i n c t i o n du p r e d i c a t de q u a l i t e e t del ’ e p i t h e t e en cam bodgien e t en s i a m o i s ' 1, B u l l e t i n de l a S o c i e t e L i n g u i s t i q u e de P a r i s 53 (1 9 5 7 -8 )

.P P . 2 9 5 ^ 3 0 5 7 ”

_________ ' 'D e l a c r e a t i o n a c t u e l l e des m ots en c a m b o d g ie n ' 'B u l l e t i n de l a S o c i e t e L i n g u i s t i q u e de P a r i s 57T O 5 2 T PP“ l5 T - r 7 in ----- --------------------------------

M aspero , G e o rg e s , Grammalre de l a l a n g u e khmere ( P a r i s , Im p r im e r ie R a t i o n a l e , 1915")7

M aspero , H e n r i , » 'L e p a y s e t s e s h a b i t a n t s : l a n g u e s ' 1 i nUn em p ire c o l o n i a l f r a n c a l s : 1 ' I n d o c h i n e . Ouvrage p u b l l e so u s l a d i r e c t i o n de M, G eorges M aspero ( P a r i s e t B r u x e l l e s , . G. v a n O e s t , 1 9 2 9 ) I* 6 3 -8 0 .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 263: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

252

M aspero , H e n r i , 11 L es l a n g u e s ra o n -k h m e r '1, i n Les l a n g u e s du monde, A. M e i l l e t e t M. Cohen, ed? ( P a r i s ,1 9 5 2 ) p p . 6 0 9 -2 2 .

M eyer, R o lan d , C ours de cam bodgien e t l e c t u r e s cam bo dg lenn es N o u v e i le e d i t i o n ( Phnom P en h , A. P o r t a i l , 1 9 2 9 ) .

N o ss , R ic h a r d B , , An O u t l i n e o f S iam ese Grammar (Ph .D . T h e s i s , Y a le U n i v e r s i t y , 1951?, u n p u b l i s h e d j .

_________ T h a i R e f e r e n c e Grammar (W a sh in g to n , D .C . , F o r e ig nS e r v i c e I n s t i t u t e , 196t|.) .

■ ' and V anphut H. Phan , C am bodian : B a s ic C o u r s e . U n i t s1 -1 2 (W ash ing ton , D .C . , F o r e i g n S e r v i c e I n s t i t u t e , 1 9 5 9 ) .

'_____ and Im Proum w i t h t h e a s s i s t a n c e o f D a le I . P u r t l eand Som eth Suos , Cambodian B a s ic C o u r s e , Volume One, U n i t s 1-1*5 (W ash ing ton , D.C"., " F o r e ig n 'S e r v ic e I n s t i t u t e , 1 9 6 6 ) .

_________ 11 The T re a tm e n t o f * / R / i n Two Modern Khmer D i a l e c t s * 1I n Norman H. Z id e , e d . , S t u d i e s i n C o m p ara tiv e A u s t r o a s i a t i c L i n g u i s t i c s iT h e H ague. Mouton and C o . , 1 9 6 6 ) p p . 8 9 -9 5 .

P innow, H e in z - J u r g e n , ’ ‘ S p r a c h g e s c h i c h t l i c h e Erwagungen zura Phonem system des Khmer*' , Z e i t s c h r i f t f u r P h o n e t ik u n d a l ' lg e m e in e S p r a c h w is s e n s c h a f t 10 (1 9 5 ? ) U-V3 I 5 - 9 1 .

_________ , * * Bemerkungen z u r S i l b e n - u n d W o r t s t r u k t u r d esKhmer*' , Z e i t s c h r i f t f u r P h o n e t ik und a l lg e m e ln e S p r a c h w is s e n s c h a f t 11 (19 56 ) p p . 1 7 6 -9 .

_________ V e rsu c h e l n e r h l s t o r i s c h e n L a u t l e h r e d e r K h a r ia -S p ra ch e (W iesbaden , O t to H a r r a s s o w i t z , 1 9 5 9 ) .

S c h m id t , W., * 'L e s p e u p le s m on-khm erj t r a i t d * u n io n e n t r el e s p e u p le s de l ' A s i e c e n t r a l e e t deJL* A u s t r o n e s i e * ' B u l l e t i n de l 'E c o l e F r a n p a i s e d * E x tre m e -O r ie n t 7 Tl90"7) Pp 7 “2 1 3 -6 3 . ' “

S ebeok , Thomas A . , * ’ An E x a m in a t io n o f t h e A u s t r o a s i a t i cLanguage F a m i l y * ' , L anguage 18 (19l|2) 3 : 2 0 6 -1 7 .

_________ ' 'T h e L anguages o f S o u t h e a s t A s i a 1 ' , F a r E a s t e r nQ u a r t e r l y 2 (191+3) p p . 31+9-56.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Page 264: An Outline of Cambodian Grammar

253

S h o r t o , H. L . , J u d i t h M. J a c o b , and E . H. S. Simmonds,B i b l i o g r a p h i e s o f Mon-Khmer and T a l L i n g u i s t i c s "(ton don ,' O x f o r d U n 1v e r s i t y P r e s s , 1963)«

S m a l le y , W il l ia m A . , O u t l i n e o f Khmu? S t r u c t u r e , A m erican O r i e n t a l S e r i e s E s s a y s # 2 ( B a l t im o r e , A m erican O r i e n t a l S o c i e t y , 1 9 o 0 ) .

___________ E t h n o l i n g u l s t l c S u rv e y o f N o r th e r n K hm er-S peak in gP e o p le i n N o r t h e a s t T h a i l a n d ( P r e ^ p u b l i c a t io n d r a f t 1, F e b r u a r y , 196ljTT

S t e i n b e r g , D av id J , , Cam bodiat I t s P e o p l e , I t s S o c i e t y .I t s C u l tu r e (New H aven, Human R e l a t i o n s A rea F i l e s , T959T:

T a i l l a r d , P . . * 'L e s S a o c h '1, I n s t l t u t I n d o c h l n o i s p o u r1 ' E tu d e de 1 ' Homme, B u l l e t i n s e t t f rav au x 5 0-9U2)ppTT3=Ii57‘ ~ ------------------------------- —

T a u p in , J . , C ours de la n g u e cam bo dg ienn e ( P r o f e s s e auC o l le g e d e s I r i t e r p r e t e s p a r J1. T a u p in , M ars , 1 8 8 7 ) .

Thomas, D av id D . , ' ' 'M on-K hraer S u b g ro u p in g s i n V i e t n a m '1, i n Norman H, Z id e , e d . ; S t u d i e s in C o m p a ra t iv e A u s t r o a s i a t i c L i n g u i s t i c s (The Hague,' Mout'on and C o . , 1 9 6 6 ) p p . 194-~202 ,

Thompson, L a u re n c e C . , A V ie tn a m e se Grammar ( S e a t t l e , U n i v e r s i t y o f~ V a s h in g to n P r e s s , 1 9 6 5 ) .

T r a g e r , G eorge L . , P h o n e t i c s ; G l o s s a r y a n d T a b le s ( S t u d i e s i n L i n g u i s t i c s O c c a s io n a l P a p e r s # 6 , B u f f a l o , U n i v e r s i t y o f B u f f a l o , 1 9 5 8 ) .

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.


Recommended